Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 306

Special Report #TL13A: THE MILLIONAIRE'S SECRET (I)

- INCLUDING THE SINGLE MOST IMPORTANT WEALTH RULE: MASTER IT AND YOU CANNOT HELP BUT GROW WEALTHY - NO MATTER WHAT YOUR SITUATION; FAIL TO LEARN IT, AND YOUR CHANCES OF BECOMING WEALTHY DROP TO 1 IN 10 MILLION
Edited by Frederick Mann

INTRODUCTION by Frederick Mann Buckminster Fuller, famous inventor of the geodesic dome (and many other inventions), wrote that, given the number of humans on earth and the abundance of resources available to us, every man, woman, and child should be a millionaire many times over. So why aren't we all millionaires? Thousands of books have been written by people who've made a great deal of money, and by authors who studied those who made the biggest fortunes. Every year, millions of people buy books and programs on how to get rich. So why aren't we all millionaires?

Some of us do succeed in becoming millionaires in a relatively short time. Most of us don't. What's the difference between those who succeed and those who don't? The differences between success and failure may be relatively small. In order to become spectacularly successful and wealthy, you may have to make only minor changes and improvements in your thinking and attitudes, in how you spot and seize opportunities, in your money-making actions, in how you handle money, and in how you interact with those thieves who seek to separate you from your money. This Special Report provides the guidelines for you to create a continuously-strengthening foundation on which to build your fortune. It contains some very important principles not available anywhere else. By applying these principles, you can make the minor changes and improvements necessary to become a millionaire - or a billionaire! First, millionaire entrepreneur Nick Penn reveals the single most important rule essential to grow wealth. Master this one rule and you cannot help but grow wealthy, no matter what your situation. Fail to learn it, and the chances of becoming wealthy drop to 1 in 10 million. Second, I (Frederick Mann) will describe the concept of "residual income." The application of this principle enables you to put a kind of "money machine" in motion that will continue making money for you, even if you decide to stop working at it! Third, I describe the "Small-Step-Progression Principle." Practically everybody can apply this principle to start with virtually nothing and create one or more "money machines" - any of which can make you a fortune within a few years. Fourth, I discuss Robert Fritz's book The Path of Least Resistance, which I regard as the most valuable and useful book in my personal freedomry of over 5,000 volumes. You can organize your life in such a

way that the path of least resistance automatically leads to the achievement of your goals. Fifth, I reveal ten important wealth secrets you can apply to virtually guarantee that you'll build great wealth within a few years. Finally, I discuss the issues of scarcity and prots. THE SINGLE MOST IMPORTANT WEALTH RULE Copyright 1995 by Nick Penn Introduction Did you know that there is one and only one basic rule essential to grow wealth? Master this one point and you cannot help but grow wealthy, no matter what your situation. Fail to learn it, and the possibility of growing wealthy becomes 1 in 10,000,000. Wait! Can this be true? Is there a rule so fundamental to accumulating wealth that it's foolproof when followed? If so, how can it be this miracle revelation is not common knowledge? Why isn't it taught in kindergarten? Why isn't it engraved on the walls of every freedomry? Why isn't it shouted in the streets?! Yes, there is such a rule, and once you hear it, and take time to weigh its meaning, it will seem obvious in retrospect. So, why isn't it known? Perhaps it may be too simple and insignicant to be noted. On the other hand, it might be so elegant and powerful few can grasp it. It certainly isn't common wisdom. You never nd it written as the leading premise of wealth. You never hear it discussed. You seldom hear even the wisest of men applying its consequences to their own life, or offering it as sound advice to those who request guidance. In fact, what passes for common wisdom teaches something quite different.

Does this seem too absurd to be true? Indeed it does. There must be some explanation. Could it be, that deep in human nature, there is something which causes humans to overlook this simple principle? Yes, surely this must be near the heart of the matter. Conventional wisdom must be based on some wrong idea. Maybe, an existing idea stands in the way of progress. I call this situation a manifestation of the "One Wrong Idea" at work. Some other idea, or modality of human consciousness, must stand rmly in the way of progress, blotting out the meaning of the idea, as a storm cloud wipes out the sun. The "One Wrong Idea" Ah! Did you hear that? Did you catch the wrong idea you were just given? Or did that sentence pass you by unnoticed? Did it pass for truth? The last phrase of the last paragraph was chosen to illustrate the point. The "One Wrong Idea" often permeates our thinking and fully colors our perception of reality. Unfortunately, when this happens, we think about a "reality" which is unreal. How can we be effective in reality, then? We are acting according to ideas based on unreal assumptions. Can a storm cloud wipe out the sun? Stretched to the most poetic, metaphoric sense, this idea only approximates reality. A quite different "reality" than actually exists. (This example of the "One Wrong Idea" in-situ here is a convenient place to begin our examination. It's a worthy divergence, for in it we will see how to wake our consciousness. Thereby we may be readied for the Most Basic Wealth Principle to come later in this presentation. We'll take a moment and realize how well-entrenched certain wrong ideas can become.) A particular wrong idea, which I will identify shortly, is thousands of years old. Further, it has been known to be wrong for approximately 400

years. On top of that, during the day of its rule, it greatly limited humans from progressing. Humans were censored, even killed, for speaking the truth about it. Yet our language still reects this persistent error. Still today, how often do children and even adults observe clouds in the sky, and say, "The storm clouds covered the sun?" Or, "The sun isn't out, today?" What is the reality of the situation they describe? It's merely that a bit of water, evaporated by the heat energy from the sun, has drifted over a small section of the earth, carried by sun-driven winds. What a different perspective! Children have no perception of the magnitude of the star that powers our solar system. They don't know that it's 100 times larger in diameter than the earth itself. They can't imagine that the sun couldn't be covered, even if all the water from the earth were poured on it. They don't understand how much power the sun's nuclear furnace beams into space in all directions. They don't comprehend that the tiny amount reaching the surface of the earth from 93,000,000 miles away, still has enough power to drive our entire weather system. The power of the sun is the power driving the clouds. In fact, without the sun there would be no clouds. The sun is always "out," always shining. The very fact that it's "out" is what gave rise to the clouds' existence. The truth is, the shining sun forces all the water evaporated from the oceans to rise in helpless obedience, to dance on the face of a sundrenched earth. "The sun isn't out today" no more explains the truth, than it hides the feeble understanding of the speaker. Yet we speak casually of the sun being "covered by the clouds," as if the clouds could hold sway over the sun, rather than be frantically, helplessly and hopelessly driven by it. It's the sun which holds no notice of the clouds, small puffs of water vapor, so far away they cannot be seen from the sun's surface, millions of miles away, a mere after effect, a

triing artifact, of trace amounts of its mighty ow emanating powerfully into the universe. Do the clouds cover the sun? Let them try! Dare they come close, the sun would swallow their puny mass whole. The sun would rip their molecules apart, and burn their puny matter as nuclear fuel in an instant, and take no more notice of the clouds than a forest re being thrown a Kleenex. When viewed from a point away from our comfortable home on the surface of this planet, it's easy to see that the sun is far from troubled, blotted out, or held in check, or diminutively kept from "coming out" by the clouds. Yet, I doubt if the use of the phrase, "a storm cloud wipes out the sun" raises immediate suspicion in your mind. Indeed, why should it? It's conventional wisdom. It approximates the truth - by a long stretch of metaphor. The phrase is rich in metaphorical content and, after all, metaphors are all we have upon which to base our communications. As long as the intended metaphor is all that is taken from the phrase, there might be no harm in using such poetic prose. Yet, such prose is based on a wrong idea. Herein lies the rub. The error is far from innocuous. [Editor: Phrases like, "The sun isn't shining today" and, "The clouds cover the sun," represent sloppy thinking. By automatically and more or less unconsciously using such sloppy thinking and sloppy talking, we develop the habit of general sloppy thinking and sloppy talking. We get into the habit of not looking for more accurate and effective thinking and communication. We get into the habit of blindly accepting sloppy thought and sloppy talk from others. Currently, this sloppy thinking habit is widespread, prevalent, and ubiquitous among humans at all

levels of society - even among philosophers and scientists - and especially among politicians and bureaucrats. The point that Mr. Penn is making is that from a limited perspective (or a specic xed perspective), it's easy to jump to a mistaken conclusion. Another image you may want to use to illustrate the point is that of a house. If you were to look at a house from the outside, or your individual perspective, like you look at the clouds from the surface-ofthe-earth perspective, you may make the mistake of assuming that the house is stable, just as you may make the mistake that the "clouds cover the sun." If however, you were to look at the house from a different perspective, with the walls stripped away for example, you would then be able to see that the foundation is really rotten, faulty and unstable. As a result you would then realize that the house is not really stable at all. The same principle applies to such assumptions about wealth, success and life in general. The presumptions you make based on any limited perspective may not be accurate. The ability to look at different situations from many different perspectives, such as imagining the clouds from the sun's perspective, enables you to overcome the "wrong ideas" that may prevent your success.] In this case, the earth-centered-universe point of view is of the same character as the belief that the earth is at. We view the world through our own perceptions. These perceptions can be small-minded in the animal sense. They are from the animal-substrate senses we have. We tend to see the world from an anthropocentric (self-centered) stance. Hence the sun circles the earth and the clouds cover the sun. This primitive cosmology ruled much of human thinking from the time of Ptolemy to Copernicus. This is the "One Wrong Idea" buried in the metaphor. What has been the cost of this simple error? If the earth is at, better not sail off the edge. If "here" is the center of the universe, why venture out past "here" to someplace which can only be something less. We are the

chosen people, so there's no reason not to kill the unchosen. The cost has been horric. It was cosmology which repressed travel, adventure, communications and cooperation between people. This simple point of view fundamentally held humans back from reaching their current potential for more than a thousand years. [Editor: And such sloppy thinking, today, still keeps the vast majority of humans locked in a "dark-age cage" of poverty, disease, and strife - to mention just a few of our apparently intractable social problems. Sloppy thinking causes sloppy behavior and sloppy results - sloppy problems!] Surely, such a damaging error must be viewed in retrospect with contempt. When the myth was nally unseated, people were quite upset. Imagine the irony, a vicious lie trounced in combat with the truth. Did the people rejoice in being freed from the lie? No, they felt lost without it! John Donne said of it, in his 1611 poem, "Anatomy of the World": "And new philosophy calls all in doubt, The element of re is quite put out; The sun is lost and the earth, and no man's wit Can well direct him where to look for it. ...Tis all in pieces, all coherence gone..." In his book From the Closed World to the Innite Universe Alexandre Koyre says Western man, "lost his place in the world, or more correctly perhaps, lost the very world in which he was living and about which he was thinking, and had to transform and replace not only his fundamental concepts and attributes, but even the very framework of his thought." So, how well was the old world lost, after all? The tenacity of this "One Wrong Idea" remains strong today. So strong in fact, that we don't say,

"Our portion of the earth is covered by clouds," but instead remark, "The sun is covered by clouds," or, "The sun isn't out today." This side discussion began with the line, "Some other idea, or modality of human consciousness, must stand rmly in the way of progress, blotting out the meaning of the idea, as a storm cloud wipes out the sun." The extended metaphor is strong. From our examination above, we know just how strong the wrong idea of the cloud-covered sun is. By analogy, the Most Basic Wealth Principle must be also hidden by clouds. What are the clouds standing in the way of progress? What is the source of the wrong idea or ideas humans prefer over the truth about wealth? [Editor: As humans we tend to have and use certain "thought structures" when thinking about the world. These "thought structures" are known as paradigms or mental models which determine how we see, think about and understand the world. The nature of the human mind is such that it builds one thought or idea upon the next to form these mental models, much like one level of the previously described house is built upon the next. In the case of the house, the foundation must be sound in order for the upper levels to be stable. If however, the underlying foundation is faulty, the whole house will be unstable at best, and at worst will collapse entirely. The same principle applies to our mental models when we think about the world. We have certain "foundation ideas" that support other ideas. These ideas are often "correct" in that they produce desirable results, but sometimes, like a rotten foundation they can be faulty. The result of "faulty foundation ideas" is almost always poor or undesired results. This is the principle behind Mr. Penn's "one wrong idea" concept. Sloppy thinking such as "the sun being covered by clouds," or the idea that success for everyone is not possible are results of "faulty foundation ideas" - which is why most people fail to become successful.

"Faulty foundation ideas" are often the result of an inaccurate perception of reality, or what could be called "awed mental models." Like an inaccurate map, "awed mental models" will obviously not produce the results you want. Many people also suffer from self-deceit and/or a lack of understanding of how wealth is really created. Wealth creation, as you will see, simply consists of creating value (usually through hard work) and producing more than you consume. Wrong ideas about how wealth is created are part of a "awed mental model" and are unlikely to produce desirable results. People who suffer from such faulty thinking may nevertheless become successful, but their chances of success are greatly reduced. Usually it takes only "one wrong idea" to separate you from success. To overcome your "awed mental models" you may want to read the chapter entitled "The Reality Habit" in Robert Ringer's book Million Dollar Habits. You could also improve your ability to look at things from many different perspectives, as discussed in the house analogy. Finally, one of the most fundamental principles in overcoming "wrong ideas" and "faulty foundation ideas" is to learn to question everything, especially those ideas and assumptions that you take for granted. If you were to question the general assumption that the "clouds cover the sun," or that the "world is at," you would realize that such assumptions are false, or only partly true at best. To achieve this you may want to ask yourself questions like, "The house looks stable, but is it really, and what would it look like with the walls stripped away?" Consistently ask yourself the question, "Is the way I think about x necessarily the case? Does x accurately represent reality?" Using questions like these to look at things from different perspectives will allow you to realize that there is no "magic bullet" for success, and that achieving what you want is within your grasp. Apply these fundamental principles in all areas of your life and watch the benecial results you achieve.]

Animal Nature The answer lies buried in our animal substrate. Now, let's reveal it. Animals are generally range-of-the-moment creatures. The concept of wealth as humans know it isn't pertinent to animals. The container, one of our most fundamental tools, is seldom used by animals. The few exceptional cases, such as squirrels hiding nuts, and bees storing honey, are notable because they are exceptions, rather than the norm. For the most part, the storage used by animals is limited to food in their bellies and fat on their sides. So the stored wealth in the form of future values which humans see as wealth has little counterpart among other animals. Yet, there are two measures of wealth prominent in the animal kingdom: one is territory held, and the other is position in the social order. In The Territorial Imperative Robert Ardrey identies the fundamentally universal importance territory has for animals. Even simple planarian worms have a sense of territory. Interestingly, territory is defended against similar species, while non-similar species are generally treated as if they didn't exist. In other words, a robin will certainly defend its territory against another robin, and probably against a crow, but couldn't care less about a rabbit. Since territory generally is an intra-species phenomenon, it could also be seen as a manifestation of social order. Within territories animals forming packs or herds almost always have social orders. A great amount of time and effort tends to be spent sorting out the "pecking order," whatever the species. The time and effort wouldn't be spent if the activity were not worth something to the animals. Therefore, we can conclude that position in the social order ranks as wealth to animals. [Editor: Animals high in the "pecking order" tend to get the rst choice to eat the available food. They therefore tend to get the most and best food. Thus the "pecking order" or position in the social order has great survival value - particularly because most animals suffer from food shortages for much of their lives.]

The tendency toward gaining position in the social order is so valuable to animals, that it often overshadows more "logically valuable" activities, such as their safety. Animals are often injured ghting for social status, sometimes fatally. If not injured by each other, they often attract predators by their exertions. Big game hunters often nd rams by listening for the clash of their horns as they struggle for dominance. Position in the social order must be extremely valuable to animals, if they let its practice threaten their survival. [Editor: Another important benet to being high in the "pecking order" is getting the best mates and enjoying the most sex!] Recently-conscious humans still carry these same substrate-animal tendencies. [Editor: Julian Jaynes, in his book The Origin of Consciousness in the Breakdown of the Bicameral Mind, convincingly shows that humans started becoming conscious (as we think of consciousness) about 3,000 years ago. Hence the term "recentlyconscious humans." Several authors, such as Gurdjieff, have claimed that most humans are still only partly conscious most of the time during their "awake" hours.] This then explains the idea, or modality of thinking, standing rmly in the way of progress. Humans have a tendency to see the greatest wealth as their standing in the social order. This is "wealth" as seen through the "mind" of an animal. It's also "wealth" based on win-lose relationships - because animals ght winlose battles in order to rise in the "pecking order." [Editor: This type of social positioning could more accurately be referred to as the "pecking order superstition," because it is another "wrong idea" that gets in the way of an accurate understanding of wealth creation, and thus success. It is a "superstition" because some people falsely believe, similarly to animals, that their "pecking order" social status will bring success. It's a "faulty foundation idea" that prevents many people from achieving success. You might ask yourself: "Is the activity I'm currently engaged in supporting my 'pecking order' status at the expense of

success, making money, and living a free and self-actualizing life?" Minimizing your time spent seeking "pecking order status" may be an important success principle.] When we celebrate sports, we uphold this mentality. There's prestige in holding a position on a team. This arrangement approximates the social order inside the pack. By the end of the game, one team has won, the other has lost. There is prestige for the winners. This honor approximates the pack gaining control of the desired territory and the opposing pack losing it. Notice that the efforts of the losers are not rewarded at all (at least not with prestige which is at the core of animal wealth). It doesn't matter how well they scored. If they lost, they lost. For instance, compare two games. One game between teams A and B has scores of 98 to 97. Another game between teams C and D has scores of 54 to 48. Teams A and C are the winners. That losing team B scored more points against a better opponent than winning team C is largely irrelevant. Clearly, sports is based on win-lose reward systems with roots coming from the animal substrate. [Editor: Does this have something to do with why sports (and music) superstars are such sought after sexual partners? How many people perceive them as being at the top of the "pecking order?"] Animals principally deal in win-lose relationships. In a few other situations, they deal with each other on a seemingly altruistic basis, such as a mother-and-child relationship, where the child is defended at the risk of the mother's well-being. This is still a win-lose relationship. It's different only in the sense the mother appears to take the losing position "voluntarily." Cooperation, other than as established by the social order, is indeed rare in animals.

Humans have the same capacity for win-lose relationships as animals. Depending on the individual's depravity there may perhaps be a preference for win-lose relationships. Conscious, moral humans have a different method of arranging interpersonal relationships - voluntary cooperation. This is not "forced cooperation" as found within a social order based on win-lose positioning. Voluntary cooperation is true valuefor-value cooperation where all parties win. This type cooperation results in win-win relationships. Human Voluntary Cooperation Two abilities of conscious humans are crucial to win-win cooperation. One is communication. Cooperation is not possible until communication is possible. Cooperation implies agreement. Agreement implies communication on intended methods and goals. The other ability crucial to voluntary cooperation is "time spacialization," which is basically the ability to see time as extending into the past and the future. Time spacialization makes it possible for humans to exchange current values for future values. It is necessary so agreements can be carried out in the "seeable" future. This makes contractual behavior possible. With a few exceptions (some symbiotic relationships are found in nature among animals and insects), only conscious humans are capable of arranging such win-win relationships. With language came the capacity for communication. With the advent of visual language, i.e., writing, came the ability to perform time spacialization, according to Julian Jaynes in The Origin of Consciousness in the Breakdown of the Bicameral Mind. However, the number of conscious humans willing and capable to abandon the primitive bicameral animal tendencies are relatively few. Instead, many of us often rely on our earlier programming, remaining stuck in primitive "social-order thinking and behavior."

[Editor: A key element to achieving wealth and success is to reprogram your brain to overcome such faulty "social order thinking and beliefs." Increasing your personal power in this area and reprogramming your brain for success in general is a powerful way to overcome obstacles such as "wrong ideas" and "faulty foundation ideas."] How Some Humans Think When people are asked in studies, what they need to be better off, there is one common theme to their reply, "If I only had a couple thousand dollars more, I'd be better off." Their premise revolves around some small incremental additional income that would give them immediate prosperity. Now this is interesting because it shows a wrong idea at work. The guy who is making $10,000 a year says that if he only had a couple thousand more, he'd be better off. The guy who is making $12,000 a year says that if he only had a couple thousand more, he'd be better off. The guy who is making $14,000 a year says that if he only had a couple thousand more, he'd be better off, although he is making a couple thousand more than the guy making $12,000 a year, and twice-acouple-thousand more than the guy making $10,000 a year. And so it goes ad nauseam. What does the guy making $40,000 a year say? "If I only had a couple thousand dollars more, I'd be better off now." Here, the fellow making $40,000 a year is making four times as much as the poor fellow making $10,000, but his perception of what is needed to improve his lot is the same. What conclusion can be drawn from this progression? For one thing, prosperity is relative. For another, a couple thousand more, or whatever the incremental amount in improved income may be claimed, cannot improve your lot in life, or allow you to feel that you have nally arrived at wealth. [Editor: A parallel can be drawn between the worker "ghting" for a $2,000 a year raise and an animal ghting to rise a notch in the "pecking order."]

Why should this misconception be so tenacious? We can nd the answer by looking again at the animal tendencies of humans. Whatever humans have, they tend to spend it on what they see as most valuable. For all animal-oriented and bicamerally-directed individuals, that will be on improving their position in the social order. [Editor: The "bicameral mind" is a kind of primitive unconscious stimulus-response mind. Someone who is "bicamerally-directed," behaves in an unconscious stimulus-response manner.] The average human lives at the very limit of his or her means. Much time, effort, and money are spent in attaining and increasing social prestige or rising in the "pecking order." In Economics, this tendency is recognized as the "Propensity to Save" principle. Below a certain income, everything is spent. Nothing is left over for savings. Above a certain level, people have all the amenities they feel they need and begin saving some of their surplus. I don't know where economists say that level is now, but it's way above the average income. Hence, the average human doesn't save and never comes to any wealth at all. Instead, increases in salary are spent on improvements in life-style. A used pickup truck and a BMW both get you to work, but one costs ten times as much. A 1,000 square foot house in an older "retired" neighborhood provides adequate shelter, but a 3,000 square foot house in Upper Yuppyville might make you the envy of your coworkers, at ten times the price. There is easily an order of magnitude difference between the amount spent on such functionally equivalent "necessities." The runaway condition of chasing an ever expanding dream is euphemistically called, "keeping up with the Joneses." Most humans attempt to live beyond their means - in order to elevate themselves in the "pecking order." [Editor: Could this tendency to spend every last penny on increasing pecking order status be why the savings rate in the U.S. and some other western countries is so low?]

Fortunately, you cannot live beyond your means for too long. Short of using misrepresentation, fraud or force, no one will sell things you on credit if you don't have the capacity to pay back. It's not in their rational interest to do so. Does this mean credit isn't ever given? No, you have two things of value. One is what you have produced, that is what you made, or your paycheck. The other is your ability to produce things in the future. If you are deemed a serious enough fool to trade away your future, not exactly for the things you make now, but instead for your ability to make things in the future, many will extend you credit. By doing so, your work becomes their prot. Every interest payment you make on your debt comes to them as interest payment on their savings. Perhaps a moment spent detailing this situation will help improve understanding. What can the average human hope to earn in a lifetime? Let's say, he can make $40,000 a year for 30 years. That's $1,200,000 (not counting potential investment interest). Now, how much does the average human keep of this more-than-a-million bounty? Essentially nothing. What became of the vanished million, or so, dollars? Part of it was spent as payments for necessities and all the excesses to keep up with the Joneses. And a major part of it was spent as interest payments on the house, cars, boats, meals, entertainment and such things obtained on credit. [Editor: Living this way is essentially "wealth slavery." By spending more than you make (consuming more than you produce) and living in debt you are essentially enslaving yourself to others. The interest you pay to others is not really wealth they created, it is wealth you created, but will never see because you have already enslaved that part of you to others. By using credit (debt) to live a "higher" life-style, you are actually decreasing your wealth and life-style by giving part of it away to others in exchange for the use of their money (interest). To maximize your wealth and success you must minimize the amount of your value that you enslave to others.]

It's strange. Life is comparable to the following analogy. Every man wins the lottery at the age of manhood and gets a slave worth $1,200,000. Very quickly, he trades the slave's future for things he currently consumes. The slave becomes more and more owned by others in trade for excesses that give social status. In the end, he essentially winds up giving away the slave. Too late he realizes that the slave was his wealth that he had relinquished. Without knowing the Basic Wealth Principle, his only hope of getting wealthy is to win a lottery. The possibility of growing wealthy by winning at life's lottery "a second time" is something like 1 in 10,000,000. Lotteries are of such useless character as to be laughable! Adam Smith says of them in Wealth of Nations, that hope is ever present. If there were any use in winning a lottery, one should buy all the tickets and be sure of winning. The prize, however, would not be equal to the price paid for all the tickets. If it were, there would be no incentive for the promoters to run the lottery. How many today count winning the lottery as their only hope of becoming wealthy? How few understand the foolishness of trying? Let me show you the very futility in it. Many count on winning the $10,000,000 Publisher's Clearing House Sweepstakes. After all, it costs nothing to enter, right? Let me ask, how many people enter under this premise? If every household in the United States is reached, and most return the entry forms, how many entries will there be? Let's suppose it's on the order of 50,000,000. What's lost to the people in entering? For one thing, approximately $16,000,000 in postage. Frankly the odds don't justify the cost of mailing the entry in. How great is the prize of $10,000,000 in comparison? Further, mailing out the entry form is quite costly. Publisher's Clearing House must spend a great deal on maintaining a mailing list without

duplications. The packet with the entry form and the magazine offerings is not free either, and it also takes postage to get it into the hands of the participants. That mailing must cost more than $16,000,000. So the cost of running the Sweepstakes must approach a dollar per household in the United States, nearly $50,000,000. Publisher's Clearing House would not run the contest if they did not make more than this for their effort. Where does the money to do this mailing come from? From people with too much hope and not enough sense to know that ordering the magazines don't help their chances of winning. What in human nature promotes such unrealistic desires for winning lotteries, that they engage in such losing behavior? Notice that lotteries are win-lose relationships. Other than a second visitation by the goddess Fortuna, how are humans to become wealthy? By managing the rst gift of fortune. Always participate in win-win relationships, or don't participate at all. Become more conscious. Understand time. Make your time on earth more productive. Live below your means. Grow your wealth. Most importantly, learn the Basic Wealth Principle. "Saving" in and of itself is not the way to wealth. Putting savings in one pile and adding debts in another does not lead to wealth. Having "things" in and of itself cannot make wealth. Piling things in one pile and debts in another does not lead to wealth. Controlling "spending" in and of itself is not the way to wealth. Putting nothing in one pile, but insuring no debt is piled in another, also does not lead to wealth. The Most Basic Wealth Principle The Most Basic Wealth Principle is this: Produce more than you consume. There is only one way to create wealth, and that is by producing more than you consume. With an important qualication (covered below), the wider the gap between what you produce and what you consume, the greater will be the rate of increase in your wealth.

[Editor: Another way to describe producing more than you consume is to use the terms "delay of gratication" versus "instant gratication." If you immediately consume what you produce you are receiving "immediate gratication," but if you produce more than you consume on a consistent basis you are "delaying gratication." All truly successful people know that success is ultimately achieved, not immediately, but in the long run through the delay of gratication.] What passes for common wisdom teaches something quite different than this principle. The conventional wisdom is "You have to have money to make money." Hence the only way to start a venture is with OPM, meaning "Other People's Money." The truth is, if you can't produce more than you consume, you will likely eat the substance of OPM and never get to positive cash ow, hence wealth creation. Indeed, this is the fate of about 7 out of every 10 businesses. If one can't make a prot with a little money, what is different that a prot can be made with a lot of money? Common wisdom often sides with the something-for-nothing dream. Like scavenger animals, we wish to nd wealth already created and intact. The harsh reality of producing more than is consumed is unpalatable to an animal who lives in the range of the moment, without a concept of accumulation of wealth over time. The moral conscious human produces more than he or she consumes. By following this plan, he or she cannot help but come to wealth. Even a lowly pauper, applying this principle will come to a better end than those who consume all they produce. Remember, prosperity is relative. Today, we live better than the richest kings of old. They suffered poor eyesight, rotten teeth, wretched sanitary conditions and dwellings inhospitable by our standards. Most diseases were fatal to them. They never heard an orchestra, ew like a bird, made

a telephone call to their mother or rode faster than a horse could carry them. Yet they were the richest men alive. Our opportunities come from a capitalistic system. Capital is created when more is produced than consumed. Follow the Basic Wealth Principle. Help others follow it, too. It's the path to even greater achievement and wealth for all. About the Author Nick Penn is a self-made multinational multimillionaire. He owns, among other things, several businesses in the United States and the Philippines, two homes, a twin-engine airplane, and about 50 race horses. After leaving the U.S. Navy as a commissioned ofcer in 1979, he took an engineering position in industry. Tragedy struck in 1979 when his life savings in the form of the 40-foot yacht he lived on with all his worldly possessions burned to the waterline. Since the early 80s, he started several businesses. Annual sales of his rst start-up, New Micros, Inc., today number in the millions. He estimates his wealth to be about $6,000,000. This was accomplished with no outside investment, or OPM ["other people's money"]. His companies' nancing came entirely from sweat equity. After discovering many of the secrets of wealth described here, he lived them. He always lives below his means and produces more than he consumes. As a result, the small portion he spends on himself in consumption now surpasses most people's means. Yet he is not pretentious, is not easily spotted in a crowd, and does not dress or act in ways intended to attain social status. Editor's Additions Three further questions need to be answered: (1) How do you produce more than you consume?

(2) What do you do with your surplus (the difference between what you produce and consume) in order to maximize the growth of your wealth? (3) How do you persuade others to produce more than they consume, in ways benecial to both them and you? For most people the simplest way to produce more than they consume is to work at a job, earning as much as possible, while cutting expenses to the bone. You need some wealth accumulation to get started. But remember, JOB = Just Over Broke! It's very difcult to build any signicant wealth by working a job. But you can start building your "seed capital" that way. While working at a job, you can do things in your spare time to earn extra money. We'll have much more to say about this in Special Report #TL13B: The Millionaire's Secret (II). And then you can take your surplus to Las Vegas and gamble it away, or you can invest it in the stock market. How you apply your surplus is crucial to the rate at which you build wealth. This is the important qualication mentioned on the previous page. Some people produce more than they consume, but they squander their surplus - so they never become wealthy. There are all kinds of conmen, conwomen, and thieves out there, constantly looking for suckers and marks to separate from their money. (Some people put government bureaucrats in this category!) In Special Report #TL13B: The Millionaire's Secret (II) we'll have much more to say about what kinds of things you can do with your surplus to maximize the growth of your wealth. We'll also tell you about additional programs, which are superb ways of persuading others to produce more than they consume in ways that are highly benecial and protable to both them and you.

THE POWER OF RESIDUAL INCOME by Frederick Mann If you work for a wage or a salary, you sell your time for money. You get a xed number of dollars for every period of time you sell. Even if you're a consultant or a professional earning a high rate of pay, as soon as you stop working, the pay stops. This is called linear income. If you work for linear income, you essentially work as a "wage-slave." Whoever pays you, owns your time - and directs what you do and how you do it. How does this make people feel? When you own your own business, or you participate in certain networkmarketing programs, you also get paid for part of the work of others. This is called residual income. You not only get paid for the work you do in your own time as you please, but you also get paid for providing others with jobs or other opportunities, receiving a percentage on their performance. This is where you nd the big money - and the big money that keeps coming even after you stop working! It's useful to think in terms of creating a "money machine" that you can set in motion and build up to the point that it develops a "momentum" of its own. You can then stop working, while the "money machine" continues to pay you. You can also think in terms of a "production machine" that "automatically" produces (even while you sleep!) more than you consume. There are sophisticated ways of applying the Most Basic Wealth Principle: Produce more than you consume! Exactly how you do this is explained in detail in Special Report #TL13B: The Millionaire's Secret (II) and Special Report #TL13C: The Millionaire's Secret (III).

There are also different kinds of residual income. In most businesses and network-marketing companies, if the people in your organization stop producing, your earnings based on their performance also stops. In Special Report #TL13B: The Millionaire's Secret (II) I outline Build Freedom's earnings from World Network Holdings. This is the most powerful kind of residual income, because even if we stop promoting the program and everyone in our organization stops working right now and does nothing further, we still continue to receive $50,000 per month! If there is an ultimate "production machine," World Network Holdings comes pretty close to it! [I wish the opportunity to make this kind of money with WNH were still available to you. But unfortunately, WNH has been so successful in attracting new participants that they closed their doors to new members in January, 1996. WNH subsequently went through several metamorphoses and via a "reverse takeover" part of it has become a public corporation listed on NASDAQ. (See The Harry Plott Saga - Part 1 and Part 2 for the full story on WNH.) The good news is that there is another real free-enterprise company that can provide you with comparable earnings, depending on the funds you commit and the extent to which you promote this company to your friends, associates, and contacts. The company is called BIG International.! I invite you to check out our BIG pages and to consider getting involved with BIG.] THE SMALL-STEP-PROGRESSION PRINCIPLE by Frederick Mann "The secret of getting ahead is getting started. The secret of getting started is breaking your complex overwhelming tasks into small manageable tasks, and then starting on the rst one." -- Mark Twain

I started a company in May 1993 with a capital of $250. (That's right; it's not a misprint!) I gave my company a motto: "Building Personal Power and Freedom through Business and Networking." We ofcially opened our doors for business in May, 1993, and by May, 1995, we had 10 full-time personnel and several part-timers, with thousands of satised customers in all 50 American states and in 27 other countries. We held four Conferences, attracting leading nationally and internationally-known speakers. We created numerous highly successful programs and techniques for helping people improve their lives and nances. From the outset the company was designed so that only small steps were necessary to achieve huge success. We only had to take little steps like: complete the next report, write letters, make phone calls, send out information packages. This is the "Small-Step-Progression Principle." We've never needed a big backer or investor to proceed. There were no big hurdles to overcome. We just needed to take a few little steps every day. The company was also designed so that each little step made the next step easier. As more and more people started supporting us, our momentum grew - like a snowball running down an almost endless mountainside. The company was, in fact, self-perpetuating! The Small-Step-Progression Principle is extraordinarily powerful. It enables you to start with little or nothing and build one or more "money machines" that will make you one or more fortunes within a few short years. Exactly how you can do this for yourself - as well as some of the things you may need to learn to succeed - are described in the articles "The Path of Least Resistance" and "The Ten Wealth Principles" below and in Special Report #TL13B: The Millionaire's Secret (II).

You may also want to apply the Small-Step-Progression Principle to your personal growth and development. Every day you could think of something to do to improve your competence in some area of your life. I rst got the idea of starting such a company in 1972. During the following 21 years I made many attempts to get something going. Most of my attempts failed. But I continued to work on personal growth and increasing my knowledge and competence in areas such as my ability to create and improve personal and business relationships, writing, and marketing. A big breakthrough occurred when I discovered "The Path of Least Resistance." THE PATH OF LEAST RESISTANCE by Frederick Mann This section is largely based on the book The Path of Least Resistance by Robert Fritz. Its theme can be summarized as: How to orient your life so the path of least resistance automatically leads you towards producing the results you desire in life. The fundamental principles (with my own insights added) can be summarized: Energy ows along the path of least resistance. "[T]here is a direct connection between what occurs in your consciousness and what occurs in your external life if you initiate change internally a corresponding change will happen externally." Humans are like rivers and tend to automatically follow the path of least resistance.

The path of least resistance is determined by fundamental underlying structures. These structures could be described as programs in the brain special programs with a pervasive inuence. They also include paradigms or worldviews. We can change the fundamental underlying structures of our lives. The ability we apply to do this is Power of Choice - the most powerful human ability. Two radically different life-orientations can be distinguished: (a) The reactive-responsive orientation, characterized by reacting and responding to events and external conditions; (b) The creative orientation, characterized by you being the predominant creative power in your life. One of the essential differences is that in the creative orientation you initiate any desired change by changing the contents of your brain, while in the reactive-responsive orientation you attempt to change conditions outside yourself, without changing the contents of your brain. One of the most important aspects of the reactive-responsive orientation can be called "overcoming resistance" or "changing the system." You attempt to apply a stronger force to overcome an opposing force. You attempt to launch into battle a better system to overpower a weaker system. Imagine two opposing sts. If one st pushes harder, the opposing st tends to react by strengthening its own resisting push the stuff wars are made of! In the reactive-responsive orientation you experience yourself being at the effect (or mercy) of external circumstances, that is, more or less helpless. In the creative orientation you experience yourself at cause over (or in control of) external circumstances, that is, powerful.

In the reactive-responsive orientation your feelings and emotions may be the predominant factors that determine your actions. In the creative orientation your choices are the predominant power and you do what you choose, sometimes in spite of how you feel. Though you still regard your feelings as important messengers. In the creative orientation you focus on the result; the process for achieving the result is secondary; "what" precedes "how." The basic manner in which you reorient your life is to make fundamental choices. According to Fritz, "a fundamental choice is a choice in which you commit yourself to a basic life-orientation or a basic state of being." Here are some of the fundamental choices I have personally made: (a) I choose to be the predominant creative power in my life. (b) I choose to create and enjoy an exceptional degree of freedom. (c) I choose to increase my power and express it creatively and effectively. (d) I choose to be healthy, t, loving, and wealthy. (e) I choose to be true to myself and to develop and achieve my full potential. (f) I choose my positive, creative, and powerful frame of mind. (g) I choose to create the abundant energy that empowers my actions. (h) I choose the powerful actions that produce the results I want. (i) I choose to devote my life to personal freedom and power, and the solution of world problems. (j) I choose to link up with like-minded free, creative, and powerful individuals. Interestingly, after reading The Path of Least Resistance, I realized that nearly seven years ago, when in very poor health (including severe heart disease), I did make the fundamental choice to be healthy. I completely reoriented my life in respect of health and changed my diet and life-style drastically. Today I'm superhealthy and moderately t. I have no heart problems. I have not spent any time being ill in bed. When I get a cold I usually recover completely within 10-15 minutes. From u I usually

recover in about 3-4 hours. A few months ago I ran up Camelback mountain in Phoenix in a time in minutes which is less than half my age in years. I doubt if there are a hundred people in Phoenix who can do that. At the time when I made the fundamental choice to be healthy, I also had to make certain primary choices concerning diet and life-style. At the time it seemed completely impossible to me that I could live up to these choices, so much so, that I often experienced despair. Nevertheless, I was able to remain true to my choices - and produced results way beyond what I had thought possible. The choices I had made changed underlying structures so the path of least resistance automatically led me to do what was necessary to achieve superhealth and tness. This demonstrates one of Fritz's dictums: what you choose does not depend on what you think is possible. In addition to fundamental choice, Fritz identies two other kinds of choices: primary choice and secondary choice. A primary choice is a choice about a major result, an end in itself, for example, "I want to live in a $250,000 house. A secondary choice is one that supports a primary choice, for example, "I will save $25,000 for a down payment on my house." The difference or gap between current reality and your choices establishes structural tension. Structural tension seeks resolution and generates creative energy The Pivotal Power Formula Fritz describes a "pivotal technique" you can apply when circumstances are not to your liking. I have renamed it "the pivotal power formula": 1. Describe current reality. 2. Describe the results you want. 3. Formally choose the results you want ("I choose ....").

4. Move on; change the focus of your attention; shift gears; do something else. The structural tension generated by steps 1-3 will automatically lead you along the path of least resistance to processes that will enable you to generate the results you have chosen. The Path of Least Resistance by Robert Fritz is by far the most valuable book in my collection of over 5,000. I know of no book I can recommend more highly. The Action Shift Power Formula I have developed a formula you can apply at the action level. It will help you become more aware of when you sink into the reactive-responsive orientation. It may increase your power and creativity phenomenally. Write down an intended action. If practical, wait before taking the action. Ask, "Would this action be reactive-responsive or creative?" Ask, "What would be a more creative action?" Sleep on it. Formulate a more creative action (or list of actions) when you wake up. 7. Ask, "Will the action(s) produce the results I want?" Often you will be amazed by the difference between the quality of the action from step 1 and the quality of the action(s) generated during your sleep. The power of the path of least resistance at work! THE TEN WEALTH SECRETS by Frederick Mann 1. Find a Need in the Market and Provide Products and/or Services to Fill that Need There are very few people who feel completely satised - experiencing that they have everything they need and want. Twenty to twenty-ve 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

years ago, the average American family was much more prosperous than today. Most husbands could easily bring in enough money to maintain the whole family in relative afuence. Today, in most families, both husband and wife have to work - and they often struggle to pay the bills. Furthermore, about 90% of Americans over 65 are technically bankrupt - their debts exceed their assets. 2. Increase Your Ability to Earn - LEARN! To earn more money, you may need to acquire additional knowledge and skills. You may need to improve your ability to recognize opportunities and take advantage of them. You may need to overcome your negativity and increase your personal power. You may need to increase your personal freedom and power. Every hour invested in this respect can make you many more dollars in the future. 3. Leverage Your Efforts - Earn More for the Work You Do If you work for hourly pay or on a salaried job, your earnings are severely limited. (Except if you're a top executive of a large company.) By accident or design, our economic system in America today is such that most people simply seem unable to get ahead. After all, if you're just getting by today on your income, even a generous raise of 20% won't get you much further along. The way to get ahead is to leverage your efforts. In other words, nd ways to get more money for less work. With Investor's International, not only do you do things that bring in more money, you also do things that help others to bring in more money - for which they pay you. This is win-win cooperation. 4. Gain Wealth through Multiple Income Streams Build Freedom's main earnings come from selling helpful information: books, reports, manuals, tapes, and seminars. The companies which we promote provide us with additional income streams.

Eventually we want a dozen or more such income streams. Each income stream is a "money machine." By participating in these programs, you can create similar multiple income streams for yourself. 5. Pay Yourself First One of the most important principles of wealth is to take at least 10% of your earnings and set it aside as your payment to yourself. This is not spending money. It's money you set aside to work for you. One way to let it work for you is to put some of it into the Investor's International program. You may want to put some of this money in precious metals. Consider the possibility that paper currencies -even the US$ - will eventually get wiped out and lose all their value. Historically, this has happened to every unbacked government paper currency. This wealth secret of paying yourself rst represents one side of the Most Basic Wealth Principle: Produce more than you consume. 6. Control Your Expenditures If you're like most of us, you spend all the money you earn "hand-tomouth." It's an operating basis that keeps you stuck and prevents you from accumulating wealth - a formula for poverty! You can break out of this trap by using the strongest criteria for spending are: "Do I really need this?" and "What's the minimum I can pay to get it?" This wealth secret of cutting your expenses to the bone represents the other side of the Most Basic Wealth Principle: Produce more than you consume. 7. Make Your Assets Multiply One way to make your assets multiply has already been mentioned: Put some into the Investor's International programs - see #TL13B: The Millionaire's Secret (II) - which also contains more information in

answer to the question: What do you do with your surplus (excess of production over consumption) to maximize the growth of your wealth? 8. Guard Your Assets against Loss Assets can be wiped out in several ways: (1) The institution in which they are invested could go bankrupt; (2) The currency in which they are denominated could collapse - for example, if the US$ collapses, pensions, insurance policies, retirement funds, bonds, etc. could all become worthless; (3) The government can seize your assets with or without cause; (4) Someone can sue you and take all your assets. A secret of the superrich is to not own anything, but to control assets held in trusts. For more information regarding trusts and asset protection, see The Pure Contract Trust Package. For many people, taxes constitute the single biggest drain on their assets. Consider the possibility that most of the money you pay to government is either wasted or actually used for harmful purposes. Consider the second possibility that you can lawfully reduce your taxes to way below what your accountant says. 9. Make Your Home a Protable Investment Most people, when buying a house, rst look for one that they like. Then they nd out the price. Then they nd out how big a mortgage they can get and how much the down payment has to be. The more wealth-conscious do it differently. They look for a house that is appraised at, say, $200,000 that they can buy for $150,000. They get a mortgage for $190,000 and invest the $40,000 difference for a higher return than the mortgage interest rate. 10. Discover Your Deep-Seated Attitudes and Beliefs about Money and Correct Them if Necessary Many of us have limiting - even debilitating! - attitudes and beliefs about money. Some of these are culturally widespread - for example:

"lthy lucre" = "money is dirty"; "money doesn't grow on trees" = "money is scarce and difcult to get"; and some people believe that "money is the root of all evil" and "you must have money to make money." Correcting your attitudes and beliefs about money is one of the most important wealth secrets and is covered extensively in the 'Millionaire' report series. The process of strengthening your attitudes toward money, and correcting any limiting beliefs you might hold, may take a giant leap forward as you study Special Report #TL13B: The Millionaire's Secret (II). SCARCITY AND PROFITS by Frederick Mann As indicated in Nick Penn's article, among animals and insects scarcity is the rule. In general, for most animals and insects, there isn't enough food to go around. Many animals and insects starve to death for a lack of food. For most of human history, pervasive scarcity was suffered by most. Today, in some parts of the world, many humans still live in conditions of perennial poverty and starvation. For them, scarcity is still the order of the day. Some of them still starve to death for lack of food. Scarcity is a pervasive belief that colors their entire consciousness. A world of plenty probably seems an impossible dream to many of them. So it's no wonder that many humans still live their lives out of a deepseated, pervasive "scarcity orientation" that colors how they see the world. It's as if they wear "scarcity spectacles" that distort their vision. They see resources as limited and scarce. In a primitive "scarcity community," if one person were to take more food than his "fair share" in order to completely ll his belly - or, even

worse, hoard some for the future - he would be seen as evil. If he produced more than he consumed and tried to hoard the surplus, he would be seen as evil. Keeping his surplus - or "prots" - would be seen as an evil act. Could this have something to do with the fact that many people still see prots as evil? If you think in terms of a "xed pie economy" - limited by scarce resources - then anyone perceived as consuming more than his or her "fair share" of the "xed pie," tends to be seen as evil - no matter how much he or she actually produced. Furthermore, anyone hoarding his surplus or prots - thereby accumulating wealth - tends to be seen as some kind of thief, because he or she stole from the "fair share" of others. But what if we really have an "expanding pie economy?" What if Buckminster Fuller was right in saying that we have such abundant resources that every man, woman, and child on earth should be a millionaire many times over? "Fixed pie economy" thinking is another "wrong idea" or "faulty foundation idea" you may need to overcome. Reprogramming your brain to think in terms of an "expanding pie economy" is another important wealth principle. Think about it: when you create something, does your creation process take away >from someone else's "fair share?" Of course not! What you produce is in addition to what everyone else produces. There is no limited amount of wealth of which anyone has to get a "fair share." Everyone has the potential freedom to create as much wealth as he or she chooses. In the other 'free-enterprise money-making' reports we'll tell you how to develop and expand your freedom to create more wealth.

Value Production and Value Destruction I propose a simple formula: Production greater than consumption equals Value Creation; Consumption greater than production equals Value Destruction. Surplus or prots represent value creation or production also savings or wealth accumulation or capital growth. Now think about government bureaucrats. In general, do government bureaucrats produce more than they consume - or the reverse? On balance, are government bureaucrats Value Producers or Value Destroyers? Now consider the so-called "war on drugs." Do these actions produce more than they consume, or the reverse? Now think about taxes. Why is it necessary for government bureaucrats to tax people? We'll return to the subject of government bureaucrats in some of the later 'Millionaire' reports.

Special Report #TL13B: THE MILLIONAIRE'S SECRET (II)


- INCLUDING "THE INFINITE BOOTSTRAP PRINCIPLE" - HOW TO APPLY WHATEVER LIMITED RESOURCES YOU HAVE TO BECOME FINANCIALLY INDEPENDENT IN 6-12 MONTHS - AND WHAT YOU NEED TO KNOW ABOUT REAL FREE-ENTERPRISE
Edited by Frederick Mann Introduction This is the second of our series of 'Millionaire reports'. The rst, Special Report #TL13A: The Millionaire's Secret (I), emphasized the Most Basic Wealth Principle: Produce more than you consume. The current report focuses on exposing certain myths that may prevent you from producing more than you consume. And then we cover certain specic things you may want to do in order to maximize the growth of your wealth. First, Frederick Mann introduces the reader to the idea of "real" free enterprise. He explains why freedom is one of the most important of all wealth principles. Real free enterprise is the crux of wealth creation. Unfortunately, most people haven't a clue when it comes to understanding the nature of freedom and real free enterprise. One of the most powerful steps you may need to take is to learn the basic principles

of real free enterprise. Your next wealth creating step is to begin applying these principles to your personal life and business. Second, millionaire entrepreneur Nick Penn exposes some widespread myths about making money. Many people prevent themselves from making money by clinging to these debilitating myths. In exposing these myths, Mr. Penn applies certain thinking skills. In reading Mr. Penn's arguments, try to identify the thinking skills he uses; ask yourself in what other areas you could apply these thinking skills. Third, Frederick Mann describes the "Innite Bootstrap Principle." Practically everybody can apply this principle (and its powerful subprinciples) to leverage his or her resources into a fortune within a few years. THE PRINCIPLES OF FREE-ENTERPRISE by Frederick Mann Disclaimer This article does not contain legal advice. Anyone seeking legal advice, should consult a qualied professional. This article constitutes the communication of information in accordance with the right to free speech. Readers are advised to obey all valid laws, statutes, and regulations to the letter. Acknowledgment Court citations in this article have been taken from the book The Illegality of Taxation and Regulation by Westley F. Deitchler, Director of the Center for the Legalization of Liberty and Chairman of the Trade Party, PO Box 793, Miles City, MT 59301. Introduction Consider that there may be a close relationship between degree of freedom and wealth or prosperity. The freer people are, the more wealth

and prosperity they generate. The opposite is also true: the wealthier and more prosperous people are, the more freedom they have. Freedom = money and money = freedom. America was founded in accordance with certain freedom principles. This is the main reason why it became the wealthiest and most prosperous country in the world. Twenty years ago it was relatively easy for a husband to bring enough money home to maintain the entire family in afuence. Today both parents have to work and they often struggle to pay the bills. The earning power of the average American family has dropped dramatically. This represents a massive loss of freedom and a decimation of the wealth of the average person. Freedom is one of the most important wealth principles. How can you become wealthy if the government takes half of your money away by force? How can a business prosper if government regulates it into the ground? One of the purposes of the various companies I've created is to bring about greater nancial freedom and freedom in general. In addition, you'll notice that the other companies and programs which I promote are not only money-making programs, but also freedom-expanding programs. We operate on the basis that to reverse the loss of freedom in America (and other parts of the world), individuals need to free themselves and increase their personal power. One of the elements of freeing yourself is to accumulate wealth - so that's where we start. We'll have a lot more to say about freedom in future reports. In this article we'll discuss three basic aspects of freedom: (1) "wage-slavery"; (2) taxes; (3) business regulation by government; (4) real or true free-enterprise; and (5) the "communist manifesto."

Freedom from "Wage-Slavery" Do you know that a majority of people hate their regular 9-5 type jobs? Do you know why? Jerry Rubin (the famous - or infamous!) activist of the sixties later became a network marketer. He was one of the founding distributors of Life Extension International, Inc., a network-marketing company. At the time of his death he was putting the nishing touches on a book entitled The Capitalist Manifesto, in which he wrote that "network marketing is the essence of true capitalism." In an interview Jerry said that working for a wage - selling your time was a form of secret slavery because nobody forced you into it. He said that from youth people are propagandized into selling their time (that is, get the typical 9-5 job) and into believing that this was capitalism or free enterprise. The problem is that if you sell your time this way, you're a "wage-slave." You earn so many dollars per hour and that's it. You have to do what the boss tells you. Often there's little or no scope for you to apply your initiative to greatly increase your earnings. Working for wages or a salary makes it virtually impossible to achieve nancial independence and freedom. So you have to break the idea of selling your time for a xed amount of money. Your time is valuable. You want to spend it to maximize your earnings. And, above all, it's network marketing that makes it possible for almost anyone to greatly increase his or her earnings in a relatively short time. Jerry Rubin called network marketing "people's capitalism" because, to succeed, you have to assist others to become successful. It unlocks one of the most important wealth secrets: WORKING TOGETHER. One

of the main reasons why great entrepreneurs build huge business empires is that they are very good at getting people to work together. However, in traditional enterprises the few people at the top receive huge salaries and bonuses, while everyone else is essentially a wage slave. In network marketing (provided the compensation plan is viable) anyone, anywhere can amass a fortune by building, assisting, and motivating his or her own network. So this freedom to maximize the returns you receive for your efforts is very important. Network marketing provides this freedom. Freedom is also related to personal power. Who has more power: the wage slave or the network marketer? Whose Money is It, Anyway? The next thing we need to look at is who owns the fruit of your labor. Do you own it or does the government own it? If you own it, are you free? If the government owns it, are you a slave? I've already said that America was founded on certain freedom principles, and that because of these principles America became the wealthiest and most prosperous nation on earth. Let me quote a U.S. Supreme Court ruling that reects aspects of freedom in the original American tradition: "The individual may stand upon his constitutional rights as a citizen. He is entitled to carry on his private business in his own way. His power to contract is unlimited. He owes no such duty [to submit his books and papers for an examination] to the State since he receives nothing therefrom, beyond the protection of his life and property. His rights are such as existed by the law of the land [common law] long antecedent to the organization of the State, and can only be taken from him by due process of law, and in accordance with the Constitution. Among his rights are a refusal to incriminate himself, and the immunity of himself

and his property from arrest or seizure except under a warrant of the law. He owes nothing to the public so long as he does not trespass upon their rights." Hale v. Henkel, 201 U.S. 43 at 47 (1905). So who owns the fruit of your labor? Do you own it or does the government? Let me quote from another U.S. Supreme Court ruling: "Rights, property and immunities which we enjoyed prior to the United States Constitution (at common law) can NOT be regulated nor taxed by any government, State, Federal or local." And, "A state may not impose a charge for enjoyment of a right granted by the Federal Constitution." Murdock v. Pennsylvania, 319 U.S. 105. In fact, the original American tradition is that the citizens are sovereign and senior to the government. Let me quote from another U.S. Supreme Court case: "Sovereignty itself is, of course, not subject to the law, for it is the author and source of law; but in our system, while some sovereign powers [the power and right to use force in defense] are delegated to the agencies of the government, Sovereignty itself remains with the People, by whom and for whom all government exists and acts... For the very idea that one man may be compelled to hold any material right essential to the enjoyment of life, at the mere whim of another, seems to be intolerable in any country where freedom prevails, as being the essence of slavery itself." Yick Wo v. Hopkins, Sheriff 188 U.S. 356. If the fruit of your labor is held at the whim of government, are you a slave? If you have the absolute right to the fruit of your labor, are you free? Consider the possibility that taxation is the greatest wealth destroyer of all - and that it's a form of robbery. Let me quote from another U.S. Supreme Court ruling:

"To lay with one hand the power of government on the property of the citizen, and with the other to bestow it on favored individuals... is none the less robbery because it was done under the forms of law and is called taxation." Loan Association v. Topeka, 20 Wall (87 U.S.) 664. And here is another U.S. Supreme Court ruling: "...[F]or the power to tax is the power to destroy." McCulloch v. Marland, 4 Wheat 316. Taxes just drain people and destroy their wealth. Furthermore, governments use most of this money in harmful ways to create dependency and to further enslave people. Governments are essentially parasites and Value Destroyers. Furthermore, they cause practically all the problems they claim to "ght." Whose Business is It, Anyway? Is your business your business, or is it the business of the government? If it's your business, are you free? If it's the government's business, are you a slave? If you regulate your business, are you free? If the government regulates your business, are you a slave? Maybe you should take another look at the Hale v. Henkel ruling above. Let's see what Adolf Hitler said about regulating businesses and individuals: "Of what importance is all that [private property] if I arrange men rmly within a discipline they cannot escape? Let them own land or factories as much as they please. The decisive factor is that the State, through the Party, is supreme over them regardless of whether they are owners or workers. All that [private property] is unessential. Our socialism goes far deeper. It establishes the relation of the individual to the State, the national community. Why need we trouble to socialize banks and factories - we socialize human beings."

Real or True Free Enterprise Three principles are central to real capitalism: 1. Property rights - individuals own their lives, bodies, minds, and the fruits of their labor. 2. Voluntary exchange - individuals are free to exchange property and the fruits of their labor as they wish, provided they don't use force or fraud. 3. The sanctity of contract - individuals are free to enter into (nonharmful) contracts, and no state or government may interfere with these contracts. Now if you go back and review the quoted court rulings, you'll nd that they all reect the above three principles. The reason you should be very interested in all this is that these are also the basic principles of a civilized society. Applying these principles made America the wealthiest and most prosperous nation in the world. The violation of these principles is impoverishing America and destroying society. And, from your personal perspective, the more people there are who don't follow these principles, the more your life, property, and success are at risk. The better you understand these principles and are able to spread them, the more civilized, wealthy, and prosperous society becomes - and the safer are your life and property, and the better your chances for long-term success. The Communist Manifesto According to the Communist Manifesto by Marx and Engels (rst published in 1848), the following ten steps are necessary for a communist takeover: "1. Abolition of property in land and application of all rents of land to public purposes.

2. A heavy progressive or graduated income tax. 3. Abolition of all right of inheritance. 4. Conscation of the property of all emigrants and rebels. 5. Centralization of credit in the hands of the state, by means of a national bank with state capital and an exclusive monopoly. 6. Centralization of the means of communication and transport in the hands of the state. 7. Extension of factories and instruments of production owned by the state; the bringing into cultivation of wastelands, and the improvement of the soil generally in accordance with a common plan. 8. Equal liability of all to labor. Establishment of industrial armies, especially for agriculture. 9. Combination of agriculture with manufacturing industries, gradual abolition of the distinction between town and country, by a more equitable distribution of the populace over the country. 10. Free education for all children in public schools. Abolition of children's factory labor in its present form." I leave it to our readers to draw their own conclusions of the extent to which their society operates on the basis of the three basic principles of free enterprise, or the above ten principles of communism. SO, YOU THINK YOU HAVE TO HAVE MONEY TO MAKE MONEY Copyright 1995 by Nick Penn

Money Myths In a recent book, an author, writing on success, soberly pulled down myth after myth, debunking common wisdom over and again. Hard work? You'll die young. Genius? They are often starving, and, conversely, there are many rich idiots. Persistence? Go wait in line and see what happens. After clearing the forest of all visible foliage, he planted his own seedling of a theory. He said, you have to be willing to do "whatever it takes." Not that you'd actually have to do it, you just had to be willing to do it. Sigh! After a fresh and powerful lead-in! Brother, was that lame! Using his own style of actively divining the truth, one could imagine a scenario where two people both wanted to be President in the next election. Both might be willing to do "whatever it takes." Clearly, one of them wasn't going to be President, no matter how willing he was to do anything, or not. The author's bromide [or saying] failed a simple test he clearly had the ability to apply. Yet he was convinced he had found the secret at the end of the long line of success bromides. Isn't it amazing how clearly we can see the errors of other people's ways, and so few of our own? What is the source of our myopia? Why are we so clueless to the way success is created? How is it we nd ourselves in the situation of today? Consider history. Humans have been around (conservatively by archeological records) for 30,000 to 40,000 years. Despite all efforts over the millennia, it has only been in the past century that man has remotely come to success, as we now grasp it. Mountains fall before our machines. The winds carry us in ight. The waters part for our passage. We control re, calling forth the genie and quenching it at will. Yet no one has written an objectively honest book on success. Why? Human Nature Perhaps, we do not yet know our own nature. We are told, man, by nature, is a rational being. If this were true, why is 90% of our history unrecorded? Julian Jaynes [The Origin of Consciousness in the Breakdown of the Bicameral Mind] suggests man has only attained

consciousness in the last 4000 years, or so. Prior to that, he says, man had a different kind of thinking, he calls the "bicameral mind." He argues, most compellingly, that the invention of written language created this new way of thinking, we now call consciousness. So, is man a rational being by nature? Or rather, rational by later design, impressed upon the animal substrate (albeit self-imposed)? I favor the latter. We are, essentially, non-rational, animal-like "machines" with an "Engineering Change Order" added to alter our basic software organization. If we give ourselves a little less credit for our origins, and brand ourselves as animals modied to be capable of occasional rational thought, our recent accomplishments stand out even more wondrously. We also know where to look for future advancement. Surely, we are much more the "animal" than we like to think. As such, we will carry many of the animal ways, including the earlier human bicameral tendencies and native animal instinctual patterns forward, into our modern lives. Further, our default responses will be actively chosen from these arcane systems. Let us not make the mistake of assuming the draw toward irrational socialism is an innocent misunderstanding. It is much deeper than that. The animal substrate biases our later skills away from reason and toward (non-rational) instinct. This bias should not be denigrated. After all, the animal substrate is the survival machine which got us to where we are, today. It is, however, not the best survival skill we now have at hand. Instead, the bias should be expected, recognized, compensated, and thereby corrected. Such is the current human condition. The "One Wrong Idea" One manifestation of this human condition occurs in a symptom preventing advancement, I call, the "One Wrong Idea." To illustrate, consider that advancements do not happen in a vacuum, as legend would have you believe. Actually, advancements are not so much the discovery of new ideas, as they are the embattled displacement of old ideas.

[Editor: Throughout history the greatest advances in human understanding have come in a "revolutionary" manner (overcoming the old ideas with new ideas) as opposed to an evolutionary manner. Interested readers may wish to refer to Thomas Kuhn's The Structure Of Scientic Revolutions.] Popular belief supposes that the great ideas of history are discoveries. The great thinkers are thought to have conceived "out of nothing" ideas which created great advancement. One such example is the legend of Newton's falling apple. Out of nothingness, chaos as it were, came the inspiration which gave us classical mechanics. About 2,000 years earlier, however, Aristotle claimed, "being at rest" was the preferred state. The hidden premise was that the earth was the preferred frame of reference for all observation. Simple observation tended to conrm Aristotle's claim. An object in motion tends to slow down and come to rest. This idea holds well for all actions upon the earth. It would pass as a law, until one looks to the heavens and sees non-resting motion there. What to do with the dilemma? Ignore it. The motion in the heavens were just explained away, as being of a different kind or "divine." So Aristotle's description of physics adequately described all to which it was applied. Why was it 2,000 years before a Newton proposed there might be no preferred state? Was it because there was no idea existing on the subject? Oh no! It was because there was a very good Aristotelian idea already existing, standing rmly in the way of progress. The old idea explained well the limited range of application it addressed. Even though the problem of heavenly motion clearly refuted Aristotle's idea, it seemed so remote as to be inapplicable to systems on earth. The problem for advancement was not that Aristotle's idea was so bad, instead it was Aristotle's idea was so good! Aristotle had the "One Wrong Idea" which stood the test of time well. Only the exceptional thinker, Newton, challenged the prevailing conventional wisdom. Only then did mankind become more successful, advancing into the age of the machine.

[Editor: In many instances what we already know about a problem or topic blinds us to greater insight or new solutions, and thus becomes the problem itself. Clinging to old perspectives often prevents us from nding new perspectives. A perfect example is Aristotle's idea on physics. His idea/perspective was so "good" (familiar) that it blinded humanity to other, possibly better perspectives, such as Newton's. Therefore the solution to overcome many problems is, as discussed in Special Report #TL13A: The Millionaire's Secret (I), to jump out of old perspectives and look at things from new perspectives. In addition, although the "wrong ideas" Mr. Penn refers to are harmful in many cases, they are in other instances very useful. The very reason such "wrong ideas" come about in the rst place is that they serve a function in a particular time and place. They become outdated and harmful "wrong ideas" when they cease to function in a different time and place. One example is the "scarcity program" mentioned in Special Report #TL13A: The Millionaire's Secret (I). In primitive times when a human or animal did not know when the next meal would be available, it was benecial to have a "scarcity program" to ensure that the human or animal would eat as much as possible when food was available, thus ensuring survival. This same "scarcity program" becomes harmful in a different time and place, such as our own. Witness the number of overweight persons! Another example of a "wrong idea" working in one time and place but not another is the example Newton's idea on physics. It was very functional in explaining the universe during his time because it was much better than Aristotle's. It became a stagnating and harmful "wrong idea" in Einstein's time, however, because it was the accepted perspective and prevented new, possibly better perspectives and ideas from being accepted - like Einstein's. It follows from this that, since humans are always learning, that most of our ideas become "wrong ideas" at certain times and places. The trick

then is to realize when yesterday's "good" idea becomes today's "wrong idea," such as the ideas Mr. Penn points out. This is why constantly questioning accepted ideas is so benecial - it weeds out the "good ideas" that have turned into "wrong ideas" and replaces them with new, more benecial ideas. (This is also what reprogramming your brain and self-improvement are all about.) The two primary effects of "wrong ideas" are stagnation of thinking and undesirable results. "Wrong ideas" cause stagnation of ideas because they are accepted as "the nal answer" and prevent new, possibly better ideas and perspectives from coming about. Therefore not only is questioning the conventional wisdom of "good ideas" benecial, it is also benecial to not automatically disregard those new ideas which seem "weird" or contradict the current ideas. This phenomenon of automatic rejection has been called the "Semmelweis Reex" after the Hungarian doctor Ignaz Semmelweis. The second negative effect of outdated "wrong ideas" is that they cease to produce desirable results - or the results gradually get worse. This is like the outdated map explained in Special Report #TL13A: The Millionaire's Secret (I). If the map you have is old, outdated, and inaccurate, you're less likely to arrive at your destination - or produce the results you want.] In turn, Newton's idea stood squarely in the path of further progress. At the turn of the century, Lord Kelvin, smugly announced the end of science. No further advances were expected. He suggested the patent ofces be closed. Almost all that was to be known of physics was assumed known. There were only two minor clouds on the horizon for physics, which he predicted would be quickly explained away. A few short years later, one cloud turned into Einstein's Theory of Relativity and the other into Quantum Mechanics. Both revolutionized our very core understandings of physics! These two concepts unleashed advances from solid state electronics all the way to nuclear power. You see how

tenacious Newton's "One Wrong Idea" had become? For almost 300 years since Newton, no one had successfully questioned Newton's assumptions. Einstein simply carried Newton's frame-of-reference conjecture one step further. Not only are there no preferred frames of reference in space, there are no preferred references to time. From this simple assumption, all of Einstein's further advances can be drawn. It was only a small idea in Newton's theory of motion that was wrong. The "One Wrong Idea" was that time was absolute everywhere. Man's advancement in harnessing the power of the atom was delayed 300 years, as a result of this one wrong idea. [Editor: Einstein followed the principle of questioning conventional wisdom, and as a result he exponentially expanded human understanding. Do you see a pattern emerging here?] "You Have to Have Money to Make Money" Just as there have been minor changes in view that have enabled man's control of power to go from feeble to atomic, minor changes in understanding of success can enable man's control of wealth to go from subsistence to abundance. Still, there are many false sayings in the common vernacular. These sayings are conventional wisdom. They represent the best judgments of non-rational animals. They offer "One Wrong Idea" after another. As such, they positively prevent people from reaching their rational, conscious potential. In the arena of success, possibly the worst is: You have to have money to make money. Nothing could be further from the truth. How many times have you heard this bromide repeated? What is its general purpose? Like sour grapes, people must justify their own lack of success. Rather than take the initiative to improve their situation, or at least try and thereby be educated if nothing else, they prefer to quote a bromide based on the judgment of a non-rational animal. Would you

take a monkey's advice on how to organize your nances? Would you let a baboon decide where and how you should live? Of course not. Similarly, you must recognize the source of conventional wisdom on success, and reject its mind-numbed roots. Let's explore this bromide and test its content for truth. You have to have money to make money. It seems so obvious. It has been repeated so often, its propaganda-like message rings of truth in our nearly bicameral minds. As such it is hard to resist. After all, business is about capitalism, and capitalism is about acquiring money, and acquiring money is how you gather the tools of production, and you can't produce anything without the tools, so you have to have money to make money. Do you see the false premise in this line of reasoning? Probably not. It seems so reasonable, so rational, doesn't it? But wait! Is money the means of production? Is money the value of all things? Consider Adam Smith's wonderful revelation in Wealth of Nations. Labor is the value of all things. Money is valued in terms of what labor it will buy. In the nal analysis, there is no other value. How does this affect the previous line of reasoning? All anyone will ever have is their labor, or fruits of their labor traded, value for value. All they can ever sell, honestly without coercion, is their own labor. An analogy may serve to illustrate the point. Imagine an isolated kingdom, run by a benevolent king. By decree of his father, he owns everything. He is benevolent, however, and does not assume his subjects are his property or slaves, but free men, free to choose. Now, all the land is the king's. All the animals are the king's. All the money belongs to the king. Everything but the people are the sole property of the king. How can this king become richer? Short of immoral conquest or enslavement, he cannot. In fact, it is doubtful he can even survive. Who will feed him without payment, who will till the elds without reward, who will haul the produce without recompense? Without the power of production, the king is a rich pauper. In short, in the given scenario, the king cannot become richer while owning

everything. If it takes money to make money, no one would be more able to make money than this king. On the other hand, who can make money in the given scenario? If the king has wants and needs to be fullled, short of using force, his only method of doing so is to reward those who will serve him. For that matter, how will he initiate force, single-handedly, without hiring thugs to help him do so? In other words, he has no power at all unless he allows the people to come into ownership of something so he can attain subsistence, let alone prosperity. How can the people possibly come into ownership of something if it takes money to make money? By the bromide, they can't. They don't have it. He has it all. They'd have to have money to make money, right? They must be out of luck. By reality, however, you can see it is the people who will come to wealth in this system. When they "mix their labor with the soil" abundance follows. The excess production can be traded with the king for a portion of his (other) wealth. The king may come to greater wealth by wise management of his wealth, but clearly, by percentages, it is the people who stand to achieve the greatest measure of increase. It is the people who have the "real" money, that being the labor needed for production. Each peasant possesses as much of this "real" money as the king himself. The king has stored wealth, in the form of gold, land, property, etc., but without labor, these cannot be brought into any kind of useful, life-sustaining products or services. Now, from the example back to the reasoning, we can conclude, the bromide is unsound. "You have to have money to make money," while based on a truth, that capital facilitates labor, has become oversimplied. It is actually used in a venomous fashion, used to kill the drive to succeed. It contains the "One Wrong Idea" standing squarely in our path of advancement. The truth, let it be known, as derived from our exploration of the above scenario, is instead: Someone else has to have money before you can make money.

Have you ever heard the truth stated so clearly before? How much further toward wealth would we be, if this truth were generally known? Whenever you hear the tired and inaccurate bromide brought up, be sure to pipe in with the truth. Say resolutely, No! Someone else has to have money before you can make money. Explain using the isolated-kingdom scenario if necessary, and assure the people, you are happy to observe there are still people with money in the world, so there is yet hope for our own future prosperity. "You Have to Spend Money to Make Money" Now, similarly, another ancillary bromide stands squarely in the path of advancement, and says: You have to spend money to make money. Nothing could be further from the truth. Again, let's explore this bromide and test its content for truth. You have to spend to make money. It, too, seems obvious. It has been repeated often. It rings in our ears like propaganda, and is hard to resist. It is quite similar to the rst bromide, and, like the rst, is sometimes used as a barrier against initiative. The concern about lack of money has been adequately addressed above. A deeper analysis is needed to discover the problem. This bromide is meant to roughly resemble the truth. Ongoing businesses use up or expend resources. Certainly, even in its most rudimentary form, dening money as labor, this is true. For businesses to survive and expand, they need to use up or expend resources. Most fundamentally, they consume time. In fact, the greatest expense in increasing your personal power is opportunity loss. Since you can't work on everything, you must choose what you will work on, and consequently, what you will not. Many people are too busy making money to get rich. Whatever your course, you will "spend" your precious time. By spending time on anything, you forego other opportunities on which you could spend time. This is called "opportunity loss." So it's important to carefully choose what you spend time on.

[Editor: Because your capability to utilize resources is limited particularly by time - is why your ability to choose is so critically important. Essentially everything you choose, whether consciously or unconsciously, affects your "opportunity loss." The better choices you make, the better you can utilize your resources and minimize your "opportunity loss.] Despite the ring of truth, part of this bromide's venom lies in the false justication of expending resources. It is too easy to be deluded into spending money (or time, meaning labor) on unnecessary frills, poorly conceived efforts, false starts, or other bad ideas, justifying the expenditure by saying, "you have to spend money to make money." Spending, in and of itself, cannot lead to wealth. The "One Wrong Idea" in this bromide still waits to be uncovered. Returning to the same scenario of the rich king and the poor people in our isolated kingdom for illustration will help. To recap, the idea that the people have to spend money before they can make money is patently unsound. The people have no money. Therefore they cannot spend money they don't have. Yet we have determined that they are the most likely to make money in that scenario. It was pointed out, however, that they do have something more basic in value than money itself, that being labor. In essence, it is true that they need to "spend" their labor to earn money. This is extremely rational thinking. However, this still does not justify the damage embedded deep in the bromide. The problem lies in the command nature of the bromide, and a common error of logic. You HAVE TO spend ... to make ... The intended equivalence of the two words "spend" and "make" in the command implies they are synonymous. Consequently, spending money and making money have become horribly intertwined and confused in the common vernacular. Hence, you see TV commercials that suggest "investing" in a new automobile, clothes, or even something as temporal as a meal. These are not investments, but consumptions. Spending does

not automatically create wealth. Similarly, the word "save" has been abused in the same manner. You hear commercials suggesting "saving" money by buying some product. Buying is not saving. [Editor: The distinction between "spending" and "investing" is a very critical one that deserves further discussion. "Investing" is very simply the action of putting aside something valuable. In other words, not using something now. Second, an "investment" is also something that you expect to have greater value in the future as a result of your not using it now. Finally, an "investment" is something that you would expect to increase in value on its own, such as stocks or gold. "Spending" on the other hand, is not forgoing the use of something now. In other words, it is using something now. If you buy clothes you are not "investing" in them because in most cases you use them right away. When you "spend" on something you are not forgoing the use of its value and therefore you are not "investing." Another aspect of "spending" is that you do not expect the item you "spend" on to go up in value. Therefore you do not invest in clothes or cars. You would not expect the value of a car (other than a collectible) to go up. When you realize the true nature of "spending" and "investing" it becomes clear that "spending" is NOT "investing."] Collinearly, spending is not making. To explore the example, the people could "spend" their precious labor by pairing up in twos, with one person digging ditches, and another lling them in behind. At the end of a long labor expenditure, there would be no gain. Spending their (only real) money would not make them money. So spending is not synonymous with making. The poison in this bromide is in the misapplication of the concept of spending. Spending for spending sake will not create abundance. So, while spending may be (in the most extreme sense) antecedent to making money, it is in no way sufcient to make money.

Here, the error in logic becomes visible. It is the application of modus ponens (from the Latin, roughly, mode of placing), incorrectly "Afrming the Antecedent." The error follows the pattern "If B (making money) then A (spending money). Now A therefore B." While "A" may follow "B," it does not always have to. It is true that in order to make money, you must spend something (labor, time or money). It doesn't follow: If you spend money, you will make money. Nor does it follow that you have to spend money to make money, because there are other things you can spend in order to make money. This logical error is so commonly made that it has a name: Modud Ponens or "Afrming the Antecedent." It should not be too surprising, therefore, that some people are tricked by it. It is reasoning consistent with the nature of a primitive, pre-rational substrate. Returning to the kingdom, what is antecedent and necessary to the people making money? Is it spending their money, or "spending" their labor? No. We've seen how they can spend all their labor digging and lling ditches and make no money. In an almost exact parallel to the previous bromide's revealed truth we see instead it is only when the king spends his money (stored wealth, in this case) for their labor, that they have any chance of making money. Well then, this bromide was harder to de-fang, and was based on unsound logic, so why bother with belaboring its analysis? It was worthy of examination precisely because of its "One Wrong Idea" content. When the truth is nally understood, in retrospect, it is clear that this bromide stands squarely in the path of progress. So do you have to spend money to make money? Do not be deceived into missing the truth. The truth, let it be known, is instead: Someone else has to spend money before you can make money.

Have you ever heard the truth stated so clearly before? How much further toward wealth would we be, if this truth were generally known? Whenever you hear the tired and inaccurate bromide brought up, be sure to pipe in with the truth. Say resolutely, No! Someone else has to spend money before you can make money. Explain using the isolated-kingdom scenario if necessary, and assure the people, that you are happy to observe there are still people with money in the world, and as long as we have labor and they are willing to spend their money, there is yet hope for our own future prosperity. [Editor: "The idea that "Someone else has to spend money for you to make money" is a key wealth principle. "Making money," as Mr. Penn points out, does not require you to spend money, only your time and effort. Through your effort you create something of value and then, when someone else buys that item of value, you "make money." Take a wood carver, for example. She takes a meaningless block of wood, and through her personal value added creates a beautiful work of art. However, the actual making of money occurs when someone else buys this new valuable work of art. So if you owned a hardware store and wanted to "make money" you would do so by using your time and energy to create the value of renting a place that would make it easier for people to get tools, stock the store, advertise, help customers and nally sell products at a price that would cover all your expenses and then some. Through your time, effort and personal value added you have put together all these ingredients and "made money." In these cases, although something may have been created of value, no money was made until other people spent money. So in order for you to "make money" you have to use your time and energy to create something of value and then get someone to buy it. Point to ponder: Do government bureaucrats create something of value that people willingly want to buy? Do government bureaucrats actually

"make money" or do they really "destroy money" by harming those who produce?] The Path to Wealth Why was it so important to dispel these two, ever so common, bromides? It is not until the truth is known, that a path to wealth can be plotted. Once you know "Someone else has to have money before you can make money" and "Someone else has to spend that money before you can make that money," you can begin looking for someone with money, spending money. Let's examine the path to wealth. There are only two ways to achieve wealth. One is to create it all yourself. The other is to trade for it. The principle of "Division of Labor" says the rst method is ineffectual. It is not efcient to create every labor-based value yourself. Adam Smith uses the manufacture of straight pins as an illustration of this in Wealth of Nations. He said, without training or knowledge of the equipment involved, an average person could make between 1 to 20 pins with a day's effort. He then addressed what skilled workers could accomplish. "I have seen a small manufactory of this kind where ten men only were employed, and where some of them consequently performed two or three distinct operations. But though they were very poor, and therefore but indifferently accommodated with the necessary machinery, they could, when exerting themselves, make among them about twelve pounds of pins in a day. There are in a pound upwards of four thousand pins of middling size. Those ten persons, therefore, could make among them upwards of forty-eight thousand pins in a day. Each person, therefore, making a tenth part of forty-eight thousand pins, might be considered as making four thousand eight hundred pins in a day. But if they had all wrought separately and independently, and without any of them having been educated to this peculiar business, they certainly could not each of them have made twenty (individual pins)..."

Generally, individuals working alone do not come to wealth, but usually little more than subsistence. Certainly, the man who maximizes his production, and trades with others for the things he does not produce is on a surer path to wealth. In Adam Smith's example, at least in the case of making pins, the path of cooperation and trading is over 2,000 times better. So, you nd yourself here, wanting to increase your personal power and wealth. You're in luck! You don't have to invent commerce. Thankfully, it was already invented by those before you. You don't have to have money, to make money. Fortunately, there are already those who have money, so you can make money. You don't have to spend money, to make money, either. Most fortuitously, there are already those who are spending money, so you can make money. So what is your path to be? It should now be relatively easy to discern. "It's a Dog-Eat-Dog World" Perhaps a little worry creeps in, now. Just when success is within reach. Another bromide is raised. It's a dog-eat-dog world out there - the little guy just can't survive. Once again, nothing could be further from the truth. The hidden premise in this bromide is that competition is erce and cannot be overcome. It is true that competition occurs in a capitalist system. The bromide, however, is based on an animalistic view of endeavor. Much like sports, it is assumed there must be a winner and a loser. Without communications and cooperation, this may be true. Without cooperation, men would be left entirely at the level of their own means, just as basically some animals are - though there is a great deal of communication and cooperation in the animal world. There could be no gain or increase of production possible with specialization and division of labor - which depend, among other things, on communication and cooperation. The "One Wrong Idea" in this bromide is: Cooperation does not develop spontaneously (1).

Returning to the isolated-kingdom scenario one more time, who is the little guy and who are the ravenous dogs in the example the bromide suggests? Is the king recalcitrant? Unwilling to be fed in return for some portion of his wealth? Are the peasants so independent that they can produce their subsistence out of thin air? Or are they willing to trade some of their labor for the use of the king's capital? Surely neither is the case, or all would starve. The king only has one brain and two eyes and two hands and the other usual components, just like everyone else. He can't plant an entire kingdom single-handedly, nor run all the mills, nor tend to all the livestock, nor oil all the machinery. We are far closer to having more or less the same abilities as a species, than we are notable by individuals possessing exceptional talents (2). We are all "little guys." Even the king himself has no more physical powers than the average. It is only because we bow to the king that makes him somehow seem bigger and stronger than he really is. So is it a dog-eat-dog world out there - the little guy just can't survive? Do not be deceived into missing the truth. The truth, let it be known, is instead: We are all the little guy, it's a human-cooperate-with-human world out there, when we become conscious, rational and moral. Have you ever heard the truth stated so clearly before? How much further toward wealth would we be, if this truth were generally known? Whenever you hear the tired and inaccurate bromide brought up, be sure to pipe in with the truth. Say resolutely, No! It's not a dog-eat-dog world out there, where the little guy can't survive. Explain using the isolatedkingdom scenario if necessary, and assure the people, that you are happy to observe the great wealth accumulated in the world as a sign of both our cooperation and our competition (3). There is yet hope for our own greater, future prosperity. Doggedly insist on correcting these bromides. While these primitive, animalistic pseudo-rationalizations stand undispelled, it is difcult for all

people to succeed. If others have less success, they have less money and stored wealth to spend. Since you can't make money if others don't spend money, you do yourself no favors by keeping the vital truth secret. It is in your interest to spread these truths as far and wide as possible. So, now, be free to travel the path of freedom toward success. Even if you now have nothing, you still can aspire to and achieve great wealth. How? Go where someone is spending money, save him some, and a portion of the savings will be yours. This may be by working for a pay check, or inventing a new product or service. Clearly the more you produce, or help someone else to produce, the greater your rewards will be. Notes by the Editor 1. Spontaneous cooperation. Robert Axelrod is the author of the book The Evolution of Cooperation. He started an academic project with the question: "When should a person cooperate?" He demonstrates how cooperation emerges spontaneously among egoists without central authority. The simple fact is that, as we humans become more conscious and rational, we tend to cooperate because it's in our self-interest to do so. 2. Self-completion. There's an important difference between humans and other creatures. Just in the process of living their lives, other species mature automatically and reach their potential. Humans are different. We have to make a sustained, conscious effort to mature emotionally, psychologically, and intellectually in order to evolve toward our full potential. My estimate is that the vast majority of humans operate at maybe 1% of their potential - and they die before advancing beyond this level. We need to apply the Small-Step-Progression Principle - see Special Report #TL13A: The Millionaire's Secret (I) - in respect of our personal growth and development.

3. Competition. Many people believe that cooperation and competition are opposites and that cooperation is good while competition is evil. Consider a football game. The two teams compete to win. But in order to play the game at all, they agree to play by the rules; in other words, they cooperate. In this instance, they have to both cooperate and compete for the game to be played. In the absence of either cooperation or competition, there's no game. For certain things, like two or more men wanting the same woman, competition is simply a fact of life. For the men it's bad because only one of them can get the woman. For the woman it's good because she gets the best man - hopefully! Competition between two car manufacturing companies to produce the best car at the lowest price is good, because the customers benet. If the two companies were to "cooperate" by agreeing not to undercut each other, this would be considered "evil price collusion" by many. In general, competition is good because it motivates us to improve and become the best we can! Competition motivates us to work better, more efciently, and more effectively, and to provide better products and services. Additional Editorial Notes An abstract analogy for sloppy thinking could be called "tolerance build up." There's a dreaded phenomenon in production management known as "tolerance build up." This is essentially when very small deviations from what is needed, usually in a mass production line, lead to large deviations in the end product. For example, a 1/1000th of an inch deviation in each of 1000 steps in the production of an item would lead to a 1 inch deviation in the end product. This could be disastrous for parts that need to be very accurate, such as airplane parts.

The same principle applies to thinking. Small deviations or "wrong ideas," otherwise known as sloppy thinking, often creep into our thinking. This is what the "clouds-covering-the-sun" analogy mentioned in Special Report #TL13A: The Millionaire's Secret (I) represents. Such minute errors in the way we think about things may make a big difference in the end result of our thinking, and thus our success or failure. Remember, the difference between success and failure is often very slim. Would you y in an airplane that you know had parts that were each an inch off in size? Allowing sloppy thinking and "wrong ideas" to occur in your mind for any length of time makes it feel as though such ideas are "normal" or "typical." You then tend to accommodate them. Once this happens it becomes much more difcult for you to question such sloppy thinking or even recognize it. In a sense, this sloppy thinking becomes a "blind spot" and you then become "blind to your blind spots." For example, in Special Report #TL13A: The Millionaire's Secret (I) the "one wrong idea" of the "storm clouds covering the sun" is accepted by most people without question. Accepting such sloppy thinking is a denite pointer to the accommodation of other "blind spot" ideas. To overcome such "blind spot" ideas you must rst recognize them. You can do this by critically examining and questioning your thinking. You must then reprogram your brain with new information and new ways of thinking about such things. Ultimately you no longer unconsciously accept such ideas and learn to consciously question and recognize whenever such an idea is passed off. THE INFINITE BOOTSTRAP PRINCIPLE by Frederick Mann Introduction What made it possible for a "foreigner" to come to America, and

formulate a "crazy idea" such as a "worldwide free information-based country," and make an instant success of something so "weird?" Why have people moved from Florida, Illinois, Louisiana, New Jersey, Ohio, Texas, and Washington to Phoenix, Arizona to come and work with this "foreigner?" Why do people from as far away as England, Australia, and New Zealand travel to America to attend his seminars or receive services this "foreigner" recommends? What made it possible for this "foreigner" and a few friends to start a thriving business with a capital of $250? How is it possible to create a "new country," starting with $250 and quickly increase monthly income to $50,000 and more without receiving any additional capital or donations? Why do people from all over the world buy this "foreigner's" writings? Why do so many of them help sell his writings? What made it possible for this "foreigner" to put together a team to launch a worldwide 100% gold-based clearinghouse that enables people from anywhere in the world to transact with each other in safety, security, and privacy - 24 hours a day, 365 days a year? ANSWER: The Innite Bootstrap Principle Some of the benets you'll gain through learning and applying the Innite Bootstrap Principle: You'll gain a certain understanding about certain aspects of the physical nature of the universe that enable anyone to succeed spectacularly. They're really simple and obvious - but only after they've been pointed out.

Whatever resources in the form of freedom, knowledge, skills, power, contacts, money, health, etc. you now have, you'll be able to expand and apply quickly, with your success growing exponentially. You'll increase your creativity and intelligence every day. Furthermore, you'll be able to increase the rate at which you increase your creativity and intelligence every day. You'll discover that you personally have the power to set in motion one or more processes that will eventually solve whatever problems you can think of. You'll learn how to convert any obstacles to success in your mind into power facets of your personality. If you decide to implement the Innite Bootstrap Principle in your life, you'll gain the ability to achieve whatever is humanly possible! An Example An example of the (not quite) Innite Bootstrap Principle in nature is an oak tree. It starts as a little acorn that uses the little resources of the soil and water available to it, to grow into a sapling with leaves. As a sapling it then utilizes water, minerals in the soil, and energy from the sun. It then applies all of these resources to increase its size still further, into a small tree. The small tree then uses it's expanded leaf surface area to gather even more of the sun's precious energy until ultimately it turns into a mighty oak. This is the process all "little acorns" use to become "mighty oaks." Of course, acorns do it automatically - we humans have to do it consciously and intentionally by decision. How Do You Make Decisions? We all make numerous decisions every day. Obviously, all our actions (and non-actions) follow after decisions. The way we express our freedom of choice is to make decisions, and then to act in accordance.

The quality of your decisions determine your level of freedom, your happiness, your wealth - maybe, even your health! But how do you make a decision? What mental steps or thought processes do you apply? If you ask this question to 100 people, how many do you think will be able to tell you? Most people make most of their decisions with little awareness of the mental steps or thought processes they go through. One of the rst aspects of the Innite Bootstrap Principle you'll discover is that if you become more aware of just how you make decisions and you improve the thought processes involved by, say, 5%, then you'll improve the results you create in life by about 500%! How do you decide what's a worthwhile opportunity and what isn't? What if your decision-making procedures in respect of opportunities are such that you reject many golden opportunities that come your way? Improving your decision-making process will help you increase your personal power a great deal, and as a result will help you produce much better results. More on decisions later and in Special Report #TL13E: The Millionaire's Secret (V). Human Biocomputers In his book The Human Biocomputer (Preface to Second Edition), John C. Lilly, M.D. wrote: "In the province of the mind, what one believes to be true is true or becomes true, within certain limits to be found experientially and experimentally. These limits are further beliefs to be transcended. In the mind, there are no limits." He also wrote: "All human beings, all persons who reach adulthood in the world today are programmed biocomputers. No one of us can escape our own nature as programmable entities. Literally, each of us may be our programs, nothing more, nothing less."

We're not only programmable entities, we're also programmers who can reprogram the programs we run on! As we shall see later, in order to apply the Innite Bootstrap Principle, we have to reprogram our brains - and in order to reprogram our brains, we have to make conscious decisions. If we don't make conscious choices and concerted efforts to reprogram our brains we automatically default to the pre-existing programs we have. According to Robert Fritz in The Path Of Least Resistance, about 85% of our pre-existing programs work against us. If his estimate is anywhere near accurate it becomes obvious that reprogramming your brain is a crucial success element. After all, how can you expect success when 85% of your programs are working against you? More on this in Special Report #TL13E: The Millionaire's Secret (V). Will to Power As we reprogram our brains and apply the Innite Bootstrap Principle, we become more powerful at producing the results we desire, more powerful at inuencing others in benecial ways. Friedrich Nietzsche, the famous German philosopher, wrote that "will to power" is the essence of human nature. In a book compiled from his notes after his death, The Will To Power, is written: "My idea is that every specic body strives to be master over all space and to extend its force (its will to power) and to thrust back all that resists its extension. But it continually encounters similar efforts on the part of other bodies and ends by coming to an arrangement ("union") with those of them that are sufciently related to it: Thus they conspire together for power." Nietzsche's philosophy implies that it's the essence of human nature to apply the Innite Bootstrap Principle - to increase your personal power and inuence, and extend them throughout space!

Optimal Utilization of Resources The Innite Bootstrap Principle has to do with the optimal utilization of your resources. You have certain resources available to you. You can use your resources to gain ownership, control, and/or cooperation of additional resources. You have the ability to utilize all these resources to create practically anything you like. And you have the ability to expand your creations - virtually without limit in all dimensions You can apply some of your resources for personal growth and development. You can continually expand your personal power and inuence. You can apply your resources to accelerate your own growth and expansion in all dimensions - and you can do the same in respect of all your creations - virtually without limit in all directions and dimensions Growth Curves On page 10 there are four growth curves. The rst is a "normal" curve. Consider the earning ability of a typical individual. It gradually increases, levels off, reaches a plateau, and then drops off to zero with the death of the individual. Utilization of resources is minimal. The second is a growth curve containing two crises and recoveries. Early in the curve, you can often recover completely from a crisis (such as losing your job) - or even emerge stronger than before the crisis. Later in the curve, it becomes more difcult to recover completely from a crisis. Utilization of resources is also minimal. The third is the growth curve of the anorexic. The anorexic operates as if subject to a powerful, irrevocable command to eliminate or kill the self to shrink the self and the body to zero. It's important to understand this, because it's the exact opposite of the Innite Bootstrap Principle. All resources are rejected.

(The alcoholic or drug addict follows a similar curve, except that the powerful, irrevocable command is to escape from the self, because the self is perceived as unbearable. The issue of self-rejection is covered in Special Report #TL13F: The Millionaire's Secret (VI). Fourth is the exponential growth of the Innite Bootstrap Principle. You seek to grow in this fashion in all appropriate directions and dimensions. All appropriate available resources are accepted and utilized optimally. (For us as individuals to fully implement the Innite Bootstrap Principle, we'll have to become biologically or physically immortal - in other words, eliminate death!) Resources Available to You You may have far more resources available to you than you consciously realize: Life or aliveness; The energy that animates your body; Energy from the sun; Energy stored in the earth; Atomic energy stored in matter itself; Your senses of sight, hearing, touch, smell, and sight; Feelings and emotions; Consciousness; Knowledge; Intelligence; Ability to reason; Creativity; Skills; Competence in certain areas; Ability to make decisions;

Freedom and power of choice; Mind-over-matter ability - with the power of your mind you can make your body do all kinds of things; Tools, equipment, machines, computers, etc.; Arithmetic, mathematics, science, technology, etc.; Power of speech; Writing; Ability to inuence others; People you have relationships or are in contact with; People you've never met or had contact with; Material possessions; Things you can borrow; Money; All the resources that everyone else has - you can inuence them to let you utilize their resources; Other humans, animals, insects, plants, bacteria, algae, viruses; Land, water, air; Planets, moons, meteorites, asteroids, comets, suns, solar systems, galaxies, quasars, black holes, etc. Do you still believe in "scarcity?" Our ability to maximize the utilization of resources (applying the Innite Bootstrap Principle) is one reason behind our "expanding-pie economy. Cultivate the habit of constantly looking for additional resources you can utilize. Become more resource-conscious! Remember what Buckminster Fuller said in Special Report #TL13A: The Millionaire's Secret (I) about our resources on earth being so plentiful and abundant that every man, woman, and child should be a millionaire many times over? Important Aspects of the Universe The most fundamental reason making possible the Innite Bootstrap Principle is sunshine. Our sun shines all the time, sending us an abundance of free energy. We can utilize this energy in an indeterminate

number of ways to do practically anything we can imagine. Think of the over-abundance of the sun's energy - this huge surplus just waiting for us to put it to work! A great deal of energy from past sunshine has been stored in forms of coal, oil, combustible gas, plants and animals. Atomic energy is stored within matter itself. This energy is available as a resource for you to utilize. You have a mind-over-matter ability. You can decide to make the ngers of your hand close around a stone and pick it up. You can decide to make your shoulder, arm, and hand throw the stone. Think for a moment what an incredible power this is and that you have this power! A farmer can make a hole in the ground, plant a seed, and pour some water. The seed germinates, grows roots, obtains nutrients from the soil; then breaks out above the surface of the soil, grows leaves, gets energy from the sun, and produces fruit for the farmer to eat. The farmer can use his mind-over-matter ability plus tools, equipment, and machines to grow enough food to feed a thousand people. These two aspects of the universe - available energy plus mind-overmatter ability - make it possible for people to produce more than they consume. Energy is abundantly available. We can limitlessly increase our intelligence and knowledge. There's no limit to the tools and machines we can create. You can use whatever limited resources you have available to you now to produce practically anything you can imagine!

Obstacles to Expansion Unfortunately, there are obstacles to putting the Innite Bootstrap Principle to work: Ignorance - ignorant people also tend to be ignorant about their ignorance - ignorance hides itself; Blind spots - people with blind spots tend to have blind spots about their blind spots - blind spots hide themselves; (Imagine having a disease in which one of the symptoms is not knowing that you're aficted! Actually, consider the possibility that right now in the world there's a non-disease called "AIDS," the major symptom of which is that people believe they're aficted when they're not - and that being told you're "HIV-positive" is a psychological death sentence inducing severe negativity and pessimism - which, together with drugs like AZT, kill you! Consider the possibility that "AIDS" is a psychologically-anddrug-induced example of the "anorexic" growth curve!) Negativity and pessimism; (Unfortunately, negativity and pessimism tend to be "built-into" everyday consciousness - the basic frame of mind with which many of us approach the world and our lives each day. All the more reason to consciously reprogram our brains. How can we put the Innite Bootstrap Principle to work when our ordinary day-today consciousness contains negative and pessimistic programs which pollute our thoughts and debilitate our actions and constitute our basic approach to the world? We need to eliminate these programs of negativity and pessimism so that when we open our eyes in the morning we're bright and alert and ready to look for additional resources to utilize!) Attitudes; Fear; Superstition; Unconsciousness; Stupidity;

Automatic decisions (including obedience to so-called "authority"); Coercion; Government bureaucrats. At this point, I don't want to say much about government bureaucrats. I just want to ask the questions: Do government bureaucrats produce more than they consume or do they consume more than they produce? And why is it necessary for government bureaucrats to tax people? I'll have more to say about government bureaucrats in the other 'millionaire' reports. Earlier I wrote that you can turn obstacles in your mind into power facets of your personality. The basic way you do this is to observe yourself - including your thoughts, beliefs, assumptions, attitudes, feelings, and emotions - the actions you take, and the results you produce. And you also become willing and capable of questioning everything. You'll make a series of self-discoveries about obstacles in your mind. Every time you clear up such an obstacle, you gain in your power to clear up both similar and other obstacles - thus converting every obstacle encountered into a power facet of your personality! As Nietzsche said, "What doesn't destroy me, makes me stronger." More on Decisions We're concerned here with three kinds of decisions: 1. Unconscious or automatic decisions; 2. Conscious decisions; and 3. Seminal decisions. Unconscious or automatic decisions are really decisions by default. You do something or don't something without weighing your options, without considering the potential risks and rewards, without really thinking about it. It's really action or inaction in the absence of decision. You could also consider it stimulus-response behavior. Example: You vote

Republican, Democrat, Libertarian, or whatever because that's how your parents voted. A key success principle in decision-making is asking yourself why you do things. You make choices almost every waking moment yet few people realize this. One way to become more aware of how you make decisions is to consider every thought, action, and emotion a decision. You will soon realize how few of your decisions you are aware of. Another way to become more aware of your decisions is to ask yourself, "Why did I just do/choose that?" Automatic decisions, however, are appropriate when performing routine actions, such as driving a car. Although you need to consciously decide where to go, you allow the myriad of routine decisions involved in driving (such as when to press the brake pedal) to be made automatically. The essence of the conscious decision is that you wait and think before you act. You also become conscious of the mental steps or thought processes you go through in making your decision. You learn new methods for making decisions - new mental steps and thought processes - new questions you ask before you decide. Some decisions are unimportant in that the situation is such that whatever you decide won't make much difference. As a weekend golfer, it doesn't make much difference whether you use a six or seven iron on a particular hole. Other decisions can literally "make or break" you. Whether the gun is loaded or not when you decide to pull the trigger can be a life-or-death decision. Who you decide to marry can result in joyful bliss or a sad disaster that ruins your life. These are seminal decisions. The decision to create Build Freedom was a seminal decision.

Your decision to begin applying the information in this report could be a seminal (from "semen") decision. It could be the beginning of your fortune - a decision that gives birth to your fortune! Earlier I wrote that by learning and applying the Innite Bootstrap principle, you'll increase your intelligence and creativity every day. You can go even further and accelerate the increase in your intelligence and creativity every day! You're constantly on the lookout for resources to increase your intelligence and creativity. You're constantly clearing out mind obstacles, thus making more intelligent decisions. And then you apply your intelligence and creativity to improve your intelligenceincreasing and creativity-increasing activities! Think about which resources you can apply to leverage the power of any of your resources! If you continually apply all appropriate available resources to improve and expand your operations, you cannot help but achieve what you want. When you make an unconscious or automatic decision, you're simply running according to a program in your brain. On the other hand, when you make a conscious decision, you're also reprogramming and improving your brain. You see, when you make a conscious decision, you're observing and examining yourself and your thought processes; you question what you're doing. You learn what works, what doesn't work, and what works better. So you become more intelligent and more creative. We become much more effective in producing the results we desire by reprogramming the programs we run on. The very activity of making decisions consciously reprograms your brain! In order to begin applying the Innite Bootstrap Principle you need to become the programmer of your own brain. For example, delete the "scarcity program" out of your brain and begin operating according to the "abundance program."

If you don't start reprogramming your brain, you'll continue to be controlled by the programs that were installed in your brain by nature and other people - programs that were not of your choosing and may not be benecial to you. Follow-Through Suppose you have some great idea to improve some aspect of the world. There are four levels on which you need to work: 1. Idea; 2. Product and/or service; 3. Marketing; and 4. Implementation. The idea needs to be properly formulated. Generally, this is relatively easy. That's why we have the saying, "Ideas are a dime a dozen." Now, the idea needs to be developed into a product or service. Generally, this is of the order of 10 or 100 times as difcult as getting the idea. Next, the product or service needs to be successfully marketed. Generally, this is of the order of 10 or 100 times as difcult as developing the product or service. Finally, the product or service needs to be successfully implemented. Generally, this is of the order of 10 or 100 times as difcult as marketing the product or service. Many people are weak when it comes to follow-through. They start something, but they don't relentlessly take the next step and the next They have a few setbacks, failures, or rejections and they quit! Most of the time, success requires relentless perseverance and persistence follow-through. Think about what you might have to do to implement the information in the 'Millionaire' reports in your own life. You may need to apply the

repetition principle: reread the reports once a week or so. Repeatedly ask yourself: "What's the next thing I need to implement?" If there's one book you absolutely should study and implement, it's Robert Fritz's The Path of Least Resistance - see Special Report #TL13A: The Millionaire's Secret (I). Leverage The Small-Step-Progression Principle - see Special Report #TL13A: The Millionaire's Secret (I) - says: Organize the business so you only have to take small steps to succeed; Organize the steps so each step makes the next step easier; Then take the next small step. Leverage - in its most sophisticated form: the Innite Bootstrap Principle - says: Take a step that will make the next step more powerful (and maybe a little bigger!); Progressively gather and coordinate more and more resources to take ever more powerful and bigger steps; Find ways to accelerate the increase in the size and power of successive steps; Continuously improve the quality, efciency, and effectiveness of bigger and more powerful steps; Accelerate the acceleration! A word of warning: You need to learn to crawl before you try to walk. You need to learn to walk before you try to run. And if you try to y you'll fall at on your face! If you try to grow and expand too rapidly, you inevitably come to grief! But how do you determine the next small step you need to take? Well, if you start with just an idea, then you apply the "four levels of followthrough" (see previous section for details). Along the way, you ask other people what you should do next? You could also go to the freedomry to nd out if anybody else has tried to do something similar. If so, how did he or she go about it? You'll also nd some excellent guidelines in our other reports!

If you want to do something easier, like making money with World Trade Clearinghouse and other wealth-building opportunities, then your rst step is to get an application and sign up. Your next step is to study the programs thoroughly so you understand them. If necessary, you ask questions. Then you decide who to promote them to. You obtain some leads if necessary. As you go, you observe what you do and how people respond, and you learn from everything you do. Before taking a particular step, you ask yourself: How easy is this step? How likely is it to succeed? How will it make the next step easier? The game of chess may provide a useful analogy. You often take a series of small steps - moves that strengthen your position and/or weaken your opponent's - to create a situation that makes it possible to deliver a major and powerful move a few or several moves ahead. Taking small steps so that future steps are vastly more powerful is the essence of chess. Earlier I wrote that by improving the quality of your decisions by 5%, you can improve the results you produce by about 500%. This is because as you become more aware of and improve the thought processes and mental steps you take in making decisions, your decisions become more conscious and seminal. Your decisions bring about more leveraged results. And in the process you're constantly reprogramming your brain your programs become more powerful and effective. Earlier I also wrote, "You'll discover that you personally have the power to set in motion one or more processes that will eventually solve whatever problems you can think of." You start with an idea. You do what's suggested by the "four levels of follow-through," and you apply leverage and the other principles in the 'Millionaire' reports. Seminal Concepts A seminal concept is one that is fertile, fruitful, or fecund. The concept leads to new and more powerful ways of thinking and acting. The Small-

Step-Progression Principle is a seminal concept - its application enables anyone with meager resources to create something magnicent. The Innite Bootstrap Principle is an even greater seminal concept - its application enables anyone to create something stupendous and make it grow explosively! John C. Lilly's quotations that we are biocomputers and that we can transcend the limits in our minds are seminal concepts because they pave the way for limitless personal growth and development. The idea that you need to be willing to and become capable of questioning everything to clear the obstacles in your mind, is a seminal concept. The idea of network marketing is a seminal concept because it can bring about explosive growth for many organizations. Benets of Applying the Innite Bootstrap Principle The biggest overall benet is that if you're trapped in the "normal" growth curve (see page 10), you can make the necessary shifts in perspective that enable you to move into the "Innite Bootstrap Principle" curve. Rather than being the effect of the world around you like a reed blown, bent, and broken by the wind - you become the cause in your life and in your environment. You become much more producer and creator than consumer. In addition to the benets listed above, you'll gain as follows: You'll shift from the assumption of "scarcity" to that of abundance of resources; You'll derive tremendous satisfaction from reprogramming your brain; You'll become a millionaire within a few years - if you want to!

Special Report #TL13C: THE MILLIONAIRE'S SECRET (III)


- INCLUDING HOW TO SURVIVE AND PROSPER DURING THE NEXT ECONOMIC CRASH AND DEPRESSION - WITHOUT THIS INFORMATION, ALL YOUR WEALTH MOST LIKELY WILL BE WIPED OUT; WITH THIS INFORMATION, YOU'LL MULTIPLY YOUR WEALTH MANY TIMES
Edited by Frederick Mann Copyright 1995, 1996, 1997 Build Freedom Holdings ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

Introduction This is the third in our series of 'Millionaire' reports. The rst report dealt mainly with the Most Basic Wealth Principle: Produce more than you consume. The second was primarily devoted to clearing away certain Money Myths and learning the Innite Bootstrap Principle. This special report contains three articles by Dr. Jeffrey Lant, containing important additional guidelines for increasing your wealth. Dr. Lant is a leading marketer, MLM networker, and self-made millionaire. He has written many books, articles, and reports. I especially recommend two of his books: Cash Copy: How to Offer Your Products and Services so Your Prospects Buy Them Now!; Multi-Level Money: The Complete Guide to Generating, Closing & Working with All the Prospects You Need to Make Real Money Every Month in Network Marketing. If you write or use advertising copy, Cash Copy is a "must." It's one of the best marketing books around. By applying Dr. Lant's principles, you can most likely make your marketing efforts more effective and protable. If you're involved in MLM, Multi-Level Money is a "must." By applying the guidelines, principles, and techniques Dr. Lant suggests, you'll most likely become more successful. Dr. Lant provides support systems for network marketers (MLM distributors) that can increase your productivity considerably. You can contact Dr. Jeffrey Lant at PO Box 38-2767, Cambridge, MA 02238 - phone: (617) 547-6372 - fax: (617) 547-0061.

The fourth article in this report gives you an idea of the economic potential provided by Build Freedom. The fth article is about the economic rape of America. The sixth article tells you how the US$ is collapsing and why the collapse can suddenly accelerate dramatically, resulting in an economic disaster. During such a disaster, many people could lose all their wealth. The sixth article also suggests a solution to this "economic timebomb" a solution you can prot from handsomely. In Special Report #TL13D: The Millionaire's Secret (IV), you'll see how J. Paul Getty made a fabulous fortune during the 1930s depression. During the next big economic crash and depression, you'll be able to do the same - if you shift your economic resources to the real freeenterprise sector (for example, World Trade Clearinghouse). Without this information, you take a serious risk that your wealth will be wiped out. Don't delay! EIGHT SELF-DEFEATING BEHAVIORS PREVENTING YOU FROM BECOMING THE MILLIONAIRE YOU SAY YOU WANT TO BE... AND WHAT TO DO ABOUT THEM By Dr. Jeffrey Lant Introduction Most people I know say they want to be a millionaire, but most of them say so in a way that makes me absolutely certain they never will be. Why? Because they speak about this blessed condition as a matter of hope and not a certainty. They are redolent of wistfulness and implausibility, treating this achievement as unlikely, if desirable, not absolutely sure. Such people, of course, would be only too happy to have

the lottery rain riches on them... but as for getting it themselves, why that is just too much bother, and frankly a vision they really don't have for themselves, whatever they may say at cocktail parties. If this is you, go back for your third martini; you're probably beyond help. This article is for people who want to do more than talk about being a millionaire between canapes. In my ongoing research into what it takes to achieve millionaire status, I have identied 8 signicant self-defeating behaviors that must be overcome. If you can identify them and overcome them, your chances of becoming a millionaire, the rst step to truly signicant wealth, are vastly improved. If you cannot, you'd better hope a maiden aunt leaves you her fortune... or that, while in couch potato mode, you see your lottery number on the TV screen. Otherwise, being a millionaire just isn't in your future. #1 You Haven't Set Becoming A Millionaire As Your Goal Real, as opposed to imagined, future millionaires know they'll join the Seven Figure Club. They posit this as a goal, they resolve to make the necessary sacrices and take the necessary actions... and they live accordingly. What's astonishing about all self-made millionaires (the only kind I'm talking about here) is just how condent they are about their future status... before they achieve it. They have a vision of themselves as millionaires. They see themselves with the money... have an indelible mental picture of themselves enjoying the perquisites and conveniences their money will bring. Many report that before they achieved millionaire status, this certainty of impending wealth and status made them gures of fun to classmates, relatives and disbelieving friends. In weaker moments, the sarcasm, ridicule and lack of condence of these people, frustrated and

disappointed the future millionaires. But they always were able to get back on course... either because of their own inner certainty... or, in rarer instances, because a mentor intervened to assist them. One thing is certain, however: they never allowed the undermining, mediocre, entirely unhelpful attitudes of their "friends" to sabotage their own belief in themselves, a belief which is and continues to be a sine qua non of achieving millionaire status. #2 You Haven't Set A Time By Which You Will Be A Millionaire Once you've set your objective about becoming a millionaire, you've got to set a precise moment when you want to get there. Whether this moment is realistic or not, I'll discuss shortly, but you can't make progress towards your goal unless you have a precise goal to progress to. In this case, that goal is the exact date by which you want to be a millionaire. This date is an essential part of the mathematical formula you must create to become a millionaire. Once you have set this date, you know precisely how much time there is before you reach it... and precisely what must be done in the intervening period. You now have the essential clarity that you must have to reach your objective. You know just what you are trying to achieve... and just when you are trying to achieve it. Given that this is your priority, everything else, by denition, becomes less signicant accordingly. #3 You Don't Know How Much You Have To Make Every Single Day To Reach Your Objective There are, of course, many ways to become a self-made millionaire, but the best and most certain way is to do it the way a mouse eats cheese: a little bit at a time, gnawing one's way to success. What this means in practice is that you must know exactly how much money you need to make every single day, both from earned and unearned income, so that you'll achieve your millionaire objective.

Please note that I said from unearned as well as earned income. As you'll soon see when we discuss the need for a regular investment program, only a fool attempts to become a millionaire exclusively through earned income. The goal is to use the benets of investment growth and compound interest to assist your ascendant progress. Thus, say you were age 30 and wanted to be a millionaire by age 40. And say, for the sake of argument, that you hadn't a penny to your name today. Fair enough. Between your 30th and 40th birthdays, there are 3650 days of which about 3030 are business days; (this doesn't include either Sundays or 10 holidays a year). This means, to become a millionaire by age 40 you must increase your net worth by $330.03 per day, every day. In the beginning, this increase must come exclusively through earned income, you having no other assets. By the end of the decade, a certain part of it will come through your various investments. Once you have arrived at this goal, you need to post it prominently. You need to see it every single day and arrange all the activities of your life to achieve it. Otherwise, you either: Don't really want to achieve the objective (and are thus a atworm), or Have set yourself a too ambitious objective, thereby ensuring failure and a tarnished self-image. Neither outcome is desirable. #4 You Don't Have Daily Sales Quotas And The Necessary Marketing Plans For Your Products And Services That Will Net You The Amount Of Capital You Need To Reach Your Objective Using my illustration above, you now know you must net at least $330.03 per day for capital investment purposes. Do you have sales quotas and the necessary marketing plan that will enable you to achieve this objective? If you're like most would-be millionaires, you don't. How, then, can you possibly expect to achieve your objective?

The achievement of millionaire status involves the creation of an exact mathematical formula and arranging your life to achieve it. There's no mystery to this; instead, there's the grace, simplicity and certainty provided by mathematics. Thus, if you must net $330.03 per business day, you must: Figure out precisely how much you need to gross daily. This involves determining how many of your products and services you need to sell to both gross and net the right amount, and Develop a marketing plan that ensures you reach the right number of prospects so that you can gross the necessary amount. Right now, most people selling products and services simply engage in undirected and non-goals related activity. That is, they go to work for the sake of going to work; sell products and services without having a vision of what they're doing this for. The goal of work is never work itself, just as the goal of selling products and services is never merely to sell products and services. Instead, selling products and services are small but absolutely necessary steps in the achievement of your ultimate objective, millionaire status. What's important, however, is that you have your strategy down pat before you engage in any of the tactics of product and service selling. That is, you must not only know what you need to net each day but must have a clear idea of precisely what activities are the most likely to get you there... and whether what you're doing now is sufcient. Say you're a consultant currently selling your time alone and say that you currently make about $30,000 a year. Right now, given your expenses, etc., there's no way you can invest $330.03 per day. This means that part of your marketing plan must involve things like: Enhancing your perceived value as a problem-solver so that you can raise your hourly and daily fee;

Spinning off problem-solving products like audio cassettes, Special Reports, booklets and books so that you can tap into new markets and develop so-called "passive" income sources, and Diversifying your problem-solving skills to tap into new, more lucrative markets. All these activities, of course, take time. You may decide, therefore, that it is entirely unrealistic in years 1 and 2 of your Ten-Year Plan to invest $330.03 per day and instead in years 7-10 to invest more per day based on your then enhanced earnings. This is fair enough... if you mean it and don't simply engage in the kind of self-defeating "put-off-until-tomorrow" behavior that so many wouldbe millionaires fall victim to. I know many people who say that in ve or ten years they'll be reaping the benet of their current self-improvement work... but I don't believe it. Too often, it's just too easy to say you'll make the necessary sacrices tomorrow (and investing is always a sacrice of some current pleasure), when you don't have the personal habits today that are a necessary prerequisite for success. That's why I think it better to set a longer, more realistic investment time-frame for the achievement of millionaire status and to both make and invest what you can right from the very beginning. #5 You Haven't Mastered Your Craft So You Can Make The Money You Need The sad truth about most people wanting to become millionaires is that they just don't know enough about their business to achieve this status. I have long said that you can become a millionaire in virtually any business. Certainly in each distinct business and professional group there are self-made millionaires. The trick is nding out just how each of these businesses works and arranging your activities so you can make it work for you.

Thus, self-making millionaires are necessarily studious creatures... they study their craft, perfecting it, seeking to understand precisely how things work... and precisely how money can be made. They are not afraid of seeking out mentors and leaders in their eld and asking intricate, probing, even indiscreet questions about how things work... and how money is to be made in any given situation. Sometimes this incessant inquisitiveness will lead to a rebuff... more often it leads to insight into just how their business works... and how they can prot from it. The sad truth is, most people have very little in-depth knowledge about just how their business works. They have a nodding familiarity with day-to-day activities but no insight into how the truly successful people made their money... and how they themselves can prot from both regular and extraordinarily business opportunities. In short, they just don't know enough. As a result, they are doomed to remain part of the mediocre, unmoneyed mass. #6 You Continue To Do Trivial And Inconsequential Things You Shouldn't Do Recently, a young chiropractor called on me who said he wanted signicantly to develop his practice and make more money. He said he wanted to create a booklet as a marketing tool to get more clients, but couldn't seem to get started. Upon quick analysis, I knew why. In addition to his regular work, each night he felt compelled to go out drinking with friends, be seen at the "right" parties, etc. He simply had no time left to spend on the development of his practice and his income showed the consequences. It doesn't take a rocket scientist to gure this out... but it does take a dedicated and resolute mind to do something about it. Millionaires focus. They focus on making money from both earned and unearned sources. They realize they need time and concentration to do this, particularly in the early stages of their career, before they've totally

mastered their craft. To get this time, they must be ruthless about weeding out the more mundane activities that clog other people's lives... things like washing dishes, doing clothes, loang about the house, having time-consuming, soap-opera-ish problems. All these must be dumped as unproductive. When one is young and green, one may like to do these things and be "part of the crowd." As one ages, one realizes one doesn't have enough time to accomplish everything and tends to become more rigorous about excluding the unproductive from one's life. But certain millionaires earlier develop an acute sense of the limits of time... and of the need to use it wisely. Even when young, they know tempus fugit (time ies). Thus, they do whatever they can to shuck off the trivial and inconsequential and they FOCUS. They know that nothing else is as important as the achievement of their goal. #7 You Don't Have A Regular Investment Program Virtually no self-made millionaire has actually earned every penny of his fortune. No, indeed. Millionaires are wise in the ways of money and use investment growth (that is time) and compound interest to assist them in reaching their goal. So must you. That is why you must have a daily investment program, even if the amount you invest at the beginning is picayune. Say, for instance, that right now all you can afford to invest is $10 per day, $60 per week. Compounded at just 8% annually, the $3,120 you invest the rst year will be worth $6,236.89 in 10 years and will be producing $498.95 a year in income. That's nearly $500 you don't have to make through the sweat of your brow! Now, think about it. Could you afford to save just $10 a day? Your rst reaction may be, "No way!" But think! Are you willing to make the necessary sacrices in current comfort to achieve long-term comfort and security? Most people - those who will never be millionaires - will never

make these sacrices. In the age-old struggle between the grasshopper and the ant, they are quite clearly blithe, unthinking grasshoppers. But you can't be! If you don't have the money to invest now, you must rearrange your life to nd the necessary money. Otherwise, you are losing out on two of the millionaire's best friends... time and compound interest. You don't have to be a Wall Street mogul to take advantage of unearned income, but you must have a regular, consistent, inviolate investment program... and that program needs to start when you're far from being a millionaire. #8 You Will Settle For Less Would-be millionaires may fall short of their goals. They may be thwarted, disappointed, frustrated, cast down and stomped on. But, unless their spirit has been broken, they don't settle for this condition of events; they study and scheme for ways to escape it... because they won't settle for anything but the best. All around me every single day I see people who have settled for less... for a home that's not as grand as they'd like... for clothes that are not stylish... for a school for their children that doesn't deliver a top-quality education... in short, for things that are inferior. Future millionaires will live with the inferior when necessary; they realize that sacrices are a necessary part of their early lives. But they never settle for the inferior as a constant presence in their lives. In fact, they despise it... not merely for being lowly in itself but for representing a state of mind in which one has accepted the inferior as somehow acceptable, inevitable for oneself and one's family. Future millionaires see situations clearly. They cannot delude themselves, as so many people do, that the inferior is somehow acceptable. Temporarily accepting the inferior may be expedient as a means of helping achieve ultimate success, but to people of the millionaire mind the inferior will always be nothing other than inferior... something, that is, to escape as early and completely as possible.

And who will help them escape it? Why, the would-be millionaire alone. Millionaires, you see, don't wait for some deus ex machina in the form of a winning lottery ticket or expiring aunt to set them up for life. They know they must do it for themselves and accept full responsibility for doing so. If you can't accept this responsibility for yourself and act accordingly, you can never, never be a millionaire yourself. Merely a penny-poor wishful thinker which is too, too bad. DO YOU REALLY WANT TO BE RICH? TAKE THIS REVEALING QUIZ AND FIND OUT... by Dr. Jeffrey Lant Introduction The good news, as a recent survey has reported, is that there are approximately 1,600,000 millionaires in America. The bad news, as survey after survey discovers, is that the average person has only accumulated retirement investments of about $35,000; $25,000 in a retirement plan and $10,000 in other personal savings. Worse, about 1/4 of those surveyed have nothing saved. Which camp are you in? The truth is, that while the number of American millionaires has never been higher, the number of those with insubstantial assets - or no assets at all - is growing at a far faster rate. Yet you tell me you still want to hitch a ride on the American Dream, still want to be rich, still want to be a millionaire. Well, let's see if you mean it. Get yourself a pen. Check the answer that most represents the way you're doing business today. And be honest! Q. Have you pledged yourself in writing to having a certain amount of money by a certain date? 1) / / Yes, I've taken The Pledge and review it every day.

2) / / No, I haven't set any precise amount of money I'd like and haven't written anything down. I just know I'd like to be rich some day. 3) / / Rich sounds good but I'm not into making any denite commitments. Comment: People who earn their money have a plan. This plan consists of a precise dollar objective and a date they want to achieve it. Because they know that it's easy to get distracted, they write down their objective in this way: "I promise myself that by (date) I will have (amount) in assets." Then they sign it, just like they would any legal document. They post this document where they can see it daily... and carry it with them so that it helps inform and direct their behavior. If you're not doing this... you're handicapping yourself. Q. Have you gured out how many units of your product or service you need to sell to make the money you need each day, week, month, and year until you reach your objective? 1) / / Yes, I know just how many units of my product/service I need to sell to reach my objective on time. 2) / / I have a vague idea how much business I've got to do, but frankly, I've never bothered to create a precise plan. 3) / / I know I'm destined to be rich, so why bother? It's just too much work to gure these things out for myself anyway, I've got better things to do! Comment: Achieving millionaire status is certain if you: 1) Set a precise dollar objective, 2) Determine how many units of your product/service you need to sell by what date, and

3) Factor in the expense of doing business. That is, millionaire status is the result of a certain number of dollars raised less the expenses of business. It's pure mathematics. Thus, what you've got to do is set your objective and then create a chart taking into account all the time in between the present and the date you say you want to achieve your objective. You need to determine just how many units of value you have to sell each year to reach your objective given the expense of doing business. Start your chart with last year, the most recent period of time for which you have actual numbers. Then do your projections for this year... and for all the intervening years up to your objective. Obviously, the projections you make are based on certain assumptions. List these assumptions and why you think they're valid. Attempting to jump from an annual salary of $40,000 a year to one of $200,000 a year so that you can go from having $20,000 in assets at age 40 to having a million dollars of assets at age 50 is probably unrealistic. Thus, you'd better be very clear about your assumptions and why you think they are accurate and the results attainable. Q. Can you achieve millionaire status simply by selling your current product/service line... or do you need to diversify? 1) / / I've reviewed how many units of value I have to sell to reach millionaire status and I know whether my current line of products/ services will enable me to reach my objective or how much diversied I need. 2) / / I'm not really sure about what I need to do; I haven't done an analysis yet, but, believe me, as soon as I get the time I'm going to do it. 3) / / I don't know whether I can get rich or not with my current line, but I'm sure that if I need some more products or services to make some more money I'll be able to nd them. I'm not worried!

Comment: Either your current line of products/services is sufcient to make you a millionaire in the time you've allowed yourself... or it isn't. There aren't any other choices. If it is, ne. You've got to concentrate on aggressive client-centered marketing. If it isn't, you've got another problem. You need to nd and/or develop new product/service lines. The truth is, when you review the product/service lines - and, of course, the ways of doing business - of most businesses, you discover that it would take several lifetimes before their owners could possibly get rich. Both their offerings are too narrow and their ways of doing business too passive. Don't let this happen to you! Q. Are you clear about the precise groups of people who constitute your target markets? 1) / / Yes, I've studied my markets, and have a precise idea of the people who can benet from what I'm selling, and these are the only people I invest my money in marketing to. 2) / / To tell you the truth, I'm winging it. I've got a hunch who my market is, but I'm not too sure which of my marketing makes money for me. You see, I've never really taken the time and trouble to be certain about who my market is and where I should be investing my scarce marketing dollars. 3) / / I'm a scatter shot marketer. I've never read a marketing book. Never done any marketing research. I gure pretty much everyone is a candidate for what I'm selling and so I dabble in lots of different kinds of marketing. I don't keep any records about response rates and, to tell you the truth, haven't got a clue what's making money for me and what isn't. I'm not worried, though. I'm sure to be a millionaire. Just you wait and see! Comment: The cost of marketing is substantial. When you factor in such variables as copy writing services, ad design and lay out, mailing list rental, producing marketing communications, the cost of telephone and

fax (both user fees and supplies), and the expense of lead follow-up, you know that marketing is a very signicant expense to your business. That's why you've got to target your efforts. Marketing is both an art and a science. It's dedicated to targeting just the right people for the benets you have available and approaching them in the most cost efcient and motivational way. When you're marketing properly, your offer is targeted to just the right people, is presented in the most focused and economical way, and is designed to get the best qualied lead in the shortest period of time. Is this what you're doing? I doubt it. Despite the large costs involved, most business people continue to waste the bulk of their marketing dollars going after the wrong people either because they keep hoping that they will respond... or because they just haven't got a clue that they are, indeed, the wrong people for their offer. Q. Have you done everything to create "cash copy" in your marketing documents, or are you still trying to motivate a response from your market with inadequate, passive, "me-centered" marketing communications? 1) / / I've worked hard to pack all my marketing communications yers, cover letters, ads, brochures, media kits, post cards - with clientcentered benets and motivational offers that have everything to do with what the prospect GETS and little to do with what I've got or want. The results are helping me become a millionaire right on schedule! 2) / / I know I ought to be spending more time creating client-centered communications but I'm just too busy. I know I ought to translate features into benets... get client centered testimonials about results I've helped my clients achieve, and generally change the focus from myself and my products/services to the prospect and what he GETS. I know this, and, by golly, I'm going to get around to it. 3) / / "Client-centered?" What's that? When I want a brochure or some other marketing communication, I just sit down and start writing. I don't bother about leading with benets... I rarely include an offer and never

stress it. I gure that the prospect can take his own sweet time about reading what I've sent. I'm sure he'll call me... sooner or later! Comment: Marketing is a motivational game. If you want to win, you've got to turn the discussion in your marketing communications from yourself... to the prospect. You've got to tell him all the BENEFITS you've got for him, and you've got to make these benets as specic as possible. You need to cut the adjectives and stress what the prospect will get when he uses your product/service. You've got to add credibility to your argument by telling him what others have achieved with your product/service. These testimonials need to be specic and they need to be specically attributed. Moreover, you've got to provide an offer for immediate action... something special that the early bird gets when he takes action. Every marketing communication has got to have an offer... and the offers have got to be focused on something the prospect wants and which will make his life better because he takes faster action. The only action in marketing that's meaningful is fast action. And it is your job to stress the benets and provide an offer that gets the prospect to act quickly to acquire them. Most marketing communications don't do this, and that's why most marketing communications aren't worth the paper they're printed on; why they're an expense to a business, not an investment helping to bring in new dollars. Q. Have you explored all the marketing alternatives available to you... and done everything you can to nd and use the least expensive rst? 1) / / I know I've got limited marketing dollars, and I need to invest my scarce dollars where they're going to do the most good. Therefore, I made a study of all the marketing alternatives available to me and how I could save money with them and get the best values. I'm certain I'm investing my money in the right places.... the places where I'll get the best return and where I can build my wealth fastest.

2) / / To tell you the truth, I'm never sure I'm getting the best values. I don't plot out my marketing in advance. It's pretty much catch-as-catchcan. All of a sudden, I need some more leads. So I go out and buy an ad at full price or will do a mailing. Nothing's coordinated though, and I never seem to get either synergy or the best prices. I know I ought to do something about this, but I'm always too busy putting out res around the ofce to get the chance. 3) / / Hey, when I want to do some marketing I don't plan; I buy. I can play with the big guys. When I want to market, I go rst class all the way. I pay top dollar for my ads and marketing services; I don't bother to shop around for either mailing lists or mail services. And I certainly never stoop to haggling about price. After all, I'm going to be a millionaire. Why should I behave like a sh wife? Comment: Future millionaires know the value of a dollar. They know that they've got to make the scarce marketing dollars they have go farther and that they can't afford to waste a penny. Therefore, they are always exploring how to get more marketing bang for less business buck. Thus, they: See about swapping lists instead of always renting lists; Use reciprocal package stuffer programs; Use a screened color in their marketing communications instead of paying for two colors; Tell ad sources they want to buy remnant space, instead of paying full price; Know what ad space costs, so they can get away with paying a reasonable markup and not inated prices; Always attempt to get free publicity in all media sources, instead of paying for ad space; Make good use of their postage costs by lling all their mail with piggyback offers, etc.

The objective of marketing is to make yourself a millionaire, not to spend all your money in marketing. Dim "marketers" forget this. Remember, the only marketing expenditure that makes sense is the expenditure that can help make you rich. All others are just a drain on your resources. Q. Do you understand and abide by The Rule of Seven? 1) / / I understand that I can't just approach my target markets once and expect them to buy... no matter how client-centered my offer. I know I've got to plan a campaign that brings my offer to their attention a minimum of seven times in no more than 18 months. I must keep my offer and benets compelling... and keep hitting, hitting, hitting my market. And I do! 2) / / I know that when someone is marketing to me, I don't always get around to responding the rst, second or even third time I've heard about the product/service, even if the marketer has a benet I want. I know I ought to approach my target markets the same way, but the truth is, I don't do this. I run one ad for one group, then send a direct mail letter to another group altogether, and do some telemarketing to a third group. I don't always have the time or money to follow up... and I rarely create a campaign that brings the benets I offer aggressively home to these people time after time. Any day now, I'm going to do better, believe me! 3) / / I don't even know what The Rule of Seven is, and I certainly am not implementing it! All I know is that I gure if I tell people in my target market to get what I'm selling, they'll either do it right away or they won't. But I just don't have the time or money to follow up. Comment: Millionaires run marketing campaigns. We (for I am one myself) understand that the prospects in our target markets are inundated with offers, both from competitors and others anxious to absorb the precious, limited dollars of our target markets. We understand that even the most client-centered offers, those rich with client-centered benets

and meaningful offers don't get everyone to take immediate action. We understand we have to hit them and hit them again... until at last they do act, either to make an inquiry or to buy what we're selling. Unfortunately, while most marketers understand this point, they don't live by it. Their marketing is episodic and disorganized; it never achieves the meaningful impact of synergy. It is neither client-centered enough nor sufciently repeated to achieve substantial results. When the initial results aren't what the "marketer" expected, instead of analyzing to see what could improve them, including instituting a far more focused effort, he changes to an altogether different market... and starts the same losing sequence all over again! Without ever guring out that the process he's following is doomed to failure. Q. Do you discard atworms and others who show you they are not prospects... and both seek to nd and concentrate on the better prospects, the ones who can buy what you're selling - and will? 1) / / I understand all prospects are not equal. I understand that, particularly in a weak economy, while the same number of people want the benets I have available, their ability to take action now to buy them is more limited. Thus, I do spend my time actively qualifying my prospects. Instead of defending what I have available, carelessly sending out free information about my product/service, and treating all people as if they were real prospects, I put these "prospects" under a microscope to determine if they are real. Only when I am reasonably certain the investment of my time and resources makes sense with this individual, do I process him as a prospect - and not a resource waster. 2) / / I have an inkling all prospects are not of equal weight, but I nd myself wasting a lot of time and money servicing people who turn out not to have been real prospects in the rst place. I'm not a good qualier and don't have in place a good qualifying process. As a result, I not only continually waste my resources but am disappointed by people whom I've treated well... but who buy nothing.

3) / / Whenever anyone requests information I send it; whenever anyone calls I drop everything to deal with him. In short, I make no effort whatsoever to qualify anyone or to weed out the less good from the better prospects. I gure if I keep shooting at prospect targets, keep sending information, and just keep asking for their business, enough of them will buy so that I'll be okay. Comment: Just because a person sends in a lead card, or calls you, or even walks in your door, doesn't mean he's a prospect. And, take note, only real prospects deserve your attention and assistance, because only real prospects who become real buyers can help make you wealthy. The rest simply waste your resources. Thus, it's your responsibility to ask the key questions: What do you want? When do you want it? Do you have the money to pay for it? Are you ready to get started NOW? If the answers to these questions are unsatisfactory, the "prospect" isn't a prospect, he's a waste of time and money and must be treated accordingly. Do you do this? Or do you keep hoping against hope that the people who give you vague and unsatisfactory answers, who don't answer your letters or return your phone calls are prospects and keep wasting time on them - as far too many businesses do? A millionaire trains himself to determine who is and who is not a real prospect, and who is deserving of his time and attention. Everyone else he tosses out of his life without regret. You should do this, too! Your Score And What It Means Now the moment of reckoning. Do you want to be a millionaire? Are you running your business so you can be? Or are you simply hufng and pufng, talking about an objective but not doing what's necessary to achieve it? See for yourself... Each question has a number in front of it. Go back and add these up. If your score is between 7-10, you're on your way to becoming a millionaire. Yes, you've got more work to do (particularly if your score is over 7), but you understand the game and are doing what it takes to

win it. Congratulations. When you're in Boston dining at the Ritz, I'd appreciate the chance to have dinner with you! If your score is between 11-15, you've got a lot more work to do. If you're not just talking about becoming a millionaire, you'd better buckle down. You're insufciently organized and haven't formulated - much less implemented - your Million Dollar Plan. You're at a critical crossroads, and if you really want to be rich, it's time to take your fate and your business in hand and start running it like a money-machine. Otherwise, what you say you want is going to elude you. If your score is over 15, you're a sad sack. Stop talking about becoming a millionaire. You'd better start being nicer to your richest relative; get over there now and clean her cat-box. Since you obviously have no intention of doing what's necessary to make your own money through your business, inheritance is your likeliest option. Good luck to you. If you handle sweet talking your rich relation like you've handled becoming a millionaire through your business, you'll probably strike out there, too! Don't call me. I can't afford to know people like you. MEGATRAITS: 12 TRAITS OF SUCCESSFUL PEOPLE by Dr. Jeffrey Lant Introduction To be an American is to be a success seeker. Indeed, no other creed, cult, belief or religion in the nation embraces so many of our fellow countryman as the sprint for "success." Yet, as we all know, most people never succeed in becoming the success they dream of being. That's why I was delighted when her publisher sent me Doris Lee McCoy's new book MEGATRAITS: 12 TRAITS OF SUCCESSFUL PEOPLE. I had two reasons for promptly focusing on her research: my own continuing desire to be ever more successful and my wish to disseminate to the greatest number McCoy's detailed ndings.

McCoy, who comes across as a congenial, empathic personality eagerly seeking the essential modules of success, has over the last many years interviewed a host of people most of us would regard as successful... that is, people who have reached a certain plateau of physical, emotional and spiritual/psychological comfort. They include politicians, statesmen, entrepreneurs, media and entertainment personalities, athletes, and authors. As a result of her interviews, McCoy has identied twelve essential components of success she called "megatraits." While many of these come as no surprise, it is, I think, instructive to see them listed in one place where, each day, one can review them and see whether one's work and life really exemplify these essential traits. Successful People Enjoy Their Work Be honest with yourself. Are you enjoying what you're doing today... or this week? Successful people do. They enjoy the challenge, the game, the sheer excitement of what they're doing. Indeed, as real estate magnate Trammell Crow put it, "Work is so much more fun than fun, it is improperly called work." Oh, sure, each of these successful people has moments that are less than thrilling... but they expect them and shuck them off as trivial by comparison with the excitement of their productive lives generally. What comes out clearly in McCoy's work is that the truly successful feel blessed by their work... and delighted at the opportunity to work on the projects and problems that make up their chosen occupation. Do you feel this way? Or is it pure drudgery getting up and facing yet another day of employment? Says Malcolm Forbes "The essence of success lies in doing what you enjoy. Otherwise you neither do it well, fully, or successfully." Successful People Have High Self-Esteem And A Positive Attitude I don't know about you, but I'm tired of meeting people who have rened self-contempt and self-criticism to an art form and spend their time (and

too much of my time, too!) telling all the reasons why they've been victimized by life. This disgusts me... and it ought to disgust you. McCoy's research points out in detail that you can't truly be successful if you don't have a good, healthy quotient of self-esteem and a positive attitude that irradiates everything you do. Truly successful people are condent, upbeat, enthusiastic and certain that things will work out. Yes, they know that many projects will fail; no, they are not mindless Polyannas. But they gure that having done the necessary homework and taken the lay of the land, it is better to go forth with an expectation of success... than the certainty of failure. As Mary Kay Ash of Mary Kay Cosmetics says, "It never occurred to me I couldn't do it. I always knew that if I worked hard enough, I could." Is this how you feel? Successful People Use Negative Experiences To Discover Their Strengths I know many people who take defeat personally... who almost gladly tell me that as a result of their bad experiences they now feel fully justied never having to try again. But these people, as McCoy's research demonstrates, have taken the wrong lesson from experiences that didn't go as well as they might like. Negative experience, you see, successful people almost come to regard as a private tutorial, a tutorial that gives them insight into what works, what doesn't, and why. As McCoy puts it, "In retrospect, many of the successful can actually see how the difculties they experienced offered them opportunity to discover more of their potential. In some cases, they were able to use traumatic experiences as a means of seeing more options than they had before." In other words, they analyzed even the worst of experiences seeking to squeeze the last drop of insight and education from them... so they could go out again and, at last, triumph.

Successful People Have Integrity And Help Others To Success We live in the age of the fast buck at a time when crooks seem to prosper marvelously and where even the best of people wonder whether integrity and empathy aren't drawbacks instead of must-have ingredients for success. Because of this pervasive attitude, I was delighted that McCoy found integrity and helpfulness part of the makeup of the truly successful individual. What this means is running your business so that on all transactions both people really benet. As Robert Dedman, Board Chairman for Club Corporation of America, says, "Your ability to set up successful, lasting relationships is the biggest determinate you'll ever have of personal and business success." This means you can't "strip mine" your way to success riding rough-shod over people, pushing "ahead" without a thought to their benet. As Karl Eller, Chairman of the Board for Circle K Stores, comments, "With any deal I've ever made, I've been careful that I was fair to the other side - so that both parties were happy." Can you say this? Successful People Are Persistent This seems pretty obvious, doesn't it? Yet how many times can you name in your own life that you took "No!" for an answer... despite the fact that you knew the person who said this to you really would be better off with what you're selling? Successful people learn from the no's they get... learn to see in them the beginning of the yes that they want. In short, they know that the most successful people in the world are the people who get turned down the most... and who make sure they know why, taking the time to re-craft the next approach based on what happened to them before. They don't take this rejection personally... but see it as a learning experience. Is this you? Successful People Take Risks As McCoy discovered, "One overriding trait of the successful is that they believe in their idea, their product, themselves so fully that they are

willing to take risks." Sadly, most people - whatever they say to the contrary - don't take risks. They don't take risks in human relationships or in business... but wait for someone else to lead the way. Not surprisingly, they never have much success. What happens when you risk? Sometimes you fail... producing just the result the quivering ones fear. More often, especially as you learn from failure, you succeed. Thus, as Forrest Shumway of the Allied-Signal Companies says, "In 75 per cent of the cases over the course of a lifetime, I will be intuitively correct, and that is a fair percentage." Now, ask yourself: in what you do, do you put yourself on the line, extending yourself, taking the risk to make any given situation better... or do you hold back until someone else takes the "lead?" Successful People Have Developed Good Communication And Problem-Solving Skills I think of a friend I have who turns off virtually everyone he ever talks to, despite a good heart and a zealous commitment to success. Why? Because he doesn't know how to communicate with people... almost invariably he offends them. What's wrong? He doesn't have good communications skills... the kinds of skills that enable him to put what he has to say in the best possible way and so both engage the person he's talking to and persuade that person to take action. But successful people have these skills. And you must have or develop them, too. You must also have the ability to confront established norms of behavior and procedure and say, "Does this make sense anymore?" It's just astounding to me how few people are unwilling to look at a situation with an open mind, remembering that all things outlive their usefulness and must be changed. Successful people know this. Their loyalty is to getting things done in a mutually benecial way; not how things are done.

Successful People Surround Themselves With Competent, Responsible, Supportive People With the best will in the world, successful people cannot do everything themselves that needs to be done. They realize they must rely on others... and so they seek out such people, cultivate them, and reward them... taking every opportunity to include their supporters, praise them, and help them develop. Truly successful people don't want "Yes People" around. They want people who are bright, loyal, questioning, capable of being truly helpful. As Malcolm Forbes says, "No matter how successful your business is, the only real asset is the people you have." Successful People Are Healthy, Have High Energy, And Schedule Time To Renew As McCoy discovered, the successful are generally characterized by a very high energy level... they get up early, work late, and don't complain when it is necessary to work hours other people would regard as onerous. McCoy discovered that many of the people she interviewed get by on less than the normal amount of sleep and that most have a regular exercise program. In addition, most of the successful take time for renewing themselves... for doing things that are not related to their regular line of work. As McCoy puts it, "The changes in rhythm might involve a shift in activity or pace and often a new environment. Revitalizing themselves is crucial enough to them that they actually schedule time for it." Successful People Believe In God, A Higher Power, And Sometimes Just Plain Luck Importantly, the successful people interviewed by McCoy do not feel alone in their ascending development. Not all are conventionally religious by any means; indeed, those involved in organized religious constitute a diminutive percentage of her sample. Yet, these successful people see themselves as "co-creators" with a higher power that guides them; in other words, they're not inventing their lives alone... nor, in trying moments, do they have to face circumstances by themselves. As

Ronald Reagan told McCoy "I have a deep-seated faith that if you ask for help, it will be given." [Editor: Those who don't believe in religion or luck, may want to believe in a "higher self" with a "super-conscious mind" - or just plain common sense coupled with competence!] Successful People Have A Sense Of Purpose And A Desire To Contribute To Society These days, so much of what many people do seems pointless to them. A terrible feeling of ennui and "is that all there is?" is pervasive and casts a blight on far, far too many lives. The successful don't have this feeling. They know not only what they are doing but they know why it matters. They have, in short, a sense of purpose about their activity that informs all they do and makes them want to get "up and at 'em" instead of wasting time in self-destructive doubts and frustrating introspection. The successful are certain they are contributing to society, making people's lives better. Most have a zealous sense of mission that gives them both focus and zest. As McCoy writes, "The successful show an inner strength, a 'knowing,' that enables them to move out of the ordinary at times when they believe the situation calls for it. Not so much a rebellious act, it is the will to inspire a higher level of good in society." Other Characteristics Of The Successful As a result of McCoy's hundreds of interviews, she was able to see that the vast majority of successful people shared either all or most of the preceding 12 "megatraits." She also discovered an additional six traits which, if not quite universal, were still widely shared by the successful, and it is worth pointing these out to you, too. Many Of The Successful Challenge Traditional Concepts As McCoy points out, those who cannot succeed within the established

system for whatever reason get ahead more often than not by challenging existing patterns of behavior. Their desire to be included, to be successful in conventional terms, drives them to change the game and its prevailing rules. They Are Constantly Coming Up With Innovative, Fresh Ideas The mark of the successful people, according to McCoy, is their willingness to discard ideas that don't work any more... and their ability to keep coming up with new, fresh solutions to problems. What matters is what will work... not how things have been done before. Age Is Not A Barrier To Their Starting New Companies McCoy presents many individuals - including Ray Kroc who started McDonald's when he was 52 - who didn't let their age get them down... but pushed ahead when others their age were thinking about retirement. They Continue, Even In Their Late Years, To Be Productive, Many Choosing Not To Retire Until Long After The Traditional Age. Because the successful are not "working" in the traditional sense, they have no incentive to "retire" in the traditional sense either. They realize that the work they have undertaken for so long is what has made their live so rich and productive... and they see no reason to abandon it, whatever the majority of their age peers are doing. The Successful Continue To Schedule Time For Their Education McCoy reports that the truly successful are under no illusions that they know it all... or that what they know today will be sufcient to enable them to compete tomorrow. They have succeeded because of their ability to change, retool, rethink, develop and discard previously usable ideas... and they know that this is what they must continue to do to remain successful. Thus, whether with formal or informal programs of education, they are committed to staying abreast of the crucial developments that will enable them to remain successful.

Last Words Now that you've read this article, reread and post it. As the successful also know, each moment of your life is either an opportunity to be more successful... or the chance to fall back and sabotage yourself. Which is it to be? Too many people reading this article will say, "I know lots of what Doris Lee McCoy took years to discover. I certainly don't need to consider it again." But, be honest with yourself. Are you as successful as you want to be... and are you exhibiting these traits in your daily life? Do you "know" the "megatraits"... or are you living them? Either way, the answer will be perfectly obvious in time. The question is, will you like that answer? THE POTENTIAL OF TERRA LIBRA by Frederick Mann Introduction Through his shares in Microsoft, Bill Gates has become one of the richest men in the world. Microsoft develops and sells programs to make computers more successful. We could call these programs "computer success programs." Microsoft has become one of the biggest companies in the world. With Build Freedom, we are interested in human success. We can think of "human failure programs" and "human success programs." Producing more than you consume is a human success program. Consuming more than you produce is a human failure program. With Build Freedom, we are in the business of replacing human failure programs with human success programs. The Innite Bootstrap Principle is a human success program. What Microsoft does for computers, Build Freedom needs to do for humans. The Stupendous Potential The general current success level of humans, compared to our potential

success level, measures the potential for Build Freedom. The source of all the "problems" in the world is in the individual human mind. We face this fact head-on. We believe we have identied a signicant portion of the information (human success programs) that needs to get into people's minds in order for the "problems" to resolve. Build Freedom's programs, products, and services, are intended to be the means to get the necessary information into people's minds. And we believe this can be done very protably. In general, humans fail because of the human failure programs in their minds - and they succeed as a result of the human success programs in their minds. The vast difference between the two indicates the potential for Build Freedom. It's important that you realize that this potential is much greater than the potential was for Microsoft when it was launched. Furthermore, Build Freedom enables you to capitalize on this stupendous potential! But the above indicates only a small part of the potential for Build Freedom. Think of all the money that presently goes to government bureaucrats around the world. Imagine all that money being available in the real free-enterprise economy instead. Imagine all the governmentcontrolled banks being real free-enterprise banks instead. Consider all the government-supporting corporations (the IBMs of the world) that could be replaced by true free-enterprise companies. All of this represents the potential for Build Freedom and other real free-enterprise companies. And you can capitalize on this stupendous potential - simply by taking steps to shift your economic activities into the real freeenterprise economy. THE ECONOMIC RAPE OF AMERICA by Frederick Mann

The chart on page 11 shows the history of the purchasing power of the US$. The relentless collapse reects the extent to which the American economy has been and is being raped. Twenty-ve years ago, the average American family was much better off than today. With only the husband working, there was enough money to pay all the bills and live in relative luxury. Today, with both husband and wife working, it's a battle to pay the bills. The big difference is that taxes are much higher than they were 25 years ago, and government regulation has in many instances become strangulation. Government bureaucracy has grown big and fat like an obscenely bloated pig about to explode. Welfare payments have skyrocketed. We have a situation here of a host (the private wealth producers) and a parasite (the government wealth destroyers). The parasite is becoming bigger and more demanding, while the host is getting weaker and poorer. The better you understand this situation, the more effective you'll be at dealing with it - not only in respect of your personal affairs, but also as a part of the solution for society in general. I suggest you study my two books: The Economic Rape of America: What You Can Do About It Wake Up America! The Dynamics of Human Power HOW YOUR WEALTH COULD BE WIPED OUT AND WHAT YOU CAN DO ABOUT IT

by Frederick Mann Introduction The world you grew up in is nished. The world of job security is gone. At all levels, large and small companies are ring people. NO JOB IS

SAFE! Working for yourself and becoming nancially independent is the only security. You can achieve this by participating in a real freeenterprise solution mentioned below. Meanwhile the US$ is collapsing. And the collapse is continuing relentlessly. And if you think the government bureaucrats or the federal reserve bankers can stop the collapse, you're living in a fool's paradise! Historically, all unbacked paper currencies have always collapsed to zero - and no government bureaucrats have been able to stop the collapse! What's happening today in Mexico could happen in America tomorrow or next year. Don't get caught with your pants down! If you don't believe me, consult the experts. Read any of these books: Bankruptcy 1995: The Coming Collapse of America and How to Stop It by Harry E. Figgie, Jr. with Gerald J. Swanson, Ph.D; The Coming Currency Collapse: And What You Can Do About It by Jerome F. Smith; The Coming Economic Earthquake by Larry Burkett; Death of the Dollar: Personal Investment Survival in Monetary Disaster by William F. Rickenbacker; The Downwave: Surviving the Second Great Depression by Robert Beckman; The Great Reckoning: Protect Yourself in the Coming Depression by James Dale Davidson and Lord William ReesMogg; How You Can Find Happiness During the Collapse of Western Civilization by Robert J. Ringer; Paper Money by Adam Smith; The Truth in Money Book by Theodore R. Thoren and Richard F. Warner. Although these experts may disagree about just when the collapse of the dollar will accelerate like a stone dropped down a mine shaft, they all agree that it's virtually inevitable. Any day now, the collapse of the

dollar may suddenly accelerate and wipe out all your savings sooner than you think. As you become more familiar with these 'Millionaire' reports, you'll see the solution to the problem of this coming disaster, both for yourself and for society in general. And what about Social Security? Well, it's pretty well known that the federal government bureaucrats spend the social-security taxes as fast as they come in. Most people now in their 20s, 30s, and 40s correctly believe that it's extremely unlikely that they'll ever see any socialsecurity payments. Time magazine (March 20, 1995) in its feature article wrote: "Social Security is doomed. When the baby boomers retire, it will break the bank [M]ore people under the age of 35 believe in UFOs than in the prospect that Social Security will pay them benets upon retirement." In any case, if the dollar is wiped out, so is Social Security. If you don't avail yourself of the real free-enterprise solution, you could literally lose practically everything you own! And you'll miss out on the opportunity to prot from a crisis situation that will be disastrous for most! Worst of all, if you don't act NOW, you take the risk of getting trapped in a nancial crisis from which there's no escape. World Trade Clearinghouse The chart on page 11 depicts the relentless collapse of the US$. It's unlikely that anyone can stop this collapse. We need an alternative medium of exchange so that people - including you, your family, your friends, and your business associates - can continue to transact with each other. An alternative has been created and has been operational since January, 1995. Not only can you participate in this alternative, you can also earn substantial nders fees and transaction commissions. The alternative is called World Trade Clearinghouse (WTC).

World Trade Clearinghouse (WTC), a nancial clearinghouse system, brings to the world market an alternative 100% gold-backed medium of exchange. It provides individuals and businesses the following benets: A medium of exchange which is 100% backed by gold - does away with fractional reserve banking and its perils; The ability to accumulate assets such as Gold, Silver, Platinum, Swiss Francs, German Marks, Japanese Yen, British Pounds, U.S. Dollars with privacy and security - and the further ability to conduct transactions with the above as media of exchange. The ability to transact with anyone anywhere in the world (who is also a WTC account holder) in perfect privacy - 24 hours a day, 365 days a year; Transactions clear within hours - as opposed to the several days it takes to clear checks through the existing banking system (or the several weeks it often takes for many international transactions); The ability to interface with the existing economic system - for example, US$ checks can be received by WTC and the WTC system can write US $ checks to handle your payments; Privacy, security, safety, and liquidity of your transaction assets; No reporting of transactions to anyone; Competitive advantages in the marketplace because of privacy and the speed of transactions. And in addition to these benets, you can earn generous nders fees and transaction commissions fees - for life!

Can Government Bureaucrats Control Computer Networks like WTC? The following article appeared in The Phoenix Gazette of March 13, 1995 under the heading, "Computer regulation panned": "Computer networks will remain beyond government control despite the current debate in Washington and elsewhere about how to regulate their content, Microsoft Corp. chairman Bill Gates said Sunday. "There's a notion in the United States that maybe the government should be able to tap into every conversation," Gates said in a speech to CeBIT 95, Europe's largest trade technology show. "It's completely impractical. People aren't going to agree to it politically and it doesn't work technically," Gates said. These views are widely held in the technology industry. Companies say it would cost them billions of dollars to adapt to such governmental regulation." The Unique Prot Breakthrough Concept In the book Reality in the Stock Market, Rodger W. Bridwell describes the "Unique Prot Breakthrough" concept. Xerox with its dry electrostatic copier is a prime example. Fortunes can be made by identifying such unique prot breakthroughs and investing in them early.

Special Report #TL13D: THE MILLIONAIRE'S SECRET (IV)

- INCLUDING HOW J. PAUL GETTY BECAME THE RICHEST MAN IN THE WORLD - WHAT YOU CAN LEARN FROM HIM
Edited by Frederick Mann Copyright 1995, 1996, 1997 Build Freedom Holdings ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

Introduction This is the fourth in our series of Millionaire reports. The rst report dealt mainly with the Most Basic Wealth Principle: Produce more than you consume. The second was primarily devoted to clearing away certain Money Myths and learning the Innite Bootstrap Principle. The third dealt mainly with Dr. Jeffrey Lants analysis of Millionaire Methodologies and with what you need to know about the danger of a Currency Collapse and what you can do about it. First, this report provides a wealth case study in the form of J. Paul Getty, written by Craig Green. As you read his wealth secrets, observe how he applied the principle, "produce more than you consume"; observe how he applied various aspects of the Innite Bootstrap Principle; observe how he made decisions. Second, Gerry Spence probably the most competent trial lawyer in America tells us some important things about freedom and government bureaucrats. Third, Frederick Mann conducts an imaginary interview with J. Paul Getty, mainly to explore his political ideas, particularly as they relate to building wealth. Finally, Frederick Mann tells us how some of the free-enterprise entrepreneurs who join the vanguard in applying this information will become the Freedom Billionaires of the next few decades.

THE WEALTH SECRETS OF J. PAUL GETTY by Craig Green Copyright 1995 ZENO Press Introduction J. Paul Getty was one of the most successful businessmen in history. His business experience started in the Oklahoma oil elds in 1914. As an independent wildcatter, he learned early on that small, hungry start-up enterprises could compete effectively with established business giants. Eventually, Getty Oil Company became one of those giants, but Getty never lost his independent spirit. In the early years, he worked as his own geologist, legal advisor, drilling superintendent, explosives expert and roughneck. He learned that big companies were often sloppy in their operations, and their salaried employees did not apply the same effort as his independent associates. [Editor: Note that this phenomenon is even more pronounced among government bureaucrats.] The wildcatters had to be exible, adaptable and versatile in order to survive. The big companies hired armies of expensive consultants and administrative personnel, housing them in expensive ofces. The wildcatters used mud splattered cars as their ofces. They relied on their own judgments and experience gained from many years of hard-fought battles in the oil elds. After a series of successful oil strikes in his early years, Getty became a millionaire at age 24. He tried to retire, but got restless. Getting back into the oil business again, he turned his million into a billion and more. Ultimately, Getty became the worlds richest man. !

Getty Writes About His Success Secrets In 1960, Playboy magazine asked Getty to write a series of articles about his life and wealth. His whole approach to this series was not How To Get Rich, but How To Be Rich. He realized that being rich means discharging the responsibilities that come with wealth, including making the world a better place. While Getty was deciding what to do with his rst million, his father said, "Youve got to use your money to create, operate and build businesses. Your wealth represents potential jobs for countless others and it can produce wealth and a better life for a great many people as well as yourself." So Getty got back into the oil business. At the depths of the Great Depression after the 1929 stock market crash, he bought stock in the Tide Water Associated Oil Company and thus began the second phase of his meteoric rise to becoming the wealthiest man in the world. His attitude about this historic stock purchase is revealed in the following quote: "In business, as in politics, it is never easy to go against the beliefs and attitudes held by the majority. The businessman who moves counter to the tide of prevailing opinion must expect to be obstructed, derided and damned." With this simple statement, Getty outlined the courage and commitment of successful entrepreneurs. This report presents the following rules, principles and characteristics for obtaining, keeping and using wealth according to J. Paul Getty: Ten rules for accumulating wealth; A discussion of the "Millionaire Mentality"; Five characteristics of successful executives; A discussion of good and bad habits; Five kinds of reactions when things go wrong;

Six rules for solving difcult problems; How to do the "impossible"; Ten important questions to ask when evaluating a stock purchase; Ten rules for the real estate investor; Mr. Gettys ideas, principles and conclusions about individual effort and responsibility. The information in this article was obtained from the book, "How To Be Rich," by J. Paul Getty, originally published by Playboy Press in 1965. It was based on a compilation of articles which had previously appeared in Playboy magazine in the early 1960s. Gettys Wealth Secrets As you might expect, people often asked Getty how to get rich, and he received as many as 3,000 letters each month for money, advice, secret tips, and even marriage proposals. About 70 percent of his mail included requests for money. While Getty said the main ingredient in wealth accumulation is hard work, he realized it must be smart based on goals and well-thought out plans. In his book, "How To Be Rich," Getty outlined the success rules upon which his entire career was based: 1. "Almost without exception, there is only one way to make a great deal of money in the business world and that is in ones own business. The man who wants to go into business for himself should choose a eld which he knows and understands. Obviously, he cant know everything there is to know from the very beginning, but he should not start until he has acquired a good, solid working knowledge of the business." 2. "The businessman should never lose sight of the central aim of all business to produce more and better goods or provide more and better services to more people at lower cost." 3. "A sense of thrift is essential for success in business. The businessman must discipline himself to practice economy wherever possible, in his personal life as well as his business affairs. [Editor: "produce more than

you consume."] Make your money rst then think about spending it, is the best of all possible credos for the man who wants to succeed. [Editor: This is the opposite of the fallacy Mr. Penn identied in Special Report #TL13B: The Millionaire's Secret (II): "you have to spend money to make money." Mr. Getty is saying that before you can spend money you have to make it.] 4. "Legitimate opportunities for expansion should never be ignored or overlooked. On the other hand, the businessman must always be on his guard against the temptation to over extend or launch expansion programs blindly, without sufcient justication and planning. Forced growth can be fatal to any business, new or old." 5. "A businessman must run his own business. He cannot expect his employees to think or do as well as he can. If they could, they would not be his employees. When The Boss delegates authority or responsibility, he must maintain close and constant supervision over the subordinates entrusted with it." 6. "The businessman must be constantly alert for new ways to improve his products and services and increase his production and sales. He should also use prosperous periods to nd the ways by which techniques may be improved and costs lowered. It is only human for people to give little thought to economies when business is booming. That, however, is just the time when the businessman has the mental elbow room to examine his operations calmly and objectively and thus effect important savings without sacricing quality or efciency. Many businessmen wait for lean periods to do these things and, as a result, often hit the panic button and slash costs in the wrong places." 7. "A businessman must be willing to take risks to risk his own capital and to lose his credit and risk borrowed money as well when, in his considered opinion, the risks are justied. But borrowed money must

always be promptly repaid. Nothing will write nis to a career faster than a bad credit rating." 8. "A businessman must constantly seek new horizons and untapped or under-exploited markets. As Ive already said at some length, most of the world is eager to buy American products and know-how; todays shrewd businessman looks to foreign markets." 9. "Nothing builds condence and volume faster or better than a reputation for standing behind ones work or products. Guarantees should always be honored and in doubtful cases, the decision should always be in the customers favor. A generous service policy should also be maintained. The rm that is known to be completely reliable will have little difculty lling its order books and keeping them lled." 10. "No matter how many millions an individual amasses, if he is in business he must always consider his wealth as a means for improving living conditions everywhere. He must remember that he has responsibilities toward his associates, employees, stockholders, and the public." "Do you want to make a million? Believe me, you can if you are able to recognize the limitless opportunities and potentials around you and will apply these rules and work hard. For todays alert, ambitious and able young men, all that glitters truly can be gold." [Editor: A key ingredient to becoming a successful entrepreneur involves not only sorting through the limitless opportunities and recognizing which ones are the most promising, it also involves the recognition and organization of patterns and relationships that others havent found, and that others might perceive as useful. Most of the VALUE CREATION that occurs in successful entrepreneurship arises from structuring (creating) new relationships between existing people, ideas, and things.

An example of this is music composition. When playing the piano there are only so many musical notes in the world that can be composed into a musical piece. Anyone can tap randomly on keys, but it takes a special ability to compose a musical piece that others perceive as valuable. The notes that Mozart used to create his greatest masterpiece are the same notes that can be hit by anyone tapping randomly on a piano. The magic in Mozarts music was not from the creation of new notes, but from the way those notes were structured (organized). This same principle of creative organization applies to most people, ideas, and things.] The Millionaire Mentality Getty dened the "Millionaire Mentality" as "that vitally aware state of mind which harnesses all of an individuals skills and intelligence to the tasks and goals of his business." He described four kinds of men: 1. Executives who work for themselves. That is, they own and operate their own businesses. They want to be independent, and they accept the responsibility of being their own boss. 2. Those who work for others, but want to achieve the very best success for their companies. They are the best corporate executives and top commissioned salesmen men working for others, but dedicated to superior achievement. 3. Those who work for others and avoid taking risks such as the rst two categories. People in this category are good, loyal, conscientious workers, but prefer the security of a steady job to the risks of owning their own business or running a company. 4. The last category of workers consists of those who put in their time and hope to collect a pension. They have no interest whatsoever in their companys prots, but only in their own paychecks. They dont seem to realize the two are connected.

The risk-takers in categories #1 and #2 are the ones who are successful at business. They generally display initiative, dedication and conscientious cost control needed to make a business protable and long lasting. Most people think of work as a stressful thing, necessary to make money, but otherwise a negative, oppressive experience. True entrepreneurs are quite different, however. They have an excitement about their work, which probably comes from the fact that they love what they do rst, and the money only comes later as a natural result. And when you like what you do, its not stress; its fun. And stimulating. Rather than run you down, it charges you up. [Editor: The average persons work mentality is typically very negative and is expressed in sayings such as "work sucks," "working for the weekend," and "blue Monday." Compare this type of mentality to the "millionaire mentality" of loving ones work. How likely is the person with an "average worker" mentality likely to succeed? In Special Report #TL13F: The Millionaire's Secret (VI) we shall see that the "average worker" mentality is an example of "psychological reversal," while the "millionaire mentality" is an example of strong "psychological alignment."] Getty said, "The truly great giants and geniuses of American business habitually worked 16- and 18-hour days often seven days a week, and seldom took vacations. As a result, most of them lived to a ripe old age." As examples of this observation, Getty pointed out that Andrew Mellon lived to be 82, Andrew Carnegie and Henry Ford lived to be 84, George L. Hartford and Samuel K. Kress lived to be 92, and John D. Rockefeller lived to be 98. These outstanding examples of super-wealthy and superaccomplished entrepreneurs demonstrate the folly of the idea that the stress of work harms your good health. In reality, the difference is quality of work rather than quantity. If your work is rewarding and

exciting, it enhances your health. On the other hand, if your work is dull and monotonous, it can be stressful and detrimental to your health. If you really like what you are doing, and would do it even if you didnt get paid, then working hard at such an activity is not a draining experience, but actually stimulating. Sitting on a beach can be stressful for some entrepreneurs, since they are not doing what they nd exciting and enjoyable. On the contrary, those who hate their jobs certainly receive a lot of stress from them. It is very much an individual thing. Five Characteristics of Successful Executives Getty dened business management as: "directing human activities." This doesnt mean bullying people into conforming to managements directives, but rather motivating and exciting employees to take an active interest in their companys future. After all, their companys future is their future as long as they work there. Getty presented ve characteristics of successful executives: 1. "Example is the best means to instruct or inspire others. The man who shows them as well as tells them is the one who gets the most of his subordinates." 2. "A good executive accepts full responsibility for the actions of the people under him. If called before his superiors because something has gone wrong in his department or ofce, he accepts full personal blame, for the fault is his for having exercised poor supervision." 3 . "The best leader never asks anyone under him to do anything he is unable or unwilling to do himself." 4. "The man in charge must be fair but rm with his subordinates, showing concern for their needs and doing all he can to meet their reasonable requests. He treats his juniors with patience, understanding and respect and backs them to the hilt. On the other hand, he does not

pamper them, and always bears in mind that familiarity breeds contempt." 5. "There is one seemingly small but actually very important point that all executives should remember. Praise should always be given in public, criticism should always be delivered in private. Employees who have done a good job should be told so in front of their fellows; this raises morale all around. Employees who have done something wrong should be told in private: otherwise, they will be humiliated and morale will drop." ! Good and Bad Work Habits Getty used the example of his own smoking to illustrate the destructive nature of following old patterns of behavior blindly. Once in a Paris hotel, Getty woke up in the middle of the night wanting a cigarette, but was out. He put on his clothes, and was going to walk ten blocks in a rainstorm to get a pack of cigarettes at 2:00 a.m., when he looked at himself in the mirror and realized how silly the whole thing was. He was struck by how his own freedom was being compromised by his blind obedience to a bad habit. [Editor: This is a perfect example of the destructiveness of blind obedience to a habit, otherwise known as unconscious decision-making, which is a key obstacle that prevents many people from becoming successful entrepreneurs. See Special Special Report #TL13E: The Millionaire's Secret (V) for more information on conscious decision-making.] Of course, his smoking was a bad habit, but Getty also discussed the four positive habits that he thought were indispensable: optimism, promptness, thrift and relaxation. Optimism provides the spark and enthusiasm executives need to achieve their goals. It gives them the courage to buy when prices are low, and to expand their businesses when others are cutting back. This should not be confused with wishful thinking, however. Getty realized that business

decisions must be based on calm, reasoned analysis of facts; not wild speculative fantasies. Promptness will help the executive achieve his goals by eliminating wasted time, satisfying customers, and otherwise keeping ones promises. This habit is necessary to build constructive relationships and strong businesses. Thrift is necessary to fully recognize opportunities that come from cutting costs. This allows businesses to increase prots and to be competitive in difcult market situations. In a recession, it is critical. Relaxation to Getty meant keeping ones mind receptive and responsive always ready to see and take advantage of new opportunities. Also, this allows one to see and deal with problems. Remaining calm under stress is a characteristic that successful, seasoned executives develop through years of experience. Understanding the benets of this can help one strive for it. Another tip of Gettys involved a habit of taking a break just before making big decisions. By taking a few minutes to sit down at a restaurant and have a cup of coffee, go for a walk, or just silent meditation, you have an opportunity to weigh all the details of the decision without distractions and pressure. This can be a lifesaver when you would otherwise be pressured into making a bad or rushed decision. When Things Go Wrong For The Businessman How do businessmen react when they get into trouble? Getty thought this was one of the most revealing aspects of the successful businessman. Spectacularly successful businessmen usually develop the ability to turn adverse situations into protable opportunities. Getty distinguished between several kinds of people, and how they deal with adverse situations:

1. There are those who just let things happen, and essentially do nothing. They are at the mercy of others and the circumstances they nd themselves in. Getty compares this non response to the rabbit hypnotized by a cars headlights. He just sits there, waiting to be run over. They dont respond to events because they simply do not understand what is happening, and dont know how to ght back. 2. A second response is those who surrender to events because they are afraid to act. Unlike the rst kind, they know what is going on, but lack the courage to do anything about it. 3. A third response is an excited, hysterical approach. This comes from extreme fear, but instead of being passive, they strike back at anything, without any thought to what caused the situation. They almost always blame circumstances or others for their problems, without taking any personal responsibility for their own contribution. They complain about "impossible odds" and "rotten breaks," but refuse to look at the situation objectively. 4. There are those businessmen who work at solving problems. They ght good, tenacious ghts when things go wrong, and usually work toward a solution rather than nding blame in others. However, they lack initiative and imagination, and usually do only the minimum amount of work to patch the immediate problem. 5. Finally, there are the real leaders. They are imaginative, aggressive individuals who attack problems with a vengeance. They are not satised until the problem is not only corrected, but the system is changed to prevent the problem from recurring. They dont always win, but they ght each ght to their utmost abilities. They are able to accept actual losses and move on, but they dont give up as easily as the others. Turning major setbacks into victories is a hallmark of successful businessmen. They dont just look for the easy way out, or immediately

cut their losses. They counterattack when it can gain something, and become defensive when necessary to preserve a larger goal than the immediate one. Essentially, what Getty was saying here is that failure, dealt with objectively and aggressively, can often lead to success. It contains opportunities that most people dont see, not even seasoned veteran businessmen. It takes a special kind of insight, courage and commitment to turn negative situations into positive ones. This is what so many business giants have done. [Editor: The ability to turn negative situations into positive situations is not only a key success principle which creates positive energy in a business organization, but its also a perfect example of how successful entrepreneurs form new relationships between particular people, ideas, and things. This is essentially creating a positive structure (relationship) where there was once a negative one. For example, New Paradigm Enterprises has turned the negative (to say the least!) situation between government bureaucrats and individuals into a positive one because we prot from, and show others how to prot from selling freedom from the government bureaucrats. So what was once a negative situation (bureaucratic harassment) is now a positive situation (selling freedom for prot).] ! Six Rules For Solving Problems Getty realized that the ability to solve difcult problems was often the difference between those who succeed and those who fail. Here are his six rules for solving problems: 1. No matter what happens, dont panic. You cant think or act effectively if you are in a state of hysteria.

2. When things go wrong, pull back for a while to get your bearings, take a breather, or just to calmly analyze the situation. 3. Sacrice unimportant things. When critical decisions must be made, concentrate on only those important things which will result in success. This often means giving up those things that are not as important. 4. Carefully review all important factors. All available resources and every possible course of action must be thoroughly considered. 5. Develop countermoves effective responses to situations that might develop. Considering your available resources and realistic expectations, develop alternative plans to be implemented when other things go wrong. Try to anticipate all possible combinations of things that can go wrong, and prepare plans to deal with them. How To Do The "Impossible" Getty said: "All top businessmen I know have made their biggest strides up the success ladder because they were able to see the possible in what others rejected or ignored as impossible. And, ...they managed to avoid taking large steps backward because they generally were able to recognize the impossible and give it a wide berth." By asking himself the following questions, the businessman can generally determine whether an undertaking is possible or impossible: 1. "What precisely and in detail is the situation, proposition or issue under consideration?" 2. "What is at stake what are the costs, what are the minimum and maximum the company stands to gain or lose?" 3. "Are there any precedents and, if so; can they be considered valid and applicable in this instance?"

4. "What do other parties buyers and sellers, brokers, competitors, customers, etc., stand to gain or lose either way?" 5. "What are the known obstacles and difculties the company faces if it goes ahead and precisely how can they be overcome?" 6. "What other difculties are likely to arise and if they do, what resources are available and what steps may be taken to cope with them?" 7. "Are all the facts known could there be any additional, hidden, pitfalls?" 8. "How long will it take to accomplish the objectives or goals in question if it is decided to proceed?" 9. "Would the company stand to gain more by devoting equal time and effort to something else?" 10. "Are the personnel who would be responsible for handling the matter fully qualied and dependable?" After answering these questions thoroughly, the businessman is much better able to make a decision about whether to proceed. Attempting to answer each of these questions honestly and completely should allow the businessman to reach a more informed, intelligent decision in the matter. [Editor: A fundamental principle seems to underlie Gettys idea of how to do the impossible: To carefully, consciously, consider every aspect of the situation. That is, (A) Carefully means to use a good decision process, (B) Consciously means to make decisions that are not automatic, and (C) Consider means to question or examine.] Ten Questions To Ask When Evaluating A Stock Purchase Getty rst bought Tide Water Associated Oil Company stock in 1932 at $2.12 per share. By 1937, Tide Water stock was worth $20.83 per share.

Much of his rise from millionaire to billionaire status was the result of his shrewd stock market investments during the Great Depression. Gettys philosophy about investing in stocks can be summed up in a single quote: "Sound stocks, purchased for investment when their prices are low and held for the long pull, are very likely to produce high prots through dividends and increases in value." Getty believed no one should ever buy a stock without knowing as much as possible about the company issuing it. Getty suggests asking yourself ten questions when evaluating a company in which you are considering buying stock: 1. "What is the companys history: Is it a solid and reputable rm, and does it have able, efcient and seasoned management?" 2. "Is the company producing or dealing in goods or services for which there will be a continuing demand in the foreseeable future?" 3. "Is the company in a eld that is not dangerously overcrowded, and is it in a good competitive position?" 4. "Are company policies and operations farsighted and aggressive without calling for unjustied and dangerous over expansion?" 5. "Will the corporate balance sheet stand up under the close scrutiny of a critical and impartial auditor?" 6. "Does the corporation have a satisfactory earnings record?" 7. "Have reasonable dividends been paid regularly to stockholders? If dividend payments were missed, were there good and sufcient reasons?"

8. "Is the company well within safe limits insofar as both long- and short-term borrowing are concerned?" 9. "Has the price of the stock moved up and down over the past few years without violently wide and apparently inexplicable uctuations?" 10. "Does the per-share value of the companys net realizable assets exceed the stock exchange value of a common-stock share at the time the investor contemplates buying?" ! Real Estate Investment Secrets Getty not only made a lot of money in oil and shrewd stock buying, he also made considerable money in real estate. For example, while vacationing in Mexico in 1940, Getty met a tourist who said he had seen "the worlds most beautiful beach." After hanging onto a truck through 15 miles of jungle to reach it, Getty realized the man was absolutely right. So, he bought several hundred acres of the undeveloped beach, without any access, utilities or other service, and built Hotel Pierre Marques on Revolcadero Beach. It was a success, and conrmed Gettys judgment, even though those around him said it would be impossible. Most real estate deals dont involve wild jungle areas where there are no improvements. Here are Gettys secrets for investing in real estate in more conventional areas: 1. "Make a thorough study of the real estate market and its prospects in your area before you buy. Naturally, you should seek to buy when prices are low, and the indications are that prices will rise. Always take into consideration such factors as the rate of population increase and the general prospects for business in the area. There is no quicker way to lose money in real estate than by investing it in property located in declining areas."

2. "Know or learn as much as possible about every aspect of the particular use to which you intend putting the property you wish to buy." 3. Deal only through licensed and reputable real estate brokers. Beware the fast-talking, high pressure salesman who promises everything verbally. He is probably a y-by-night who doesnt much care what he sells you or anyone else." 4. "If you buy a property with a view to improving it or building on it, be certain that you have adequate capital or are able to obtain adequate nancing to complete the project." 5. "If at all possible, always obtain at least one impartial, third-party appraisal of any property before you buy it." 6. "If buying a building of any kind, . . .have it inspected carefully by qualied and disinterested architects or builders before entering into any building commitments. If buying an existing income property such as an apartment house, have the owners books checked by a disinterested accountant. If the owner of the building or the income property balks at such inspections, look out." 7. "Shop around wisely and cautiously. Unless you run across an irresistible bargain you must snap up immediately, take your time about making up your mind. Dont allow yourself to be stampeded into paying any deposits or binders until youre absolutely certain youve found the property you want." 8. "Make certain you have the best available legal advice before signing any agreements, contracts or other documents. To avoid misunderstanding, its always best to have an attorney translate "whereas-" studded ne print clauses into coherent everyday English. Even seasoned real estate investors sometimes fail to have this done and the ensuing squabbles between buyers and sellers usually wind up in courtrooms."

9. "Always insure the title to any property you buy. Even the most meticulous title search may fail to turn up all the pertinent facts about the legal history of a property. The cost of title insurance is negligible. The expense of ghting a lawsuit over a clouded title can be staggering as many real estate investors, I among them, have discovered to their regret." 10. "Once youve bought your property, treat it as a long term investment, not as a short-term speculation. Youll nd that 99 times out of a hundred youll make much greater prots that way. In fact, if you wish to make money in real estate, always think in terms of investing and never in terms of speculating." Ideas, Principles and Conclusions of the Worlds Richest Man In my opinion, this is the most important part of this report, because it ties together everything youve read up until now. It is placed at the end, because many readers probably wouldnt appreciate it until seeing the various wealth, management and investment secrets revealed thus far in this report. But if you really want to understand and feel Gettys lofty and successful business mind, I think you must understand his ideas, principles and conclusions about mankind and the world in which he lived. They will be as timeless 100 years from now as they were when he formulated them. Rather than write ongoing commentary, I will simply offer several direct quotes from Mr. Getty, on a variety of subjects that reveal his inner thoughts and philosophy: General "I consider myself neither a prophet nor pundit, economist nor political scientist. I speak simply as a practical, working businessman." "Competition foreign or otherwise exists to be met and bested. Competition the stiffer and more vigorous the better is the

stimulus, the very basis, of the free-enterprise system. Without competition, business would stagnate." "...I gradually learned that when their personal interests were involved, these economic illiterates suddenly became as shrewd as the most successful nancier." [Editor: Getty was aware of the importance of both competition and cooperation in business as described in Special Report #TL13B: The Millionaire's Secret (II).] "Its more important for the man with The Millionaire Mentality to be able to think small than to think big in the sense that he gives meticulous attention to even the smallest details and misses no opportunity to reduce costs in his own or his employers business." "Yet another of the blunders of young businessmen and executives is their constantly increasing tendency to over specialize. The young man who understands all aspects and phases of business is a rare bird these days." "If you have a business, make sure youre the one whos running it." On Dissent "I have observed a contemporary American phenomenon which is disturbing, deplorable and truly dangerous. Im referring to the growing reluctance of Americans to criticize, and their increasing tendency to condemn those who, in ever dwindling numbers, will still voice dissent, dissatisfaction and criticism." "Very often it remains for the dissenter to point out that which is wrong. He is a skeptic who doubts, questions and probes and hence is more likely to recognize lacks, weaknesses and abuses than are his complacent neighbors. The dissenter is also more alert and sensitive to the winds of impending change. He is thus frequently a prophet of the inevitable, who

cries for action or change while there is yet time to take action and make changes voluntarily." "I am, at heart, an anarchist.... My evanescent anarchistic tendencies are purely classical. I use the word anarchist in the sense in which it was understood by the ancient Greeks. They, of course, accepted the anarchist as a fairly respectable if somewhat vehement opponent of government encroachment on the individuals rights to think and act freely. It is in this sense that I glimpse myself as an anarchist regretting the growth of government and the ever-increasing trend toward regulation and, worst of all, standardization of human activity." [Editor: If Getty felt this way about government bureaucrats back in 1960, imagine what he would think of them now! Government bureaucrats love conformity because it dehumanizes individuals and relegates them to numbers, which are easier to control.] "Today, the inherent nature of government in an increasingly complex civilization creates strong pressures toward systemization and standardization, which, in turn, serves to create vast bureaucratic complexes. In government (as in overgrown big-business corporations that have assumed government-style management practices) the attempt to establish rigid procedures for the most minute activities tends to guarantee imposition of a structured conformity." "Originally 13 rather loosely federated states dedicated to the proposition that all government should be held to a minimum and individual liberty kept at a maximum, the United States has changed greatly since the Declaration of Independence was signed. Modern America is a country with national, state and local governments that are innitely more powerful than was ever envisioned by our founding fathers. Today, the hand of government can be felt regulating, prescribing, proscribing and standardizing in almost every area of human activity."

"Many businessmen who complain most about governments bureaucratic meddling are lost in bureaucratic labyrinths of their own making. Far too many wallow in organizational charts, administrative directives and quintuplicated memoranda, worrying more about doing their paperwork than about doing business." On Individuality "Individuals help accelerate the trend toward a programmed social and economic system by their complacent, almost bovine, acceptance of it all." "The man who wants to be an individualist, call his life his own and retain considerable freedom of will and action should be alert to those courses of action which might lead him unwittingly into the trap of standardization." "There is, however, hope for any person who wants to remain an individual. He can assert himself and refuse to conform. Hell be on his own, thats true, but... there will be no limits to what he can achieve." [Editor: Note that "refusal to conform" is disobedience the rst step toward "real consciousness" as described in Special Report #TL13E: The Millionaire's Secret (V). Just as Getty holds the individual in the highest regard, it is Build Freedom's vision that individuals maximize their potential. My observations, based on my own development during the past 30 years, and my experiences with people in general, led me to believe that the vast majority of people operate at a level of around 1% of their potential.] "In my opinion, no one can possibly achieve any real and lasting success or get rich in business by being a conformist... He must be very much of an individualist who can think and act independently. He must be an original, imaginative, resourceful and entirely self-reliant entrepreneur.

If I may be permitted the analogy, he must be the creative artist rather than merely an artisan of business." "I nd it disheartening that so many young businessmen today conform blindly and rigidly to patterns they believe some nebulous majority has decreed are prerequisites for approval by society and for success in business... The majority is by no means omniscient just because it is the majority. In fact, Ive found that the line which divides majority opinion from mass hysteria is often so ne as to be virtually invisible. This holds true in business as it does in any other aspect of human activity." "The truly successful businessman is essentially a dissenter, a rebel who is seldom if ever satised with the status quo. He creates his success and wealth by constantly seeking and often nding new and better ways to do and make things." [Editor: A key element to nding new and better ways of doing things is to develop the ability to look at things from many perspectives an important key to business success, as well as for the advancement of humanity.] "It isnt a very long step from a conformist society to a regimented society." "In business, the mystique of conformity is sapping the dynamic individualism that is the most precious quality an executive or businessman can possibly possess." "The men who make their marks in commerce, industry and nance are the ones with freewheeling imaginations and strong, highly individualistic personalities." "These economic freethinkers are the individuals who create new businesses and revitalize and expand old ones." "The resourceful and aggressive man who wants to get rich will nd the eld wide open, provided he is willing to heed and act upon his

imagination, relying on his own abilities and judgment rather than conforming to patterns and practices established by others." On Values "To be truly rich, regardless of his fortune or lack of it, a man must live by his own values." "I have known entirely too many people who spend their lives trying to be what others want them to be and doing what others expect them to do... Seeking to conform to those patterns, they dissolve into grotesque, blurred mirror images as they obliterate their individuality to imitate others." "I am a stubborn advocate of enlightened free-enterprise Capitalism and the last person in the world to question anyones fundamental right to achieve nancial success. ...On the other hand, I rmly believe that an individual who seeks nancial success should be motivated by much more than merely a desire to amass a personal fortune." "I do not measure success in terms of dollars and cents. I measure it in terms of the jobs and the productivity of my labors and my wealth invested and reinvested as capital in my various business enterprises have made possible." "Each individual has to establish his own standards of values, and ...these are largely subjective. They are based on what the individual considers most important to him and what he is willing to give for a certain thing or in order to achieve a certain aim." "It has always been my contention that an individual who can be relied upon to be himself and to be honest unto himself can be relied upon in every other way. He places value not a price on himself and his principles. And that, in the nal analysis, is the measure of anyones sense of values and of the true worth of any man."

Closure Getty tells a story about acquiring a company and meeting the rst time with its board of directors. He purposely proposed a disastrous, silly plan, which would almost certainly lead the company into bankruptcy. Only three of the companys nine ofcers had the courage to tell him the truth the others were essentially "yes" men, which is all too common in American business today. To make a long story short, he retained the three courageous ofcers and let the others go. This story reminds me of my own military experience. Many of the majors and colonels I knew were petty, conformist "yes" men. They knew the bureaucratic system well enough to know how to exploit it to get ahead without taking risks. This allowed them to reach comfortable heights such as the rank at which most ofcers retire. But General ofcers were another matter. I only knew two or three Generals, and so perhaps my experience is not based on sufcient information to draw valid conclusions. But I was always struck with the superior intelligence and remarkably, tolerance of the Generals I knew. They wanted to know important things; not petty procedures. I remember one time when I was teaching an evening class for ofcers in which I was in civilian clothes. A General ofcer arrived at the airport, and immediately came to my class to see our operation. I answered all the Generals questions, and he never questioned my appearance (which was standard procedure for our evening classes). He was satised with my answers, and was only concerned with important things. The next day, I got word from my commanding ofcer that a major in my class had complained about my dress, "because it was disrespectful to the General." This is the kind of mentality with which entrepreneurs constantly have to deal. Deep down inside, entrepreneurs enjoy a quiet condence, a happiness, a feeling of satisfaction that those afraid of risk will never feel. And J. Paul Getty was one of the best.

This article was prepared by: ZENO Press, PO Box 170, Sedalia, CO 80135 ZENO publishes informational products pertaining to business and freedom. Write for a free catalog to the above address. "Life is Commerce" a truckdriver friend FROM FREEDOM TO SLAVERY: THE REBIRTH OF TYRANNY IN AMERICA by Gerry Spence Copyright 1993 by Gerry Spence. All rights reserved. [This is an excerpt from a remarkable book by Gerry Spence called "From Freedom To Slavery: The Rebirth Of Tyranny In America."] Randy Weavers wife was dead, shot through the head while she clutched her child to her breast. His son was shot, twice. First they shot the childs arm, probably destroyed the arm. The child cried out. Then, as the boy was running they shot him in the back. Randy Weaver himself had been shot and wounded and Kevin Harris, a kid the Weavers had all but adopted was dying of a chest wound. The blood hadnt cooled on Ruby Hill before the national media announced that I had taken the defense of Randy Weaver. Then all hell broke loose. My sister wrote me decrying my defense of this "racist." There were letters to the editors in several papers that expressed their disappointment that I would lend my services to a person with Weavers beliefs. And I received a letter from my close friend Alan Hirscheld, the former chairman of chief executive ofcer of Columbia Pictures and Twentieth Century Fox, imploring me to withdraw. He Wrote:

"After much thought I decided to write this letter to you. It represents a very profound concern on my part regarding your decision to represent Randy Weaver. While I applaud and fully understand your motives in taking such a case, I nonetheless nd this individual defense troubling. It is so because of the respectability and credibility your involvement imparts to a cause which I nd despicable. The Aryan Nation, The Brotherhood, and the Order are all groups dedicated to only one premise hatred of the unlike by the like. They deny the Holocaust and preach the gospel of ethnic debasement and racist supremacy. They are societal malcontents and mists who espouse nothing worthwhile. It is the beliefs of these groups that Mr. Weaver represents." Mr. Hirscheld went on to argue that my involvement would lend dignity to an illicit and repugnant movement: "This is not Huey Newton and the Black Panthers ghting 200 years of prejudice and second class citizenship, nor even the PLO seeking a homeland by terrorist methods. While I abhor terrorism of any kind I do understand its politics. Not so with the philosophy of the groups Mr. Weaver stands for. The issues involved are reminiscent of the recent national uproar over the Warner Brothers recording made by a rap singer Ice T which advocates killing cops. Other tracks on the CD were virulently antisemitic and homophobic. The right of Ice T to publicly record these songs was not the issue. What was troublesome to myself and others was the role of Warner Bros. in disseminating his message in the name of preserving their "creative integrity." I gave an interview on this subject and suggested that at least in business there was a line to be drawn between unbridled creative freedom and corporate responsibility. In Warners case they could have chosen not to distribute this record (it still would have found a distributor), instead they trumpeted the creative

freedom argument and by lending their world renowned prestige to the issue they imparted to Ice T and his message a legitimacy wholly undeserved, and in doing so made the recording a national hit in contrast to his previous mediocre results. My premise, therefore, is not the right of Weaver or anyone else to the best possible defense but rather the message sent out when the nest trial lawyer in America undertakes that defense, simply to make that point. The message, I believe, will embolden those espousing the cause Weaver represents and encourage other mindless haters to join up. The resultant media attention will provide a platform previously never enjoyed by these people. I clearly know this is not your intent in defending Mr. Weaver but I believe... there is a time when a person of your extraordinary talent and commitment, and knowing full well the notoriety that comes with your representation, perhaps demurs, rather than allow your prominent and respected persona to add legitimacy and notoriety to a sick and twisted philosophy. As you know I am not a religious person... but I am keenly conscious of my heritage and the endless persecution Jews throughout the world have suffered. There is in my mind no worse group of people than those involved here who espouse both hatred and violence against Jews, blacks and other minorities without any purpose other than the hatred itself. They dont seek a homeland, they dont propose alternatives and they dont want a solution other than the one Hitler sought. As a result of your involvement these same people will be given a greatly expanded voice at this trial. It is because of this that I write and ask you to reconsider your decision to involve yourself in this case. I do so out of total respect and personal affection for you. And, of course, whatever your decision you will always have the same respect and the same affection from me.

Your friend, Alan J Hirscheld." The next morning I delivered the following letter by carrier to Mr. Hirscheld: "I cherish your letter. It reminds me once again of our friendship, for only friends can speak and hear each other in matters so deeply a part of the soul. And your letter reminds me as well, as we must all be reminded, of the unspeakable pain every Jew has suffered from the horrors of the Holocaust. No better evidence of our friendship could be shown than your intense caring concerning what I do and what I stand for. I met Randy Weaver in jail on the evening of his surrender. His eyes had no light in them. He was unshaven and dirty. He was naked except for yellow plastic prison coveralls, and he was cold. His small feet were clad in rubber prison sandals. In the stark setting of the prison conference room he seemed diminutive and fragile. He had spent 11 days and nights in a standoff against the government and he had lost. His wife was dead. His son was dead. His friend was near death. Weaver himself had been wounded. He had lost his freedom. He had lost it all. And now he stood face to face with a stranger who towered over him and whose words were not words of comfort. When I spoke, you, Alan, were on my mind. "My name is Gerry Spence," I began. "Im the lawyer youve been told about. Before we begin to talk I want you to understand that I do not share any of your political or religious beliefs. Many of my dearest friends are Jews. My daughter is married to a Jew. My sister is married to a black man. She has adopted a black child. I deplore what the Nazis stand for. If I defend you I will not defend your political beliefs or your religious beliefs, but your right as an American citizen to a fair trial." His quiet answer was, "That is all I ask." Then I motioned him to a red

plastic chair and I took a similar one. And as the guards marched by and from time to time peered in, he told his story. Alan, you are a good and fair man. That I know. Were it otherwise we would not be such friends. Yet it is your pain I hear most clearly exacerbated, I know, by the fact that your friend should represent your enemy. Yet what drew me to this case was my own pain. Let me tell you the facts. Randy Weavers principal crime against the government had been his failure to appear in court on a charge of possessing illegal rearms. [Editor: His failure to appear may have been due to having been given a notice with an incorrect date possibly deliberately by government ofcials.] The rst crime was not his. He had been entrapped intentionally, systematically, patiently, purposefully entrapped by a federal agent who solicited him to cut off, contrary to Federal law, the barrels of a couple of shotguns. [Editor: the barrels were cut about half an inch shorter than the law allows.] Randy Weaver never owned an illegal weapon in his life. He was not engaged in the manufacture of illegal weapons. The idea of selling an illegal rearm had never entered his mind until the government agent suggested it and encouraged him to act illegally. The government knew he needed the money. He is as poor as an empty cupboard. He had three daughters, a son and a wife to support. He lived in a small house in the woods without electricity or running water. Although he is a small, frail man, with tiny, delicate hands who probably weighs no more than a hundred and twenty pounds, he made an honest living by chopping rewood and by seasonal work as a logger. This man is wrong, his beliefs are wrong. His relationship to mankind is wrong. He was perhaps legally wrong when he failed to appear and defend himself in court. But the rst wrong was not his. Nor was the rst wrong the governments. The rst wrong was ours.

In this country we embrace the myth that we are still a democracy when we know that we are not a democracy, that we are not free, that the government does not serve us but subjugates us. Although we give lip service to the notion of freedom, we know the government is no longer the servant of the people but, at last has become the peoples master. We have stood by like timid sheep while the wolf killed, rst the weak, then the strays, then those on the outer edges of the ock, until at last the entire ock belonged to the wolf. We did not care about the weak or about the strays, they were not a part of the ock. We did not care about those on the outer edges. They had chosen to be there. But as the wolf worked its way towards the center of the ock we discovered that we were now on the outer edges. Now we must look the wolf squarely in the eye. That we did not do so when the rst of us was ripped and torn and eaten was the rst wrong. It was our wrong. That none of us felt responsible for having lost our freedom has been a part of an insidious progression. In the beginning the attention of the ock was directed not to the marauding wolf but to our own deviant members within the ock. We rejoiced as the wolf destroyed them for they were our enemies. We were told that the weak lay under the rocks while we faced the blizzards to rustle our food, and we did not care when the wolf took them. We argued that they deserved it. When one of our ock faced the wolf alone it was always eaten. Each of us was afraid of the wolf, but as a ock we were not afraid. Indeed the wolf cleansed the herd by destroying the weak and dismembering the aberrant element within. As time went by, strangely, the herd felt more secure under the rule of the wolf. It believed that by belonging to this wolf it would remain safe from all the other wolves. But we were eaten just the same. No one knows better than children of the Holocaust how the lessons of history must never be forgotten. Yet Americans, whose battle cry was once, "Give me liberty or give me death," have sat placidly by as a new king was crowned. In America a new king was crowned by the shrug of our shoulders when our neighbors were wrongfully seized. A new king

was crowned when we capitulated to a regime that is no longer sensitive to people, but to non-people to corporations, to money and to power. The new king was crowned when we turned our heads as the new king was crowned as we turned our heads as the poor and the forgotten and the damned were rendered mute and defenseless, not because they were evil but because, in the scheme of our lives, they seemed unimportant, not because they were essentially dangerous but because they were essentially powerless. The new king was crowned when we cheered the government on as it prosecuted the progeny of our ghettos and lled our prisons with black men whose rst crime was that they were born in the ghettos. We cheered the new king on as it diluted our right to be secure in our homes against unlawful searches and to be secure in the courts against unlawful evidence. We cheered the new king on because we were told that our sacred rights were but "loopholes" but which our enemies: the murderers and rapists and thieves and drug dealers, escaped. We were told that those who fought for our rights, the lawyers, were worse than the thieves who stole from us in the night, that our juries were irresponsible and ignorant and ought not to be trusted. We watched with barely more than a mumble as the legal system that once protected us became populated with judges who were appointed by the new king. At last the new king was crowned when we forgot the lessons of history, that when the rights of our enemies have been wrested from them, we have lost our own rights as well, for the same rights serve both citizen and criminal. When Randy Weaver failed to appear in court because he had lost his trust in the government we witnessed the fruit of our crime. The government indeed had no intent to protect his rights. The government had but one purpose, as it remains today, the disengagement of this citizen from society. Those who suffered and died in the Holocaust must have exquisitely understood such illicit motivations of power. I have said that I was attracted to the case out of my own pain. Let me tell you the facts: a crack team of trained government marksmen sneaked

on to Randy Weavers small isolated acreage on a reconnaissance mission preparatory to a contemplated arrest. They wore camouage suits and were heavily armed. They gave Randy no warning of their coming. They came without a warrant. They never identied themselves. The Weavers owned three dogs, two small crossbred collie mutts and a yellow lab, a big pup a little over a year old whose most potent weapon was his tail with which he could beat a full grown man to death. The dog, Striker, was a close member of the Weaver family. Not only was he the companion of the children, but in winter he pulled the family sled to haul their water supply from the spring below. When the dogs discovered the intruders they raised a ruckus, and Randy his friend Kevin, and Randys 14 year old son Sam, grabbed their guns and followed the dogs to investigate. When the government agents were confronted with the barking dog, they did what men who have been taught to kill do. They shot Striker. The boy, barely larger than a 10 year old child, heard the dogs yelp, saw the dog fall dead, and as a 14 year old might, he returned the re. Then the government agents shot the child in the arm. He turned and ran, the arm opping, and when he did, the ofcers, still unidentied as such, shot the child in the back and killed him. Kevin Harris witnessed the shooting of the dog. Then he saw Sam being shot as the boy turned and ran. To Kevin there was no alternative. He knew if he ran these intruders, whoever they were, would kill him as well. In defense of himself he raised his rie and shot in the direction of the ofcer who had shot and killed the boy. Then while the agents were in disarray, Kevin retreated to the Weaver cabin. In the meantime Randy Weaver had been off in another direction and had only heard the shooting, the dogs yelp and the gunre that followed. Randy hollered for his son and shot his shotgun into the air to attract the boy.

"Come on home Sam. Come home." Over and over again he called. Finally he heard the boy call back "Im comin, Dad." Those were the last words he ever heard from his son. Later that same day, Randy, Kevin, and Vicki Weaver, Randys wife went down to where the boy lay and carried his body back to an outbuilding near the cabin. There they removed the childs clothing and bathed his wounds and prepared the body. The next evening Weavers oldest daughter, Sarah, sixteen, Kevin, and Randy went back to the shed to have a last look at Sam. When they did, government snipers opened re. Randy was hit in the shoulder. The three turned and ran for the house where Vicki, with her 10 month old baby in her arms stood holding the door open. As the three entered the house Vicki was shot and slowly fell to her knees, her head resting on the oor like one kneeling in prayer. Randy ran up and took the baby that she clutched, and then he lifted his wifes head. Half her face was blown away. Kevin was also hit. Huge areas of muscle in his arm were blown out, and his lung was punctured in several places. Randy and his 16-year old daughter stretched the dead mother on the oor of the cabin and covered he with a blanket where she remained for over 8 days as the siege progressed. By this time there were ofcers by the score, troops, armored personnel carriers, helicopters, radios, televisions, robots, and untold armaments surrounding the little house. I will not burden you with the misery and horror the family suffered in this standoff. I will tell you that nally Bo Gritz, Randys former commander in the special forces, came to help in the negotiations. Gritz told Randy that if he would surrender, Gritz would guarantee him a fair trial, and before the negotiations were ended, Randy came to the belief that I would represent him. Although Gritz had

contacted me before I had spoke to Randy, I had only agreed to talk to Randy. But the accuracy of what was said between Gritz and me and what was heard by Randy somehow got lost in the horror, and Randys belief that I would represent him if he surrendered was in part, his motivation for nally submitting to arrest. And so my friend Alan, you can now understand the pain I feel in this case. It is pain that comes from the realization that we have permitted a government to act in our name and in our behalf in a criminal fashion. It is the pain of watching the government as it now attempts to lie about its criminal complicity in this affair and to cover its crimes by charging Randy with crimes he did not commit, including murder. It is the pain of seeing an innocent woman with a child in her arms murdered and innocent children subjected to these atrocities. Indeed, as a human being I feel Randys irrepressible pain and horror and grief. I also feel your pain, my friend. Yet I know that in the end, if you were the judge at the trial of Adolph Eichmann, you would have insisted that he not have ordinary council, but the best council. In the same way, if you were the judge in Randys case, and you had a choice, I have no doubt that despite your own pain you might well have appointed me to defend him. In the end you must know that the Holocaust must never stand for part justice, or average justice, but for the most noble of ideals that even the enemies of the Jews themselves must receive the best justice the system can provide. If it were otherwise the meaning of the Holocaust would be accordingly besmirched. Alan, I agree with your arguments. They are proper and they are true. I agree that my defense of Randy Weaver may attach a legitimacy and dignity to his politics and religion. But it may, as well, stand for the proposition that there are those who dont condone this kind of criminal action by our government. I view the defense of Randy Wavers case as an opportunity to address a more vital issue, one that transcends a white separatist movement or notions of the supremacy of one race over

another, for the ultimate enemy of any people is not the angry hate groups that fester within, but a government itself that has lost its respect for the individual. The ultimate enemy of democracy is not the drug dealer or the crooked politician or the crazed skinhead. The ultimate enemy is the new king that has become so powerful it can murder its own citizens with impunity. To the same extent that Randy Weaver cannot nd justice in this country, we too will be deprived of justice. At last, my defense of Randy Weaver is a defense of every Jew and every Gentile, for every black and every gay who loves freedom and deplores tyranny. Although I understand that it will be easy for my defense of Randy Weaver to be confused with an endorsement of the politics of the Aryan Nation, my challenge will be to demonstrate that we can still be a nation where the rights of the individual, despite his race, color, religion, remain supreme. If this be not so, then we are all lost. If this is not so, it is because we have forgotten the lessons of our histories the history of the American Revolution as well as the history of the Holocaust. And so my friend Alan, If I were to withdraw from the defense of Randy Weaver as you request, I would be required to abandon my belief that this system has any remaining virtue. I would be more at fault than the federal government that has murdered these people, for I have not been trained to murder but to defend. I would be less of a man than my client who had the courage of his convictions. I would lose all respect for myself. I would be unable to any longer be your friend, for friendship must always have its foundation in respect. Therefore as my friend, I ask that you not require this of me. I ask instead for your prayers, your understanding and your continued love. As ever, Gerry Spence, Jackson Hole, Wyoming

[From Freedom To Slavery: The Rebirth Of Tyranny In America by Gerry Spence $10.95 St. Martins Press, 175 Fifth Ave, New York, NY, 10010, USA.] Editors Recommendations I highly recommend Gerry Spences From Freedom to Slavery. Study it to expand your understanding of freedom. Buy it for your family, friends, and associates so they may also learn more about freedom. I also highly recommend two other Gerry Spence books: How to Argue and Win Every Time; With Justice for None. Gerry Spence is almost certainly the most competent trial lawyer in America. He is also a great thinker and philosopher with the courage to speak his mind. IMAGINARY INTERVIEW WITH J. PAUL GETTY by Frederick Mann Mann: Good morning, Mr. Getty its an honor to meet you and Im most grateful to you for granting this interview and sharing your valuable time with me. Getty: Youre welcome. Mann: Mr. Getty, from reading your published writings I have a pretty good idea why you became so wealthy, but I would like to nd out more about your political ideas. Getty: I dont care much for politics, except insofar as government bureaucrats weaken or destroy the business climate and the economy. You see, the government bureaucrats are taxing and regulating the economy to death. They are major destroyers of wealth. If you

understand why and how they destroy wealth, youll also understand better how to create wealth. Mann: How do they destroy wealth? Getty: In all my companies I always emphasize that we need to maximize useful production and cut expenses to the bone this way we produce more than we consume we create surpluses this is how wealth is created. Mann: Are you suggesting that government doesnt provide useful products and services? Getty: Consumers would gladly pay for government products or services they value? Government bureaucrats force people to pay through taxes, because they know most of what they do is of no value. Mann: But what about the police? If there were no taxes, there wouldnt be any police! Getty: Why are there more security guards in America than police? Because the police dont do their job very well. Mann: Are you opposed to all taxes? Getty: Yes! Tax is theft. Theres no way around that. If two men form a gang and they decide to take their neighbors money by force, thats robbery. If twenty men do the same, its still robbery. And if a million men form a gang, calling themselves government, and take the money of others by force, its still robbery, but they call it taxes or "you have to pay your fair share!" Mann: This seems like an extreme view?

Getty: Yes! So extreme that even the U.S. Supreme Court agreed with it: "To lay with one hand the power of government on the property of the citizen, and with the other to bestow it on favored individuals is none the less robbery because it was done under the forms of law and is called taxation." Loan Association v. Topeka, 20 Wall (87 U.S.) 664. Mann: Amazing! Getty: Yes. There was a time in America when the general population realized that taxes were destructive. In another U.S. Supreme Court case Chief Justice John Marshall said: "[F]or the power to tax is the power to destroy." McCulloch v. Maryland, 4 Wheat 316. Mann: Why are taxes destructive? Getty: There are a number of reasons. The most important is that taxation is based on an underlying assumption that some people have a claim against the production of others. This is a profoundly destructive assumption. It means that some people have a right to take the production of others by force. The only assumption that is more destructive is that some people have a claim on the life of another. A society based on such principles is really barbaric. Its because of such built-in but generally unexamined assumptions that there is so much theft, robbery, and murder in the world. Mann: But if theres no taxation, how will government bureaucrats get money? Getty: Like everyone else! they can work for it! Earn it! They could provide useful products and services that people would gladly pay for! Mann: But what about the poor? Getty: In general, government welfare programs create more dependency than anything else. If taxes were eliminated, much more

money would be available for charity. Helping the poor would be much more competently handled by private individuals and charities. Mann: OK. I can see that. Lets go on to the topic of ination Getty: Ination is certainly one of the most misunderstood subjects particularly by economists. You need to understand that ination is a form of theft hidden theft or tax. Its a way to take some of your money out of your pocket without you being any the wiser. Suppose at the beginning of the year you had $100 in your pocket. At the end of the year you still have that same $100 bill. But in the meantime, prices have gone up on average 5%. Now your $100 bill can only buy $95 dollars worth of goods, at the prices of a year ago. Effectively, $5 has been stolen from you, but you dont notice it because you still have the same $100 bill. Mann: But who is the thief and how does he steal from you? Getty: The thieves are the bankers and government bureaucrats who control the issue of currency. In earlier centuries the theft was perpetrated by shaving off some of the coin and using the extra silver or gold to make more coins. Another method was to reduce the silver or gold content of coins by adding base metals such as copper, zinc, and tin. With modern paper currencies its essentially the same procedure, just more sophisticated. Government bureaucrats print an excess of banknotes to pay for their decit spending. This debases or reduces the purchasing power of the bills in everyones pocket. Of course, in a democracy people always demand more handouts than the government has money to pay. Mann: I take it you dont believe in democracy? Getty: Good heavens, no! Democracy is two wolves and a sheep deciding what theyre going to have for lunch. The foundation assumption of democracy is that the majority should impose their will on

society through force, coercion, or violence. This is a profoundly destructive assumption. Never forget that the rst product of Germanys rst democracy was Adolph Hitler! Mann: But surely nothing like that could happen in America? Getty: Dont be so sure! What about the Civil War? In any case, America was never supposed to be a democracy; its a republic. Actually, the American tradition is that individuals are free and sovereign and senior to government. So we nd the California Constitution saying in Article I, Section : "All people are by nature free and independent and have inalienable rights. Among these are enjoying and defending life and liberty, acquiring, possessing, and protecting property, and pursuing and obtaining safety, happiness, and privacy." Mann: It says, "free and independent," not "free and sovereign." Getty: It should say, "sovereign." Thats the American tradition. Let me quote another U.S. Supreme Court case: "Sovereignty itself is, of course, not subject to the law, for it is the author and source of law; but in our system, while some sovereign powers [the power and right to use force in defense] are delegated to the agencies of the government, Sovereignty itself remains with the People, by whom and for whom all government exists and acts For the very idea that one man may be compelled to hold any material right essential to the enjoyment of life, at the mere whim of another, seems to be intolerable in any country where freedom prevails, as being the essence of slavery itself." Yick Wo v. Hopkins, Sheriff 188 U.S. 356. Mann: Do you have any other basis for claiming that individuals are sovereign? Getty: Yes. The U.S. Constitution guarantees trial by jury, which means the jury judges both fact and law. Congress may pass a law, and the president may sign it, but the jury is senior and can nullify the law by

saying, "Not guilty; its a bad or unconstitutional law!" Thats why Thomas Jefferson said, "I consider trial by jury as the only anchor yet imagined by man by which a government can be held to its constitution." Mann: Yes, Ive heard of the campaign to restore the proper functions of the jury Getty: Theres another very important U.S. Supreme Court case that reects individual sovereignty: "The individual may stand upon his constitutional rights as a citizen. He is entitled to carry on his private business in his own way. His power to contract is unlimited. He owes no such duty [to submit his books and papers for an examination] to the State, since he receives nothing therefrom, beyond the protection of his life and property. His rights are such as existed by the law of the land [common law] long antecedent to the organization of the State, and can only be taken from him by due process of law, and in accordance with the Constitution. Among his rights are a refusal to incriminate himself, and the immunity of himself and his property from arrest or seizure except under a warrant of the law. He owes nothing to the public so long as he does not trespass upon their rights." Hale v. Henkel, 201 U.S. 43 at 47 (1905). Mann: Now Im beginning to understand why you admit to being an anarchist. But, surely, youre not an advocate of lawlessness, chaos, disorder, violence, throwing bombs, etc.? Getty: (Chuckle!) No! No! "Anarchist" literally means "without a ruler." Im a philosophical anarchist. I accept no ruler over me and I rule over nobody. Anarchists like myself are the most peaceful people on earth. We believe in spontaneous order and cooperation. Mann: But do you then believe there should be no government bureaucrats whatsoever?

Getty: It really takes only two sentences to demolish all the arguments for government bureaucrats! Mann: Surely youre kidding? Getty: Not at all. Do you agree that government bureaucrats are people? Mann: Yes, thats obvious. Getty: OK, so when people say, "Government bureaucrats are necessary to do something," what theyre really saying is, "People are necessary to do something." Mann: (After a long pause) But but government bureaucrats must maintain law and order and defend us against external enemies Getty: Allright. Have you ever been to a police station or military barracks? Mann: Yes. Getty: Well, what did you see? Mann: I dont see how this is relevant, but I have seen policemen and soldiers and their ofces and equipment. Getty: If you visit any government ofce, police station, etc., youll see the work is being done by people individual human beings. If law and order is being maintained or were being protected from external enemies, its being done by people individual human beings. Mann: But if we dont have government bureaucrats, therell be chaos and disorder! Getty: Ive asked many people to make me a list of all the problems they think wed have in the absence of government bureaucrats.

Invariably their lists consist of problems we now suffer from. So I reply that if we have government bureaucrats, well have all the problems on your list and more! Mann: Surely, if we didnt have government bureaucrats, all these problems would be even more severe and some would be totally out of control? Getty: Only human individuals can solve the problems. In general, government bureaucrats dont solve problems. They create worse problems and then they increase taxes to throw more money at the problems, making them even worse! Mann: But surely, there are certain things, like national defense, that only government bureaucrats can provide? Getty: National defense is provided by individual human beings. The fact that these individuals call themselves government doesnt provide them with magical powers to do what ordinary individuals cant do. Mann: But people have to be organized in the form of government to provide things like national defense. Getty: Government bureaucrats dont have any special powers to organize themselves better than other people. In fact, I have a theory that as soon as human beings call themselves government or organize themselves as government its as if a reverse magic wand is waved. I call the phenomenon "faecal alchemy" as soon as a government bureaucrat touches anything, it turns to BS! Mann: (After protracted laughing) Some philosophers claim that force is necessary to maintain an orderly society; that it wouldnt work if everyone took the law into their own hands, and that there must be government bureaucrats who are granted a monopoly on the use of force.

Getty: Now were getting down to the nitty gritty! George Washington said, "Government is not reason; it is not eloquence; it is force. Like re it is a dangerous servant and a fearful master." Many people repeat this quote like parrots, but they all seem to miss the main point: "Government is not reason it is force." You see, force or violence is a substitute for thought or reason. In general, government bureaucrats cant think or reason very well, so they use force or violence to impose their will. Mann: (After a pause) But there are so many violent criminals; someone must use force to restrain them. Getty: Children are forced into government schools, from which most emerge severely lacking in thinking skills. Because they cant think, they resort to violence. Part of the answer is to get the government bureaucrats out of education and out of everything else for that matter! Mann: So you think we can have society without violence? Getty: There will probably always be violence. But we dont need government bureaucrats to initiate violence against the innocent. Of course, there are times when violence becomes necessary in selfdefense, but this doesnt happen very often. In any case, if you think violence needs to be initiated to impose your will, then I have a test for you: are you willing to personally initiate that violence yourself? For example, if you think your neighbor should be taxed, are you willing to take your gun, go to your neighbor, demand that he pay, and shoot him if he refuses? Mann: (After a pause) No. I dont think so. Getty: Government enables people to perpetrate violence by proxy in a cowardly fashion. They appoint government bureaucrats to perpetrate

their dirty violence for them, so they dont even have to think about it they shut it out of their consciousness. Mann: I bet not many people realize that Getty: Lets get back to the economics of government and how it affects wealth. In general, government bureaucrats compulsively consume more than they produce; hence destroy value. Government is possible because some people produce more than they consume. Government is possible because so many people support it because of their state of mind. Government bureaucrats live as parasites off the surplus created by those who produce more than they consume. Government bureaucrats collect part of the surplus by force (theft euphemistically called "taxes" or "paying your fair share") and use it to create problems they claim only they can solve thus perpetuating this destructive mechanism. In his book Thus Spoke Zarathustra Friedrich Nietzsche wrote: "There are still peoples and herds somewhere, but not with us, my brothers: here there are states. The state? What is that? Well then! Now open your ears, for now I shall speak to you of the death of peoples. The state is the coldest of all cold monsters. Coldly it lies, too; and this lie creeps from its mouth; I, the state, am the people. It is a lie! It was creators who created peoples and hung a faith and a love over them: thus they served life. It is destroyers who set snares for many and call it the state: they hang a sword and a hundred desires over them. Where a people still exists, there the people do not understand the state and hate it as the evil eye and sin against custom and law.

I offer you this sign: every people speaks its own language of good and evil: its neighbor does not understand this language. It invented this language for itself in custom and law. But the state lies in all languages of good and evil; and whatever it says, it lies and whatever it has, it has stolen. Everything about it is false; it bites with stolen teeth. Even its belly is false. Confusion of the language of good and evil; I offer you this sign of the state. Truly, this sign indicates the will to death! Truly, it beckons to the preachers of death! Many too many are born: the state was invented for the superuous! Just see how it lures them, the many-too-many! How it devours them, and chews them, and re-chews them! It would like to range heroes and honorable men about it, this new idol! It likes to sun itself in the sunshine of good consciences this cold monster! It will give you everything if you worship it, this new idol: thus it buys for itself the luster of your virtues and the glance of your proud eyes. It wants to use you to lure the many-too-many. Yes, a cunning device of Hell has here been devised, a horse of death jingling with the trappings of divine honors! Yes, a death for many has here been devised that glories itself as life: truly a heart-felt service to all preachers of death!

I call it the state where everyone, good and bad, is a poison-drinker: the state where everyone, good and bad, loses himself: the state where universal slow suicide is called life." Mann: You learned that entire passage by heart? Getty: Yes, it encapsulates the essence of government better than anything else Ive come across. Mann: If the system is really so evil, how could government bureaucrats work in it without being ashamed of themselves? Getty: I believe that deep down most government bureaucrats are good people. But theyve been brainwashed like everybody else. Mostly, theyre blind to the evil they do and the destructive consequences they bring about. Mann: But if the system is so evil, why dont people wise up to it and change it? Getty: Like I said, people have been brainwashed to accept the system as a "given." But theres another factor: guilt. Most parents lay "guilttrips" on their kids at an early age: "Dont be selsh!"; "You must share your toys with the neighbors boys!"; and so forth. Mann: Mr. Getty, did you become the richest man in the world through selshness? Getty: As Ayn Rand said, "Selshness is a virtue." To me, selshness means doing the best for myself; and because I dont live on a deserted island, it is in my selsh interest to also do the best for my family, my friends, my business associates, my shareholders, my employees, and the environment and society in general. I believe rational selshness has a great deal to do with accumulating wealth and using that wealth to improve society.

Mann: Most people would disagree with you. Getty: Underlying the "selshness guilt-trip" is that most destructive assumption that some people have a claim on the production or property of others. This is really a formula for slavery a formula for savagery! Until people clean up their basic assumptions, well continue to have a somewhat savage society. Mann: Thank you Mr. Getty. I think this is a good point at which to conclude the interview. Youve been most gracious and given me a great deal of food for thought. Thank you again. Getty: Youre most welcome. [Editor: These freedom issues, and many more, are covered in Harry Brownes superb book How I Found Freedom in an Unfree World.] HOW TO SOLVE THE PROBLEMS AND MAKE A FORTUNE IN THE PROCESS! by Frederick Mann The power of government bureaucrats depends on the support they receive from their victims. In general, people support the bureaucrats because they dont know any better; that is to say, out of ignorance. Once you realize that you can take immediate and effective steps to withdraw your support, you also begin paving the way to create your own wealth. The information contained in these Millionaire reports gives you huge competitive advantages in the marketplace. Some of the free-enterprise entrepreneurs who form the vanguard in applying and spreading this knowledge have already become millionaires. Those who take the lead will become the Freedom Billionaires of the next few decades, just as Getty made his fortune during the Depression.

"But, where do I start?" you may ask. Its different for each individual. You may have to do more studying. You may have to do some introspection to discover your "secret dream." Then you may have to reread all these reports and as you proceed, constantly ask yourself, "How can I apply this information to achieve my dream?" As a starting point, you may also want to participate in and promote one or more of our business-opportunity programs. A general principle is that every problem is also an opportunity for creative and resourceful individuals who invent and implement solutions

Special Report #TL13E: THE MILLIONAIRE'S SECRET (V)


- INCLUDING HOW TO MAKE 'MILLIONAIRE' DECISIONS AND WHY NOW IS THE BEST TIME TO TAKE YOUR LIFE INTO YOUR OWN HANDS
Edited by Frederick Mann Copyright 1995, 1996, 1997 Build Freedom Holdings ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

Introduction This is the fth in our series of 'Millionaire' reports. The rst report dealt mainly with the Most Basic Wealth Principle: Produce more than you consume. The second was primarily devoted to clearing away certain Money Myths and learning the Innite Bootstrap Principle. The third dealt mainly with Dr. Jeffrey Lant's analysis of 'Millionaire

Methodologies' and with what you need to know about the danger of a Currency Collapse and what you can do about it. The fourth described how J. Paul Getty became the richest man in the world and what you can learn from him. This report basically deals with how to make 'millionaire' decisions. The main difference between self-made millionaires and want-to-be millionaires is the quality of their respective decisions. Second, Frederick Mann describes "power relationships" and their importance. Third, foremost businessman and columnist Harvey Mackay tells us how to cut our losses. Fourth, Frederick Mann tells us why now is the best time to take our lives and our fortunes into our own hands. Finally, Frederick Mann reviews four books by Martin L. Gross and analyzes their profound signicance: The Government Racket: Washington Waste from A to Z; The Great Whitewater Fiasco: An American Tale of Money, Power, and Politics; A Call for Revolution: How Washington is Strangling America and How to Stop It; The Tax Racket: Government Extortion from A to Z; and one book by James M. Collier and Kenneth F. Collier: Votescam: The Stealing of America. HOW TO MAKE 'MILLIONAIRE' DECISIONS

by Frederick Mann

Introduction Your present life situation is largely the result of the series of decisions you've been making since soon after birth and leading up to the present. Within a few months after birth, you started making decisions about yourself, about your family members, other humans, and the world in general. When you discovered money, you also started making decisions about that. Whatever you now believe about money, are the result of decisions you made about money. Whatever you believe about your ability to make and keep money, and make it grow, are the result of decisions you made about yourself and about money. Jacob Needleman has written a very important book about money called Money and the Meaning of Life. Although I disagree with many of his beliefs (decisions) about money, I highly recommend his book. He says, "The point I wish to make in this book is that money needs rst to be understood - before we allow ourselves any moral stance at all. Surely a huge proportion of human unhappiness - in all aspects of our lives comes from trying to know what we ought to do before we see clearly the forces that are at play. Most so-called moral dilemmas simply dissolve when one gathers all the knowledge that is actually available. We waste an immense amount of our precious energy trying to make decisions before we really have to or are able to. It may seem paradoxical, but what I'm saying is that our lives have become a hell not because money is too important to us, but because, in a certain sense, it is not important enough." You may nd it interesting - and useful! - to make a list of everything you believe about money. Now consider that everything you believe about money stems from your decisions.

You could extend the exercise by writing down the opposites of all your beliefs about money and considering the possibility that the opposite beliefs might be more useful! Now consider that everything you know about everything stems from your decisions! Do you get the idea that decisions can be pretty powerful?! The greatest human power is the power of choice. We are not automatic stimulus-response machines! - at least, we needn't be! We have power of choice. We can pause, and instead of reacting automatically, we can calculate our best response or action. We can then learn from the results or consequences produced by our actions. We can use this experience to take superior actions in future. All along, decisions are involved. We decide to pause, rather than react automatically. We decide to think and calculate. We decide on a particular action or course of actions. We decide to observe the consequences of our actions. We decide how we should apply what we learned to improve future actions. Improving our decisions about money improves our beliefs and the way we think about money and thus our results with money. Beliefs about money are key to successful entrepreneurship. You may need to improve your beliefs and the way you think about money. The Path of Least Resistance This may be a good point at which to review the "Path of Least Resistance" article in Special Report #TL13A: The Millionaire's Secret (I). Robert Fritz identied three kinds of choices - or decisions: 1. Fundamental choices - these are choices or decisions regarding your basic life orientation or state of being, for example, "I choose to consistently produce more than I consume";

2. Primary choices - these are choices or decisions related to major results in life, for example, "I choose to be a millionaire by December 31, 1999." (It may be necessary to describe what you mean by "millionaire" more specically - for example, "having $1,000,000 in the bank" or "owning assets worth $1,000,000." 3. Secondary choices - these are choices or decisions in support of primary choices - for example, "I choose to save $100 a month and to increase the amount I save by 20% every month." Fundamental Decisions There are a number of areas where you may want to make fundamental choices or decisions: 1. Service to humanity - do you want your life to be of service to humanity? This decision will inuence the kinds of things you do and don't do in your pursuit of a fortune. You're much more likely to succeed if your purpose is to do something useful to humanity and become a millionaire doing it, rather than if your purpose is just making a million. In other words, service to humanity should come rst and making a million second. (J. Paul Getty, as described in Special Report #TL13D: The Millionaire's Secret (IV), put humanity rst and making a million second. It seemed to work for him - he became the richest man in the world!) 2. Appropriate means - should you start your own business? If so, what kind of business? I strongly suggest that you seriously consider the companies which we promote as a starting point. In the process of promoting these companies you will learn a great many of the skills necessary to become a millionaire. You'll also assist others to do the same. Furthermore, the programs and companies which we promote are benecial to humanity.

3. Health - making and having a fortune is much more worthwhile if you also enjoy good health. So you may want to make the fundamental choice or decision to be healthy, and the appropriate primary and secondary choices or decisions in support of the fundamental decision. (See Special Report #TL13A: The Millionaire's Secret (I).) 4. Competence - whatever you want to achieve in life, you'll be more successful if you increase your competence in certain areas. You may have to improve your thinking and planning skills; your ability to recognize opportunities; your ability to market yourself, your ideas, your products and services; and your ability to work with other people. Reading publications by Build Freedom is a good way to increase your competence. One specic area you may want to concentrate on is the way you think about money. Becoming more involved with Build Freedom is an excellent way to increase your competence in many crucial areas - like networking, marketing, and handling money. In any case, you may want to make a fundamental decision to continuously increase your competence in one or more areas of life, supported by the necessary primary and secondary decisions. 5. Personal growth and development - humans are different from animals. As indicated in Special Report #TL13B: The Millionaire's Secret (II), animals naturally mature and achieve their full potential. We humans have to make a sustained, conscious effort to mature toward our full potential. One of the techniques I highly recommend in this respect is called "Idenics" - for more information call Michael Goldstein at 1-800-IDENICS (1-800-433-6427), or write to him at Survival Services Intnl., 1670 S. Elkhart St, Aurora, CO 80012. Or, visit the Idenics website at http://shell.rmi.net/~idenics/index.html. Tell him Build Freedom referred you. You can do several things to grow and develop: read, attend seminars and workshops, create new experiences for yourself, do things you usually nd difcult to do (more on this topic in Special Report #TL13F:

The Millionaire's Secret (VI)). Here again, you may want to make fundamental, primary, and secondary decisions. 6. Consciousness - in Money and the Meaning of Life Jacob Needleman says that a conscious life is the highest value. In his book From Freedom to Slavery: The Rebirth of Tyranny in America, Gerry Spence uses the term "the breathing dead." You may think that when people walk around with open eyes, they're conscious. You may think in terms of two states: sleep and consciousness. You may think that when you walk around with your eyes open, or watch TV, you're conscious. Don't deceive yourself! Most people are pretty unconscious during their supposedly "awake" hours. You see, our ordinary everyday consciousness resembles a hypnotic trance more than real consciousness. During our ordinary everyday consciousness, we are little more than robots or machines - stimulus-response robots. When, however, our awareness approaches real consciousness, we acquire much more freedom, power, and control. We are in control of our consciousness, rather than functioning as stimulus-response machines. Compared to real consciousness, our ordinary consciousness is much more like a state of sleep. In this sense, most humans are like sleepwalkers - the "breathing dead," as Gerry Spence describes them. Fortunately, we can make the fundamental choice to become more conscious and spend some time every day becoming a little more conscious. A key realization here is that real consciousness is intentional. It's not something that just happens or something we have automatically. For there to be real consciousness, we have to direct our consciousness. We have to will consciousness. Real consciousness is active. Sleepwalkers have "passive consciousness" - Gerry Spence's "breathing dead."

In his book On Disobedience and Other Essays, psychologist Erich Fromm indicates why disobedience is the rst step toward developing real consciousness. When you obey others, you're like a puppet sleepwalker on a string. Through making your own decisions you develop real consciousness. Another important way to develop real consciousness is to question everything. Don't take anything for granted. Whatever you accept blindly from others, tends to make you a stimulus-response robot. Question all your past knowledge. Accept all new knowledge only after your own evaluation - and accept it only as provisional knowledge. And in Special Report #TL13A: The Millionaire's Secret (I) we talked viewing from different perspectives. Remember the "clouds covering the sun?" From an earthbound perspective this seems reasonable. From an outer-space perspective the phrase becomes absurd. Developing the ability to shift perspectives is an important way to raise your consciousness. When we reach "real consciousness" we are reectively conscious on a continual basis. "Reective" is the key word - it implies observing how you think and act - awareness of your consciousness, if you like. We can make a list of aspects of "real consciousness," that would include all the things we suggest you do to raise consciousness. The list would include "apperception" (perceiving what goes on in your mind); "proprioception" (perceiving what goes on in your body); perception of the process whereby you trigger your emotions; awareness of your habits as habits; the ability to distinguish between (a) reality, (b) your perception of reality, and (c) your reaction/response to your perception of reality; and several other aspects that are beyond the scope of this report. When we are in control, as opposed to being stimulus-response machines, we use our cognitive intermediary ability to be in control. In a

stimulus-response orientation people react to input from the environment automatically and produce output without the use of their cognitive systems (consciousness). An example of this is Ted. When Ted's girlfriend told him she didn't want to go out, he automatically (unconsciously) got upset because he thought she was mad at him. Ted never bothered to use his cognitive ability (consciousness) to either realize that there are legitimate reasons why she does not want to go, or to control his own emotional reaction. Another example is Thom. When Thom's girlfriend tells him she does not want to go out he uses his cognitive ability (consciousness) to consider alternative possibilities as to why she does not what to go out, such as the fact that she had a long day and is tired. He then controls his emotions and consciously creates an appropriate response, rather than an automatic unconscious emotional reaction. 7. Freedom - there are some fundamental choices or decisions to make in this area: (a) Do you own your life, mind, and body - or do the government bureaucrats own you? Do you own your life and have the right to commit suicide? Do the government bureaucrats own you so they have the right to draft you into their army? Do your children own their minds, or do the government bureaucrats own them so they can force your children into "schools" where they decide how to indoctrinate them? Do you own your body, or do the government bureaucrats own it so they decide what you may or may not put into your body? (b) Do you own the fruit of your labor - your production - or do the government bureaucrats own it so they may take whatever portion of your production they want? (c) Do you respect other people and their property, and do you wish them to respect you and your property?

(d) If you think violence must be initiated to enforce your will upon others, are you willing to personally perpetrate this violence? For example, if you think your neighbor should be taxed, are you willing to take your gun, go to your neighbor, collect the taxes, and shoot him if he refuses to pay? If - like Rush Limbaugh - you think that democracy is compatible with freedom, then you have more to learn about freedom. Democracy is tyranny by special interests who pretend they represent the majority. If you think that taxes are compatible with freedom, then you have more to learn about freedom. Taxation is a disguised form of slavery. If you think that America has a free-enterprise system, or has had one during the past 200 years, then you have more to learn about freedom. In a true free-enterprise system all transactions are voluntary - there are no coerced transactions. Review the article "The Principles of Real Free Enterprise" in Special Report #TL13B: The Millionaire's Secret (II). The decisions or choices you make about freedom are very important to your wealth. The freer you are, the more options you have, the wider is the range of things you can do to make your fortune. What you decide about freedom will also affect the means you use to make your fortune; for example, whether or not you'll accept subsidies from government bureaucrats. Most people know little or nothing about freedom. It may be necessary for you to make the decision to learn more about freedom. The "Annotated Bibliography" in Special Report #TL13F: The Millionaire's Secret (VI) is a good place to start. You may also want to contact Build Freedom about our additional information about freedom; we have some of the most advanced freedom information available anywhere.

Some people know a great deal of freedom philosophy, but they still know little or nothing about practical freedom. One of the best ways to start learning about practical freedom - and being paid for learning! - is to participate in the real free-enterprise businesses such as World Trade Clearinghouse (see Special Report #TL13C: The Millionaire's Secret (III) for more information including WTC's website address). 8. Taxes - obviously, the extent to which you pay taxes has a lot to do with your wealth. In the book The Rape of the Taxpayer by Philip M. Stern, you'll nd that one of J. Paul Getty's wealth secrets was that he paid practically no taxes. One of the rst things you need to decide is whether it's moral or immoral - good or evil - to pay taxes. And you may need to improve your ability to deal with government bureaucrats on tax matters. Then you need to make decisions regarding the lawfulness and practicality of paying or not, and what to pay and what not. You also may need to learn a great deal about how to organize your affairs so as to minimize taxes and reduce the risk of your income and assets being seized by government bureaucrats and other marauders. Most of all, if you have a "victim-mentality" in relation to the tax thieves, you need to grow, develop, and mature beyond that. For many people, this "victim-mentality" is the biggest obstacle to accumulating wealth. (As we shall see in Special Report #TL13F: The Millionaire's Secret (VI), a person with a "victim-mentality" suffers from "psychological reversal" as opposed to "psychological alignment." If you feel you suffer from "victim-mentality," you may want to read the book Learned Helplessness by Martin Seligman.) The article below on "How to Cut Your Losses" may give you some additional insights if you think of taxes as losses you need not necessarily suffer. Evaluate tax payments as investments. Are they good investments or bad investments? What kind of dividends do they pay? What's the prospect for capital gains? If you decide that taxes are bad

investments that are guaranteed losers, then maybe you should consider cutting your losses. Another way you could look at the money you pay to government bureaucrats (instead of just as an investment - or "protection money!") is to think of it as money paid for services rendered. Would you voluntarily pay for the services you get from government bureaucrats? Do you feel you get your money's worth from government bureaucrats? The article below titled "Now Is the Best Time to Take Your Life into Your Own Hands" may indicate to you that the risk of "cutting your tax losses" is far smaller than most people think. It's like being scared of ying but not scared of driving. The risk of being killed in a car accident greatly exceeds the risk of being killed in a plane crash. The ability to assess risks accurately is an important element of how to make 'millionaire' decisions. A primary reason people are afraid of ying and not afraid of driving is that ying is more unfamiliar to them, but driving is very familiar to them. It could be said that the unknown = risk. In a similar way, most people are unfamiliar with the possibility of severely reducing their taxes, so they perceive it as risky to pay less taxes. One way for people to overcome this is to get to know the unknown. If you were to become very familiar with the information on how to pay extremely lower taxes, you would no longer fear it. In any case, you need to make a fundamental decision regarding taxes, supported by primary and secondary decisions. One of these decisions might be to spend 100 or 200 hours learning about the tax system. Suppose you could save $10,000 a year if you knew more about the tax system. Suppose you value your time at $50 per hour. Given these assumptions, it would be worth your while to spend 200 hours learning about the tax system, in order to save $10,000. (By the way, this is a typical methodology for making 'millionaire' decisions.)

9. Decisions - in his book Living Life as a Super Achiever, Bernhard Dohrman writes: "There is only one factor about a Super Achiever that is different - the process the Super Achiever uses to make a decision, a choice, to set a priority. The Super Achiever's DECISION PROCESS is more awake than a non-Super Achiever." It was Mr. Dohrman's book that rst made me realize how important it is to become more conscious of my decision-making processes and the need to improve them. His book is "must" reading - contact IBI Publishing, PO Box 173, Madison, AL 35758. It contains a wealth of information on improving your decision-making ability. You probably should make the fundamental decision to improve your decision-making skills. And you need to support this choice by making the necessary primary and secondary choices. The rst step to making better decisions is to recognize the decisions you do make. We are constantly making decisions about all our thoughts, emotions, and actions whether we know it or not. You can't improve your decisions if you're not aware of them. By the way, A DECISION WITHOUT ACTION IS A NONDECISION! (Exception: A conscious, careful decision to not take any action is sometimes the best decision.) 10. Personal power - In Living Life as a Super Achiever, Bernhard Dohrman also writes: "Power is a funny thing. For those in the know, power is really only a decision. Make the right decision and you possess power! Most individuals let others make their decisions for them ...... resulting in power-LESS life-styles." In From Freedom to Slavery: The Rebirth of Tyranny in America, Gerry Spence writes: "We, the people, already have the power. We, the people, have always had the power. We need no leaders to achieve it, no religions to claim it,

no politics to express it. Our power does not come from our spouses or employers or the block captain or the priest or from God. If I understand that simple proposition I have changed, the change is mammoth. The change is explosive. The change is freedom. "I remember when I began to feel my own power. Somehow I had discovered the King within - the King of the self. I was fearful of the King, in awe of him. Yet in his presence I felt no servitude to man, to government, to law or to God. I felt as if I could conquer any obstacle, win any case. My exuberance merely paid homage to my newly discovered kingdom of the self. I shudder to think what might occur if all the earth's people awakened their own inner Kings. This much I can predict: Magically, overnight, the world would be free." I invite you to make a fundamental decision about your personal power, about waking up your personal "kingdom of the self." Then make the supporting primary and secondary decisions. This is also what millionaires did in order to create their fortunes. Most people tend to operate at around the 1% level of their potential. Millionaires, however, become rich by raising themselves above the 1% level. To become a millionaire you may have to increase your personal power. In Special Report #TL13A: The Millionaire's Secret (I) Mr. Penn told us how his boat with all his possessions burnt to the waterline. Some people, after such an experience, would feel so depressed that they would decide to kill themselves and commit suicide. Mr. Penn, on the other hand, almost certainly made some decision about creating a great business and/or a fortune. Sometimes a major setback can inspire someone to make a powerful decision. Refer to Special Report #TL13A: The Millionaire's Secret (I) to determine what steps to take in making fundamental, primary, and secondary decisions.

Making Your Own Decisions Making your own decisions equals personal power and freedom. I don't know if anyone has done a scientic survey to determine this, but I'm willing to bet dollars against doughnuts that the vast majority of millionaires make their own decisions. Furthermore, what got them into positions that made it possible to become millionaires, is that they organized their lives and affairs so they could make their own decisions. If you work for someone else - and even if you work as a consultant or independent contractor, essentially selling your time - others own your time and make decisions for you. And to the extent that others make decisions for you, you give up personal power and freedom. If currently you're in such a position, you could start participating in the programs which we promote in your spare time as a means to get yourself into a position where you make your own decisions. POWER RELATIONSHIPS by Frederick Mann In his book Living Life as a Super Achiever, Bernhard Dohrman uses the acronym "SNAP" to stand for "Super Networking Accelerates Potential." The two skills Mr. Dohrman emphasizes most in his book are decision-making and networking. Networking involves the creation of mutually-benecial relationships. I have certain talents, skills, resources, and interests. But they're relatively limited, restricting what I can achieve by myself. You have a different set of talents, skills, and resources - and possibly some interests compatible with mine. Maybe we can assist each other in ways that make each of us more effective and productive. By "power relationship" I mean a relationship where each party becomes greatly more effective and productive as a result of the relationship. We

at Build Freedom have such a relationship with "Wealth Accumulation Company" (name changed for security). We provided "Wealth Accumulation Company" with certain information that enables them to conduct their businesses in much freer and protable ways - particularly freedom from government bureaucrats. For about two years we also provided WAC with ongoing marketing. In return we receive a steadily-growing monthly ow of earnings from WAC. In addition, WAC provides considerable credibility to our reports because they have demonstrated in practice how to apply the principles expounded here to grow the assets of their businesses from $285,000 to over $20,000,000 in less than three years! One of our claims from the outset has been that you can live your life and conduct your business largely free from government bureaucrats. If anybody says, "Well, show me," then the answer is, "Look there, WAC is doing it exactly as we say it can be done!" Another of our claims from the outset has been that you can make a fortune selling freedom. Again, we can point at WAC and say, "Look at WAC; they're doing it!" In about 30 months WAC's assets have increased from $285,000 to over $20 million, to a considerable degree as a result of the power relationship with Build Freedom. HOW TO CUT YOUR LOSSES by Harvey Mackay [The following article by Harvey Mackay appeared in The Arizona Republic of May 21, 1995 under the title, "Key to success is learning ways to cut your losses."] We're surrounded by winners. Advertisers ood us with images of winners. Winners guzzling soda pop, winners munching burgers,

winners strutting around in their underwear. Winners, winners everywhere. Business columns like these are with the program, full of well-meaning advice on how to act like, think like, dress like and be a winner. But there's very little out there about how to be a loser. And there should be, because most of us are losers most of the time. The highest lifetime batting average in baseball history, Ty Cobb's .367, represents a failure rate of nearly two out of every three times at bat. Even the biggest and best companies are aced out by their competitors on more than half of their potential sales, unless they're Microsoft, in which case, they have the Justice Department screaming "unfair competition." It's easy. Just learn how to cut your losses. That's what Coca-Cola did when it realized the mistake in abandoning the company's classic formula. That's what Intel did - nally - when it realized it couldn't stonewall its way out of a problem with the faulty Pentium chip. That's what we all have to learn, sooner or later. A large number of turkeys Eighty percent of new products vanish from the marketplace within two years. Eighty percent of movies fail to earn back their costs. How do companies that launch so many turkeys stay in business? Repeat after me: "They cut their losses." They didn't bet the farm on any single product. They diversied. They kept relling the pipeline. They lived to sell another day. The 3M Co. maintains that 25 percent of its sales ve years from now will come from products that have not yet been invented. That implies

that a signicant amount of current sales is coming from products that will be dropped within ve years. What separates the winners from the losers is that winners realize they can't always win. 3M ofcials know there will be losers. They plan for them. They control them. They contain them. A business or an individual can survive any number of bad decisions if they have the courage and wisdom and discipline to accept them as part of life and abandon those positions when they become untenable. How do you know when to jump? If you cannot trust your instincts, adopt a formula and stick to it. In the stock market, when a position moves against you by a preset amount, don't hold it, don't chase it, don't double up, get out. In life, it's two years, three max. If the job doesn't work out, if the product doesn't sell, if the company doesn't turn around, nd something else to do. Rules for abandoning ship Isn't that a tad arbitrary? Isn't the world full of examples of investments and products and experiments that took a lot more than three years to pan out? Yes, but that's not what we're talking about. If you're making real progress, if the ship is turning around, if you can see the light at the end of the tunnel, then no matter how long it takes, it's worth it. What I'm talking about is a situation where there is no marked progress, or even a decline, after two years. Then it's time to start drafting your good-byes.

A case in point: Michael Jordan. What makes him one of the greatest athletes of all time is that he also is one of the smartest. He has always known how to win. By leaving baseball after 18 months, he proved he knows how to lose, too. He took a hard look at where he started, and where he was, told himself the truth, and headed back to basketball. That was an act of real courage and selfknowledge. Mackay's Moral: It doesn't matter how much milk you spill, as long as you don't lose the cow. [Harvey Mackay is the author of such books as Swim With the Sharks Without Being Eaten Alive and Sharkproof. He resides part of the year in Paradise Valley, AZ. Write to him in care of United Feature Syndicate, 200 Park Ave., New York, NY 10166.] Editor: One of the qualities of the person with a "millionaire-mentality" is being an expert at learning from the experience of losing. You have to know how to lose, when to cut your losses, and how to learn from them. Dr. Robert T. Lewis has written a book on the subject: Taking Chances: The Psychology of Losing & How to Prot from It. Dr. Lewis is also co-author (with Herb Goldberg, Ph.D.) of Money Madness: The Psychology of Saving, Spending, Loving, and Hating Money. NOW IS THE BEST TIME TO TAKE YOUR LIFE INTO YOUR OWN HANDS by Frederick Mann Introduction The power of government bureaucrats depends on the support they receive from their victims. That support is becoming very tenuous or fragile. It can disappear quickly. It was the withdrawal of support that collapsed the Berlin Wall and evaporated the Soviet Union.

The IRS is an important vehicle used by government bureaucrats to terrorize, subjugate, control, and impoverish their victims. Below, we'll see that the IRS's days may be numbered. We'll also see that they cannot monitor or track transactions in the emerging information/electronic economy. The evils of government bureaucrats are getting enormous publicity. Rush Limbaugh has an audience of tens of millions. Government atrocities are widely reported over the Internet. There are probably more than 10,000 organizations in America teaching people about freedom and how to defend their businesses, income, and assets from rapacious government bureaucrats. As a result of these factors, the real free-enterprise sector is growing rapidly. The pioneers have already started making fortunes. One of the best ways for you to "get in on the act" is to participate in moneymaking programs which we promote. Consider carefully the signicance that the two articles from which extracts are given below, appeared in "mainstream" publications. What used to be denounced and rejected outright as the "crazy ravings and rantings of the loony fringe," is now beginning to appear in the "mainstream" media. We have here a shift of consciousness, one of the implications of which is that ever larger numbers of people will withdraw their support from the government bureaucrats and will opt out of the corrupt, collapsing tax system. And "there is safety in numbers!" Support for Government Bureaucrats is Dwindling Following are some extracts from the "Cover Story" article by Joe Urschel in USA TODAY of May 16, 1995, under the title, "Sentiments not held only by the fringe - Even George McGovern says he's felt the burden of too much regulation":

"Investigations into the bombing in Oklahoma City have produced an almost inexplicable byproduct - sobering details of how much, and how extensively, some Americans have come to fear their government. From extremist militia groups on the right, to environmentalists and civil libertarians on the left, to workaday citizens in the middle, the lament is the same: Government has grown too big, too intrusive, too powerful, too imperious, and it must be reined in. While Americans live in fear of random acts of terrorist violence like the bombing of the Alfred P. Murrah Federal Building, which they condemn almost universally, a large segment also harbors deep fears of what they see as the calculated attempts by government to control and regulate. These actions they also condemn - whether smoking bans, gun regulations, seat belt requirements or efforts to restrict abortion and restore school prayer. And it's this condemnation that is growing into a heightened sense of civil unrest that some believe is approaching the ashpoint. [emphasis added] An April 23-24 national poll by Gallup for USA TODAY and CNN asked, "Do you think the federal government has become so large and powerful that it poses an immediate threat to the rights and freedoms of ordinary citizens?" Thirty-nine percent said "yes." Surprised by the response, CNN asked the question again, dropping only the word "immediate." To that, 52% said "yes." The Los Angeles Times later asked a similar question; 45% said "yes." Ed Crane, Founder of the Cato Institute, a libertarian think tank in Washington, thinks the "poll is very much in tune with the times. In fact, I suspect the response would have been higher if it wasn't asked so close to the bombing in Oklahoma." "Suspicion and distrust of the federal government goes all the way back to the antifederalists," says David Mason, a political analyst with the Heritage Foundation, a conservative think tank. "The difference now is

that the government is so much larger and more involved in the details of everyday life." Whatever corner you're in, its critics say, the government has an agency or set of regulations that can be used against you. It is the actions of OSHA inspectors, IRS auditors and the EPA, as much as the so-called "storm-trooper tactics" of the FBI and ATF, that make these Americans fear their personal liberties are being stripped away. The anxiety is widespread Drew Hiatt, executive vice president of the National Business Owners Association, says his membership, which provides jobs for 6 of every 10 workers, wages a constant battle with government. "Our members spend 2-3 hours of every work day just dealing with government regulations and paperwork," he says. Those are the regulations they are aware of. They live in fear, he says, of running afoul of some rule they don't know about. "There are over 132,000 pages of government regulations on the books," he says. "The books themselves" - the 202-volume Code of Federal Regulations - "take up over 19 feet of shelf space. How is a small business owner with two or three employees supposed to keep track of all that? I worked it out once - it's like trying to read War and Peace 115 times." He says his membership has become "very antigovernment." Former senator George McGovern, who ran for president as a liberal Democrat in 1972, says, "I do a lot of speaking and traveling, and it is denitely out there." McGovern felt the burden of government regulation himself, when he went into the hotel business after retiring from politics. "I may not have empathized if I had not gone through it myself," says McGovern, who eventually went out of business, in part, he says, because of regulations. "I wish I had had the experience of running a hotel before I went into the Senate."

Earlier this year, the House approved a plan to put a moratorium on increased federal regulations as part of the Republican Contract with America, but it was scuttled by the Senate, which favors a less sweeping approach [A]nxiety about government is widespread. The prole of the fearful American in the Gallup poll is far broader than the "patriots" and militia members of the far right - though it certainly includes them. The poll shows equal or greater fear of government among women and minorities, liberals and Democrats, as it did among conservative white men 'Grievances . . . are real' "I'm probably a composite of the lower-income, white middleAmerican," says Mike Houston, 42. Houston is a gun dealer and member of an Indiana militia. He's convinced that government agencies monitor his every move and watch his gun shop. "They just keep harassing me and harassing me," he says. "The federal government needs to get its nose out of people's lives." Rep. Charles Schumer of New York, a Democrat on the House Crime subcommittee, nds sentiments like these unnerving. "When you see Americans running around in the woods preparing to defend themselves against their own government," he says, "that is a danger signal." The greater impact, however, may come from the much larger group of political malcontents who are not in militias and have no intention of joining one. If nearly 1 of every 2 Americans fears the government, that is a potent force. "Let's face it," says conservative analyst William Kristol. "The '94 elections were a referendum on government and government lost. "That doesn't mean people are paranoid or homicidal. But one argument for cutting back on size and scope of government is that it would restore

respect and trust. It does so many things, and does them so foolishly and poorly, that it creates an unhealthy tear and loathing of one's government." How unhealthy? Some analysts suggest parallels with the Weimar Republic in Germany. "For the rst time in my life, those thoughts have gone through my mind," says McGovern, likening the current mood of the country with that of pre-World War II Germany 'There is just a plain fear' In the mid-1980s, he [Tom Baker, 47, of Plano, Texas] was a construction contractor and claimed a $300 tax deduction for a truck camper shell he'd bought to protect his tools. That started a battle with the IRS. After years of ghting, auditors prepared to seize his truck and garnishee his wages. He went bankrupt. "It totally ruined me," he says. Since then, Baker sees the federal government as an enemy of freedom, and a threat to his liberty. "I'm just a middle-aged family man," he says. "I'm part of the heartbeat of America. "Today, my knees are bothering me and I'm walking on a cane. And somebody's going to come by and regulate canes, tell me what color and how long it has to be." David Lyall is a bartender at Jimmy Mac's in Buffalo, N.Y. "I'm the angry white male you hear so much about these days," he says. "Tell big government to get out of my face. They've made it so it's socially unacceptable to drink anymore. They've told the smokers to take it outside. The government is making moral codes for people and that is not its job. "I've been audited four of the last ve years. They always want to say I must have made more tip money. They take away the (tax break for) three-martini lunches and business goes down and then they want to know why I didn't make more tips." "There is just a plain fear of intrusive government," says Mason. "So many agencies and activities where the average citizen comes in contact with the federal government. Twenty years ago that wasn't the case." It is

the frequency of government's very specic and methodical involvements in their lives that opens many citizens to more radical antigovernment attitudes. It happened to Sherry Carr, 61, in Stuart, Fla., when she tried to put a second trailer on her lot. Her 15-year battle has turned her into Martin County's most famous property rights advocate. "I've been ghting these idiots for years," she says. "If you pay taxes, who has the right to come and tell you what you can do on your property? I'm not afraid of Janet Reno. She doesn't worry me." Doug Anderson, 64, had a TV repair shop in the late 1950s. "We didn't have as much intrusion by the federal government," he says. "You know, the government can't take care of everybody, and they can't protect people from themselves. People have to take responsibility." Anderson opposes drug seizure laws, no knock police entries, racketeering statutes, federal welfare, hate-crime legislation, consumer-protection regulations Kim Raby, 30, a lawyer who helps with her family's landscaping business in Indianapolis, sees the economic injustices a different way. "It seems like an oxymoron," she says, "when (Congress) talks about all these cuts while they are all pulling down six-gure salaries." Says Jerry Hecko, 52, of Greencastle, Ind.: "I'm sick and tired of hearing about politicians who are worried more about their own interests than they are about the country as a whole. I don't blame the militias and I am not that radical." 'Government is like a cancer' While the current political debate tries to tie the bombing in Oklahoma to the anti-government rhetoric of the extreme right, the three polls do not necessarily link anti-government attitudes with any particular political stance. It comes from the liberal left just as vehemently. "I was

appalled at what was done to the Davidians (at Waco), and I'm on the other end of the political spectrum," says Judi Bari of the environmental group, Earth First. "The ATF and FBI were just outrageous." Julianne Malveaux, a liberal California radio talk show host, shares a similar antipathy for the FBI. "There are some reasons why people do rightfully distrust government," she says. "The movie Panther (which depicts governmental harassment of the Black Panther Party in the 1960s) comes out . . . and it was back down memory lane for me. To see the way our government inltrated an organization and caused the death of so many . . . people." Carol Moore is a liberal political activist who has written a book on Waco. "The whole idea of tanks smashing into a home is a traumatizing experience for everyone. Nothing like that has happened in the history of the country, and they could get away with it," she says. "Government is like a cancer," she says. There may, in fact, be something endemic about that fear in the character of Americans. It is what leads them to hold their government in suspicion. George Washington himself called government "a dangerous servant and a fearsome master." [Interesting that US TODAY omitted the most important part of Washington's quote. This is what he said: "Government is not reason; it is not eloquence; it is force. Like re it is a dangerous servant and a fearful master."] Is the IRS Doomed? Following are extracts from an article "Breakdown at the IRS" by Elizabeth MacDonald in Worth magazine, March 1995: The nation's tax collector can't keep up with Congress. Its slow-moving bureaucracy continues to hurt innocent taxpayers and botch federal decit-cutting plans. Current social and economic trends are now threatening to push the agency over the edge

How times have changed. Today, the cultural consensus supporting the system is teetering. Taxes don't seem to buy personal safety, much less civility, and the national infrastructure raised by generations of accreting revenue - airports, bridges, dams, roads - is crumbling The IRS was as big as big government ever got, a faceless bureaucracy that knew everything about us and operated according to its own laws. When Richard Nixon, seeking to escape the Watergate noose, threatened to use the service to punish his political "enemies," the country wasn't just shocked, it was frightened. Today, however, the institution is seen less as awesome than awful It can't spot the $127 billion in taxes evaders annually hide from it or nab the 10 million individuals who don't le each year. And when returns ood in each spring, IRS employees err on one of every ten they enter into the agency's computers, contributing to the monumental disarray of its records. According to the General Accounting Ofce, the IRS now has more than $200 billion in misstated taxpayer payments and refunds on its books. What's more, the IRS mainframe computers, some more than three decades old, are obsolete and in some cases literally crumbling. A huge effort to upgrade the system is failing, according to both the GAO and the National Research Council, a branch of the National Academy of Sciences in Washington, D.C. Last April at a Cato Institute debate in Washington, Shirley Peterson, IRS commissioner under President Bush, called the current income-tax system "an unwieldy, inefcient, ungodly mess" that cannot be xed by "tinkering." Government ofcials say the IRS's problems now jeopardize the funding of the government. The IRS's difculties are so severe that the GAO had to warn Congress, the Joint Committee on Taxation, the Department of the Treasury, and the Ofce of Management and Budget that they all harbor "an exaggerated idea" of IRS's ability to help the government

slash its $3.6 trillion decit through improved tax collection. According to a 1992 NRC report to Congress, "a major breakdown of the nation's tax system" could occur before the year 2000. The accelerating transformation of the U.S. economy, which grows daily more decentralized and international, is moving the IRS closer to that reckoning. Moreover, the developing cashless economy of the Internet and the declining proportion of people employed by large corporations will make the job of collecting taxes far more difcult in the near future. The IRS, with 110,656 people - a full-time workforce greater in size than MCI, Merrill Lynch, and Apple Computer combined - is like Gulliver pinned down by the Lilliputians, caught in the massive shift of technological power from the public to the private sector [I]ncompetence is rife in the IRS - a conclusion supported by interviews with IRS ofcials, members of Congress, and former IRS commissioners, as well as an examination of 55 condential IRS studies, GAO reports, and reviews conducted by the NRC. Some of the IRS's difculties have been well publicized, such as its plummeting audit rate, down to 0.7 percent from a high of 5 percent in the mid-1960s, and the 1992 scandal in which the IRS caught 368 of its employees snooping through taxpayer returns. Some 132 of them were disciplined, with varying degrees of severity, but just six were red. The full extent of the IRS's troubles, however, are still emerging - partly as the result of the rst-ever audits of the tax agency, conducted by the GAO in 1992 and 1993. These audits paint a picture of a very leaky ship. Among other things, the GAO concluded the IRS can't even document how it spends its own $7.2 billion budget, nor does it have accurate records for nearly $800 million in assets, such as cars and homes, seized from taxpayers.

Findings like these and others shed new light on the emerging debate over the merits of the present income-tax system. Although current arguments for abolishing the income tax are generally ideological, the sorry state of the IRS raises more practical considerations. Foremost among them: Is it even feasible to continue collecting an income tax? One cause of the problems at the IRS has been inconsistent leadership. Over the last 42 years, the average tenure of the IRS commissioner has been one and a half years This turnover in the top post allowed the IRS bureaucracy to mushroom, while making it impossible to pursue long-range planning. The current commissioner is Margaret Richardson, a native of Waco, Texas, and friend of First Lady Hillary Clinton Several months after her conrmation, Richardson told a congressional subcommittee: "Prior to 1989, there was no comprehensive effort devoted to improving nancial management at the IRS. At that time, we were operating with outdated accounting systems that did not allow us to adequately account for the operations of our organization. We knew there were problems but did not know to what extent.... The audit of our nancial statements by the GAO was a watershed for the IRS." Richardson responded to these problems by abolishing seven assistantcommissioner positions and taking an energetic, hands-on approach to the job. She regularly bursts into subordinates' ofces demanding updates on IRS problems. While away on vacation, she called audit manager Eva Williams and discussed the IRS's problems for three hours. This approach, however, has served to mostly alienate IRS bureaucrats throughout the ranks. Her habit of publicly dressing down people is so feared that employees often avoid going to staff meetings with her. Management style, though, probably isn't the real problem. It's unclear whether anyone could halt the agency's decline. For instance, Richardson is now presiding over a much-ballyhooed replacement of the

IRS's computer hardware. The new technology, including networked workstations, is expected to reduce paperwork through electronic ling and optical scanning of all tax returns. Richardson told Congress in the fall of 1993 that the modernization program will save taxpayers billions in lower tax-preparer fees and a billion hours spent in contact with IRS. The computer upgrade, begun in 1986, is one of the most expensive civilian computer projects ever. It is projected to cost $23.3 billion through 2008. Of this amount, $7.8 billion is for new computers. The remaining $15.5 billion will go toward keeping the IRS's current computers running. Already, however, the program is well behind schedule. Partly because of the red tape of the government procurement process and partly because of technical snafus with some of the rst new computer systems it received, the IRS has to date spent just 17 percent of the money earmarked for the hardware upgrade. Problems with new equipment last year contributed to an alarming number of refund scams that slipped through undetected - particularly those associated with electronic ling. When Congress learned that the IRS had paid out as much as $5 billion in bogus refunds for 1993 tax returns, it slashed the agency's computer budget for 1995 to $650 million from $989 million in the fall of 1994. Last November, the NRC said it "continues to have very serious concerns about the IRS's ability to successfully complete the upgrade on time and within budget." The NRC's skepticism is well-founded. Twice before, in 1968-78 and in 1982-86, the IRS started to overhaul its computer system, but then abandoned each attempt. Eight years into the current upgrade, with no end in sight, Robert Clagett, a professor of business at the University of Rhode Island who chairs the NRC committee that reviewed the IRS, says, "I don't think any of us who

work in the computer industry would have organized a computer upgrade like the IRS." Still, the system must somehow be xed. Otherwise, there will only be more incidents such as the one in the Philadelphia service center in 1985: After a computer crash, ofcials found employees stufng tax returns into the ceiling and in drawers in an effort to keep up with their work quotas. At the IRS, a computer crash is not always a metaphor. Former commissioner Peterson recalls the time a service-center system went down in 1992: "When we sent a technician out to x the computer, the broken part was so old and rusted it crumbled in his hand." The IRS's problems in processing tax returns begin at its ten service centers, where thousands of IRS employees toil in chaotic, football-eldsize ofces, seeking to deal with an ever-rising mountain of work. This year, more than 200 million businesses and individuals will post their returns to one of these centers, roughly triple the number led in the 1950s. If the IRS taped together all the pieces of paper it receives annually, the trail would wrap around the earth roughly 36 times. "Both the IRS and taxpayers are drowning in a sea of paper," IRS commissioner Richardson told Congress in 1993 The IRS says 21 percent of the 1040 returns entered by its clerks contain some sort of error. "About half of the mistakes are IRS, half are taxpayers," says Lawrence Westfall, the IRS ofcial in charge of the agency's computer-modernization program. That means the IRS processes about one in ve returns erroneously. The IRS contends it xes a large percentage of the mistakes before the data ever leave the service center, but the GAO asserts that many types of errors slip through. For example, it says IRS workers incorrectly typed 450,000 addresses into the agency's computers for 1988 tax returns, the

latest year for which these data are available. Because of these mistakes, the IRS that year sent approximately 300,000 notices demanding $49 million in additional taxes to wrong addresses Experts on the IRS point out that one of its problems is its inability to deal with the mobility of Americans - not exactly a recent sociological development. The seven regional ofces, 63 district ofces, and ten service centers rarely communicate with each other, and their computers aren't networked. As a result, taxpayers who move routinely run afoul of different IRS ofces across the country This same quality shows up in the way the IRS responds to women, who pose a particular challenge at an agency that has yet to acknowledge women's liberation or the demographic changes it created Every year at least 3 million women change their last names because of marriage or divorce. According to the GAO, these women are all at risk of receiving wrongful penalty notices stating that they did not le their returns. This occurs because the IRS's computer system is the same "as it was in 1962," according to a condential IRS report, and cannot immediately x a mismatch between its records and the taxpayer's new last name. The IRS stores joint returns under the name of the rst spouse listed, usually the husband. If the wife gets divorced or remarries, the IRS often assumes she is not ling tax returns because it can't match her new name to the one on le. Instead, it sends out a failure-to-le notice, often a lien on her property. Worse, the GAO says these notices are sent to the last known address of the spouse of record on the old joint return, meaning the husband. According to the condential report, IRS computer programs make a number of comically outdated assumptions about women and our society. They assume "women would report their income on joint returns, husbands would prepare joint returns, and husbands would be the primary taxpayers." They also expect women to report name changes

to the Social Security Administration themselves and, in any case, that they will only marry once and will not revert to their maiden names if divorced. IRS inspectors concluded that the agency has yet to acknowledge that "over the last 31 years, women accounted for 60 percent of all new workers entering the workforce, the number of divorced women quadrupled, and remarriages increased 60 percent." Six years ago, IRS inspectors suggested that simply by including a line on returns for maiden names, or keeping a separate le under the second taxpayer's surname and Social Security number, everyone could stay matched to their tax records. Ofcials in the returns-processing division rejected the recommendations as "too expensive." The IRS, still behind the curve of decades-old demographic trends, certainly isn't ready for new changes on the horizon, such as the advent of electronic money. Already, an estimated 30 million people and 20,000 companies around the world log on to the Internet computer network. Users in the rst wave of on-line shopping can buy books and clothes, paying for them electronically via credit cards with the help of companies such as First Virtual Holdings in Cheyenne, Wyoming, the rst entirely electronic bank. The number of Internet users is expected to reach 200 million by the turn of the century. By then, experts say, Net surfers will be able to conduct virtually any kind of commercial transaction through cyberspace. Digital cash that requires no credit card is also coming, and soon. "Already, there's an estimated $100 to $200 million sold annually on the Net, and this gure is expected to balloon to anywhere from $2 billion to $600 billion by the year 2000," says Richard K. Crone, a senior manager at KPMG Peat Marwick's Center for Electronic Banking in Los Angeles. Furthermore, anyone with a computer and a telephone line can become a small business (the number of small businesses rose from 15 million in 1984 to 21 million in 1992). As more taxpayers conduct business and get

paid via the Internet, experts say the day will soon come when electronic income and assets on-line can easily be hidden from the IRS. Crone says the IRS could track electronic transactions and that tax payments could be automatically sent to the IRS via computer, but the IRS will have to count on what merchants report and the sophistication of its auditors and computer systems. Crone is pessimistic. "The IRS is still behind the Berlin Wall in terms of computing power," he says. Lee Stein, president of First Virtual Holdings, agrees. The electronic transactions will be "as untraceable as any merchant wants them to be," he says. "A person can rent space on a local computer system in a U.S. domain such as the island of Tonga, which has liberal tax laws, and conduct all nancial business through it." You can live in Maine and run your Tongan business on-line, with no one the wiser. Beyond that, says Crone, "the Net will make it easier for a merchant to evade taxes, say, by setting himself up with a foreign E-mail address. There's no border control on the Net, and it is averse to any government intervention, which will also make it harder for the IRS to impose rules." As the IRS nurses its computer systems into the next millennium, no one knows whether the agency's manifold problems can be xed, or patched, in time to prevent an agency meltdown. Congressional apathy only adds to the problem. When Senator John Glenn conducted a hearing on the GAO's audits last July, 10 of the 14 congressmen on the committee didn't show up. The four who did stayed for ten minutes, then left. Glenn, who orbited the earth alone in a space capsule, is still ying solo. At some IRS hearings, he says, "I sit up there taking testimony all by myself." Conclusion Two factors from the USA Today and Worth articles are particularly important to grasp:

1. Support for the U.S. bureaucrats is declining; 2. The IRS is falling apart. These factors make it easier for people to operate in the real freeenterprise sector. They reduce the risk. Getting involved with the companies we promote is an ideal way to start learning how to operate in the real free-enterprise sector. Also consider the possibility that the continuing collapse of the US$ see Special Report #TL13C: The Millionaire's Secret (III) - combined with the above two factors, could indicate the same fate for the US Federal Government as the Berlin Wall and the Soviet Union. This kind of collapse creates an enormous demand for alternative institutions in the real free-enterprise sector. The real free-enterprise businesses and opportunities promoted in these reports constitute the beginnings of these alternatives. We're talking here about the early stages of an entirely new economy. The pioneers who get in early are likely to reap the greatest rewards. IMPORTANT BOOK REVIEWS by Frederick Mann Mr. Gross, former editor of Book Digest, has served for many years on the faculty of the New School for Social Research for many years has been Adjunct Associate Professor of Social Science at New York University. Four of his books are particularly signicant: The Government Racket: Washington Waste from A to Z; The Great Whitewater Fiasco: An American Tale of Money, Power, and Politics; A Call for Revolution: How Washington is Strangling America and How to Stop It; The Tax Racket: Government Extortion from A to Z.

The signicance of these four books goes beyond their contents. They were all published by major "mainstream" publishers. Both The Government Racket and A Call for Revolution were New York Times bestsellers for more than 30 weeks and The Government Racket reached the #1 spot on the Washington Post list. The word about the nature and practices of government bureaucrats is getting out. People are waking up! Government bureaucrats and their agencies are losing support. And when they lose a certain degree of support, they collapse - like the Berlin Wall and the Soviet Union. Those who don't prepare for the collapse of the government bureaucrats will most likely lose heavily, because the collapse will most likely include the US$ being wiped out, as well as dollar-denominated nancial instruments. All or most orthodox U.S. banks will most likely also bite the dust. On the other hand, those who prepare for the collapse, may reap huge rewards. Like during the 1930s depression, they'll be able to buy assets for "pennies on the dollar" - no! - for "grains on the gram of gold!" The fth book being reviewed here - Votescam: The Stealing of America by James M. Collier and Kenneth F. Collier - was published in 1992 by Victoria House Press, 67 Wall Street, New York, NY 10005. It reveals more sinister aspects of the American political system. The Government Racket: Washington Waste from A to Z Mr. Gross rightfully indicates that the Tenth Amendment to the U.S. Constitution leaves to the states and the people all the powers not specically granted to the federal government. He also indicates that the Tenth Amendment is widely ignored and circumvented. (To determine for yourself the extent to which the federal government has become a racket, you should read Article I, Section 8 of the Constitution to see exactly what powers were granted to the federal government. See if you

can nd where in the Constitution the U.S. Department of Agriculture is authorized, not to speak of most of the other federal agencies, such as FDA, EPA, OSHA, Social Security, and other alphabet soup agencies.) In 75 short chapters, Mr. Gross gives hundreds of examples of government boondoggles amounting to hundreds of billions of dollars every year. He asks: "Is the government truly my friend? Or if not my enemy, is the government indifferent to my concerns? Is the current $1.5 trillion budget, almost 25% of which is borrowed, and which is supported by record-high taxes, necessary? Is the money being legitimately spent or is it being squandered by bureaucrats and politicians instead of beneting the American people? [W]hat does the federal government - which takes the lion's share of our tax money - actually do for us?" He goes on to say: "After decades of time and trillions of dollars, government loses its claim to legitimacy when it fails to fulll its obligations. The nation begins to doubt, as it now has, that the promises were made in good faith. Government is then seen as a failure, a fallacy, a myth, a racket. In some ways, in fact our federal establishment - which bears little resemblance to the one set up by the Founding Fathers - might be compared to a numbers racket. If you're lucky, you'll beat the odds and get a payoff. If not, all you're left with is a stub." The main reason for reading this book is to get an appreciation for all the waste, an appreciation for the extent of this mind-boggling destruction of wealth. Then consider the possibility that any support for the system in the form of paying "your taxes" should be questioned.

The Great Whitewater Fiasco: An American Tale of Money, Power, and Politics Mr. Gross writes: "Whitewater is signicant not because it's peculiar to that state, or that period in time. It's important because it represents American politics as usual - a case of corruption, or near corruption, or conict of interest, or abuse of ethics by a large number of people in public life. It is a story that characterizes the present American political scene, whether in Arkansas, New York, California, or Washington. Read this book for an in-depth analysis of the backgrounds of the Clintons and their cronies, the corrupt nancial transactions, the deaths of investigators, the unanswered questions regarding the death of Vince Foster, the cover-ups, and the White House staff resignations. A Call for Revolution: How Washington is Strangling America - and How to Stop It The most recent edition starts with: "When I rst called for a "revolution" in American politics in 1993, some - including myself - were concerned that the call was too radical. Were Americans ready to hear that their government was manic in spending, ignorant of the true costs, addicted to programs that didn't work, too corrupt to cleanse their system of elections, and indifferent to the needs of the majority of Americans they had pledged to serve? The elections of November 8, 1994, proved that my call had been correct." A Call for Revolution goes beyond The Government Racket in exposing more aspects of government waste, corruption, and destruction, and suggesting specic steps individuals can take to rectify the government tragedy. The rst step is to educate yourself. Mr. Gross writes:

"For years, Americans drew on their condence in government, built up over centuries. Busy at their labors, they felt it was safe to leave the work of politics to politicians. That has proven to be a grave mistake, and there are now signs that the citizens are awakening to the truth in increasing numbers. For the rst time in American history, government is seen as an enemy, rather than a friend," About the pathological lying of politicians and government bureaucrats, Mr. Gross writes: "Politicians have always been somewhat deceptive, but the corruption of words is reaching new heights. Taxes become spending cuts. Spending becomes investment. Budget arithmetic is manipulated. Hidden agendas proliferate. It's even possible that we're no longer witnessing traditional political hype. More and more, the lying seems to be pathological - the mouthings of untruths almost by reex, a dangerous new precedent." Mr. Gross provides a wealth of detailed information on the destructive excesses of American government. He perceives a severe crisis: "To put it in melodramatic terms: Either the American people will defeat the oppressive excesses of Washington, or Washington will defeat us, ending the story of the most successful nation in history." He then outlines a "thirty-three-point Bill of Indictment," specifying what's wrong and needs to be xed. Chapter Three is titled: "The Tax Monster: How to Destroy the Middle Class." It outlines the history of the monster, going back all the way to Abraham Lincoln. But it's in more recent decades that the monster has become particularly destructive:

"During the last thirty years, the metamorphosis of the income tax bite has been one of the cleverest manipulations in history, one shaped in Washington by the masters of legal pickpocketing." Mr. Gross guesses that, "there are now some thirty million people [in America ] who have become aware of the seriousness of the political and economic crisis dogging our nation, and who want to work to rectify it." He concludes with an Appendix listing fteen Public Service Organizations that campaign for better government. The Tax Racket: Government Extortion from A to Z Mr. Gross quotes Thomas Jefferson: "A wise and frugal government which shall restrain men from injuring one another, which shall leave them otherwise free to regulate their own pursuits of industry and improvement, and shall not take from the mouth of labor the bread it has earned - this is the sum of good government.' Mr. Gross advocates that the IRS be closed down and replaced by a national sales tax of 13.5 percent. He denounces the IRS as follows: "But with Congress's blessings, the IRS usurps the Constitution every day. It operates its levies on our bank accounts, its liens on and seizures of our properties totally against any precepts of the Constitution, or any rule of common law. The Bill of Rights is crystal clear as to what civil rights we have, and we can easily see how the income tax system seeks to violate, then destroy them. The Fourth Amendment of the Bill of Rights says it plainly: "The right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated, and no warrants shall issue, but upon probable cause, supported by Oath of

afrmation, and particularly describing the place to be searched, and the persons or things to be seized." The Fifth Amendment adds to our protection from arbitrary and abusive acts from any government agency, the IRS included. It states: "Nor shall any person be deprived of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law" Obviously, the IRS is not acting constitutionally When they conduct an audit, they search your papers without a warrant, claiming that it is "voluntary" on the taxpayer's part. When they place penalties on your taxes due, they do it without a court order. When they levy your bank account and take out your money without your permission, they are making a seizure without a legal judgment against you. When they seize your home because they say you owe money, they are depriving you of property without due process of the law. You've lost your constitutional right to defend yourself in court. When you contest the IRS in Tax Court, you are guilty until you can prove yourself innocent, the opposite of our whole system of jurisprudence. How have they gotten away with it all these years? One reason is the connivance of the Congress and our presidents, and the cowardice of the Supreme Court in enforcing the Constitution The perpetrators of this national crime are, of course, our politicians, for whom extortion of funds from families is a major occupation."

Mr. Gross says that the "Underground Economy" - what we call the real free-enterprise sector - is growing at an annual rate of 8%. He claims to have identied about 200 different kinds of taxes in America, and devotes much of his book to describing 36 of them. Votescam: The Stealing of America The premise of Votescam is as follows: " For almost three decades the American vote has been subject to government-sponsored electronic theft. The vote has been stolen from you by a cartel of federal "national security" bureaucrats, who include higher-ups in the Central Intelligence Agency, political party leaders, Congressmen, co-opted journalists - and the owners and managers of the major Establishment news media, who have decided in concert that how America's votes are counted, by whom they are counted and how the results are veried and delivered to the public is, as one of them put it, "Not a proper area of inquiry." By means of an unofcial private corporation named News Election Service (NES), the Establishment press has actual physical control of the counting and dissemination of the vote, and it refuses to let the public know how it is done." Votescam is a superb book that reads like a thriller. Having started reading, it was almost impossible to put it down until I'd nished it. To me it's also completely convincing. American corruption is more pervasive than Mr. Gross realizes. You must read Votescam!

Special Report #TL13F: THE MILLIONAIRE'S SECRET (VI)

INCLUDING PSYCHOLOGICAL REVERSAL AND PSYCHOLOGICAL ALIGNMENT NO MATTER HOW MUCH YOU THINK YOU KNOW, NO MATTER HOW COMPETENT YOU THINK YOU ARE, IF YOU DONT KNOW THIS PIECE OF THE PUZZLE, CHANCES ARE YOULL SABOTAGE YOUR FORTUNE!
Edited by Frederick Mann Copyright 1995, 1996, 1997 Build Freedom Holdings ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

Introduction This is the sixth in our series of Millionaire reports. The rst report dealt mainly with the Most Basic Wealth Principle: Produce more than you consume. The second was primarily devoted to clearing away certain Money Myths and learning the Innite Bootstrap Principle. The third dealt mainly with Dr. Jeffrey Lants analysis of Millionaire Methodologies and with what you need to know about the danger of a Currency Collapse and what you can do about it. The fourth described how J. Paul Getty became the richest man in the world and what you can learn from him. The fth dealt basically with how to make Millionaire Decisions. Think of the preparation you need in order to equip yourself for the task of becoming a wealth creator as a giant jigsaw puzzle, consisting of a few big pieces and many small pieces. The earlier Millionaire reports provided most of the big pieces and a few of the small pieces. This report provides most of, what is in my opinion, the one remaining big

piece: "Psychological Alignment." The rest of this big piece is covered in the seventh Millionaire report. Finally, this report contains Part 1 of the Annotated Bibliography. Parts 2 and 3 are in the seventh Millionaire report. The Bibliography provides you with a guide to many of the remaining small pieces of the puzzle. FROM PSYCHOLOGICAL REVERSAL TO PSYCHOLOGICAL ALIGNMENT by Frederick Mann Introduction For some time Ive been thinking about "winners" and "losers." Why do some people seem to be winners and some losers? Why do some people seem to be winners in some areas of life, while they seem to be losers in other areas? Why would someone with the many winning advantages of an "O.J. Simpson" turn into a big loser? Whats the difference between a winner and a loser? Well, Im glad to announce that Ive found the answer in the book Five Minute Phobia Cure: Dr. Callahans Treatment for Fears, Phobias and Self-Sabotage by Roger J. Callahan, Ph.D. Dr. Callahan has developed methods to cure most people from their fears and phobias in a few minutes. As phenomenal as this breakthrough is, his book contains a much more important breakthrough: the seminal concept of "psychological reversal." The concept of psychological reversal stems from the observation by many mental health practitioners that some clients never seem to make any progress, irrespective of the general efcacy of the methods or techniques used or how well the methods or techniques work for most people. Dr. Callahan describes the phenomenon:

"A psychological reversal exists when a person claims he desires to achieve a specic goal but his actions and major motivation, and especially his results, are contrary to his stated goal. Supercially or outwardly he appears to be striving to achieve (in the area of his behavior where he is reversed), but he will inevitably, grossly or subtly, sabotage his own every effort." [emphasis added] Another question Ive often asked is, "How come theres only one person who has really applied Freedom Technology in a big way to create a business empire and make a fortune?" (This person is the founder of "Wealth Accumulation Company".) The answer is that practically everybody suffers from psychological reversal to a greater or lesser degree. Understanding Psychological Reversal Dr. Callahan writes: "From a motivational standpoint, psychological reversal is a perversion of how ones system ought to work. [emphasis added] Psychologically, reversal appears to originate when aspirations are constantly thwarted, or when an individual develops a strong subconscious tendency to denigrate himself and expect failure. My observations suggest that physical stress may also generate psychological reversal in an individual with a proclivity in that direction. However, whatever the origin of the condition, its effects are denite and devastating." Generally, the way we recognize psychological reversal is when someone says he wants to achieve a certain result, but acts in ways not likely to achieve that result or even acts in ways that seem designed to achieve the opposite result. The most reliable indicator of psychological reversal is the actual result. If an overweight person says he wants to lose 20 pounds, and he doesnt, its an almost certain case of psychological reversal.

You can think of psychological reversal as a subconscious "contrary program" in the mind. On the surface the person says, "I want to lose 20 pounds." But the subconscious contrary program says, "I must put on more weight to survive." The psychological reversal program is more powerful than the surface wish. Psychological reversal can be domain-specic in some areas of life you may suffer from psychological reversal, but in others you dont. If you produce good or spectacular results in some areas, but you fail in others then you know where you need to look for psychological reversal. Psychological reversal can be mild or extreme the results you produce in a particular area may be so-so or disastrous. Psychological reversal can be threshold-specic below a certain level your results are good, but above that level they are bad or disastrous. For example, you can increase your wealth to $100,000, but as soon as you hit that level you start making costly mistakes until youre broke. Then you start over again, build your wealth to $100,000, and repeat the pattern. Some people live their lives in such roller-coaster fashion. Psychological reversal can be time-specic or intermittent at certain times or during certain periods we are more prone to psychological reversal. Dr. Callahan writes: "Susceptibility to psychological reversal varies greatly among individuals, and may vary widely within one individual over a period of time. I have noted that as a patient progresses in psychotherapy as his self-awareness grows, as his self-acceptance is enhanced and (most importantly) as he improves his way of living his tendency to reverse is greatly lessened. Psychological reversal can sometimes be induced by having a patient denigrate himself for his failure. It can sometimes be

eliminated by having [the] same patient repeat a statement of selfacceptance. Attention needs to be given to eliminating or reducing the degree of reversal of every individual before any therapy, education, treatment, personal instruction, work relationship, love-affair, or interpersonal relationship of any kind is established. When this is done, the possibility of success is maximized, no matter what the endeavor." [emphasis added] Please go back and read the previous paragraph a few more times. Its absolutely critical that anyone endeavoring to become a millionaire (or a success at anything for that matter) understand the importance of eliminating psychological reversal from their consciousness as much as possible. For, as Dr. Callahan points out, no matter what your endeavor, the possibility of success is maximized when you take steps to eliminate psychological reversal from your psyche. In general, people can read all the success books they can nd, attend all the seminars and workshops presented by the latest "gurus," and spend thousands on the latest therapies but if they dont handle psychological reversal, they experience at best a temporary emotional "high." This is why there are so many success books, and why "selfimprovement cults" like Scientology, est, and all the rest are such big business the poor suckers who dont handle psychological reversal, always have to come back for more! (Both L. Ron Hubbard, founder of Scientology, and Werner Erhard, founder of est, had strong self-destructive streaks, indicative of psychological reversal. More extreme cases were David Koresh of the Branch Davidian (Waco) cult and Jim Jones of the "Guyana cult.")

To better understand psychological reversal you may want to observe how it manifests itself in others. When youre in contact with others try mentioning some lofty goal or plan and watch the response you get. If they scoff or criticize you, they may be a victim of psychological reversal. Or just observe any couple arguing angrily and spitefully over trivialities. You may also nd it very useful to reread the article on J. Paul Getty in Special Report #TL13D: The Millionaire's Secret (IV), and continually ask, "Is he now talking about psychological alignment or reversal?" The Psychological Reversal/Alignment Continuum Think of a continuum or spectrum. (Your bathroom scale is an example of a continuum from 0 lbs. to say 300 lbs. Your weight is probably somewhere between the two extremes of this continuum.) At one extreme of our psychological continuum is complete psychological reversal. At the other, complete psychological alignment. In the middle theres a horizontal dividing line. Below the line is reversal; above, alignment (Dr. Callahan uses the term "allineated" when referring to psychological alignment). While some people tend to live close to the line, others tend to stay a long way from the line. Above the line are optimism, positiveness, and enthusiasm. Below the line are pessimism, negativity, and depression. Now take a look at the diagrams below:

Fig. 1 - "Normal" Individual Fig. 1 represents a prole for an individual generally accepted as "normal." Im introducing the concept of "comfort zone" an area or eld of behavior within which you feel comfortable and where you can act comfortably. If you enjoy public speaking and you do so comfortably, then that activity is within your comfort zone. Most people fear public speaking in fact, many surveys show that it is most peoples biggest fear. My comfort zone is reduced, restricted, limited, and pushed down toward greater negativity and psychological reversal by the fears, phobias, unwarranted discomforts, "learned helplessness," negative programs in my brain, and any incompetence I suffer from, as well as by my ignorance and certain events or external forces such as government laws and agencies. Dr. Callahan writes:

"I believe that a tendency toward psychological reversal, like so many other things, may be inuenced by genetics, nutritional problems, and metabolic imbalances. Psychosomatic, sociological, and situational relationships, job problems, stress all may make an individual particularly susceptible to reversal. But even someone who has no "built-in" tendency toward reversal can become reversed by the stresses of his life, by a relationship that is unsatisfactory, by his work and/or by the people with whom he associates. A person who exists close to the line that separates psychological reversal from normal allineated, can slip easily into reversal if he speaks to someone who is massively reversed, or even who is reversed only toward the subject on which they converse." Note that all the arrows in Fig. 1 have a downward slant and point in toward the comfort zone. All these factors tend to both shrink and lower your comfort zone. The arrow within the comfort zone represents all the ways in which you yourself shrink and lower your comfort zone. As we shall see later, all the external arrows have their internal concomitants its not only done to you, you also do it to yourself.

Fig. 2 - Strongly Positive Individual - Strong Psychological Alignment Fig. 2 represents the strongly positive or psychologically aligned person. He or she has a larger comfort zone than the "normal" person and most of it is above the dividing line. This is the prole of the "Gerry Spences" of the world the highly successful. This is the prole of O.J. Simpson as a football player. In order to become a millionaire, you may have to increase the size of your comfort zone and shift it up so all or most of it is above the line. Fig. 2 also provides us with another way to understand Freedom Technology as the means to expand and raise our comfort zones.

Everything that we do to counteract, reverse, and defeat the forces that shrink and lower our comfort zones is included in Freedom Technology: curing our fears and phobias, becoming more knowledgeable, competent, and skillful, learning to beat the government bureaucrats, and increasing personal power, wealth, and freedom. Note that all the arrows in Fig. 2 have an upward slant and point out away from the comfort zone. All the aspects of Freedom Technology tend to both expand and raise your comfort zone. Note also that the two upper arrows start from within the comfort zone, indicating that the self expands and raises its own comfort zone. The lower two arrows represent the expansion and raising of the comfort zone through external forces, for example, the reduction of taxation and regulation from government bureaucrats. Developing and increasing your personal power is a vital element in expanding and raising your comfort zone.

Fig. 3 - Strongly Negative Individual - Strong Psychological Reversal Now look at Fig. 3. This is the strongly negative and psychologically reversed person. This is the prole of O.J. Simpson as a husband. Note the large comfort zone indicative of the capacity for destructive behavior. There are also people with small comfort zones that lie almost completely below the line they are very negative, but weak and relatively harmless. This is the "victim-mentality." They seem to do little more than suffer and complain. "To feel that we are worthwhile individuals, to know that we exist, we have to express our power feel that we are in control. This imperative to express our power and experience control is central to human behavior. Every human does something to express his or her power in the world. This power can be expressed creatively or destructively.

Humans rst attempt to express their power creatively. If such attempts fail repeatedly, they experience themselves as powerless. They may feel helpless and hopeless, and become depressed. What they experience is that they cannot make a positive difference in their own lives or in the world. A cognitive breakdown occurs between their actions and the results they produce. Mentally and intellectually they cease to understand the connections between their behavior and the consequences of their behavior. Then they express their power destructively. This phenomenon is at the root of practically all individual and societal problems. Understanding this phenomenon and its implications leads to the solution of practically all individual and societal problems." The above passage rst appeared in my book Wake Up America! The Dynamics of Human Power, written in 1992. It expresses the transition from psychological alignment to psychological reversal. Power can be expressed destructively against others and the outside world, or against the self. Negative programs in the brain go hand-inhand with the use of destructive power against the self. This destructive power may originate from outside the self, when wielded by external agencies or from within the self, when the self uses its own power against itself. In any case, all negative programs require the complicity of the self to be instilled and maintained. Every negative program in the brain involves the self applying destructive power against the self. This realization is empowering to the self what the self can do it can undo! As the self shifts toward greater psychological alignment, it increases its ability to remove or override its negative programs.

Fig. 4 - Massively Negative Individual - Overwhelming Psychological Reversal Fig. 4 represents the prole of the "Hitlers" and "Stalins" of the world phenomenally powerful (large comfort zone), massively negative, and suffering from overwhelming psychological reversal. This is also the prole of the U.S. Government. The capacity for destructive behavior is enormous: Civil War, "War on Drugs," Weaver and Waco massacres, etc. In general, government bureaucrats produce results opposite to their professed aspirations the most reliable indicator of psychological reversal. Ill return to this topic later. Why You May Want to Expand and Raise Your Comfort Zone The implication of Fig. 1 on page 3 is that the "normal" person has a relatively small comfort zone, three-quarters of which is below the line. In other words, this person is more negative than positive. This squares

with my "guesstimate" that most people operate at a level of maybe 1% of their potential. If youre at this level, youll have to expand and raise your comfort zone, if you want to become wealthy. As you expand and raise your comfort level, youll control your life to a greater extent. This sense of control particularly when its realitybased goes along with many benets. Generally, people with greater control over their lives are healthier, wealthier, happier, more enthusiastic and optimistic, have more fun, enjoy greater fulllment, satisfaction, personal power and freedom, and live long lives. As people move away from psychological alignment toward psychological reversal, they experience less control over their lives. They tend to be less healthy, poorer, more pessimistic and depressed, have less fun, suffer boredom and frustration, feel helpless, hopeless, impotent, and trapped, and die young or commit suicide. Many people, instead of taking constructive steps to expand and raise their comfort zones, seek fake external substitutes, hoping that these will increase their diminishing sense of control; mindless entertainment that serves only to distract, nicotine and alcohol, other drugs, and institutions that will save them like big corporations, labor unions, and governments. Prisons We Live In You can think of your comfort zone as a prison you live in a partially self-created prison. It consists of the collection of "musts" and "must nots" and "cants" and unreal beliefs and all the other negative programs youve accumulated during your lifetime. The analogy of the "brokenin" horse may further clarify some of the effects of the comfort zone. Once a horse has been broken it timidly accepts being saddled and bridled. The saddle is placed on the horses back and held in place by a strong strap around the horses body. Attached to the saddle are stirrups for the riders feet. The riders boots may have spurs used to inict pain on the horse in order to make it run faster. The rider may also use a

horsewhip. Around the head of the horse a bridle is strapped. Part of the bridle is a metal bit that passes horizontally through the horses mouth. The reins are attached to the ends of the bit and are used to steer the horse and make it slow down and stop. Pain can be inicted on the horse by yanking the reins or pulling on them with a seesaw motion. The above paraphernalia are used to make it easy for a rider to control his or her horse difcult for the horse to disobey its rider. Now consider another analogy. The leg of a baby elephant is tied with a rope to a wooden post planted in the ground. The rope connes the baby elephant to an area determined by the length of the rope the elephants comfort zone. Initially the baby elephant tries to break the rope, but the rope is too strong. The baby elephant "learns" that it cant break the rope it has to stay in its comfort zone. When the elephant grows up into a ten-ton colossus, it could easily break the same rope. But because it "learned" that it couldnt break the rope when it was a baby, it believes that it still cant break the rope, so it doesnt even try. So the largest elephant can be conned by the puniest little rope. In a sense, the elephants mind was broken by the rope when it was a baby, limiting its comfort zone. Obedience is the greatest obstacle to expanding and raising your comfort zone obedience to others, obedience to your own beliefs about your limitations. However, disobedience may be punished. The horse that ghts tooth and hoof to prevent you from putting on bridle and saddle, may be sold as horse meat. The child who disobeys his or her parents may be spanked. The student who disobeys his or her teachers may be expelled. (This type of psychological "breaking" and control is explained in greater detail in the chapter "Are Our Schools Concentration Campuses for Mind Destruction?" in my book Wake Up America! The Dynamics Of Human Power.) Citizens who disobey certain government bureaucrats may be ned, jailed, paroled, etc.

Disobedience has to be creative. Disobedience essentially means thinking for yourself and deciding for yourself what to do and what not to do. When you follow the how-to instructions of a car-repair manual, you do so out of personal choice and conscious judgment, rather than blind obedience. (The dynamics of obedience and disobedience are further discussed in my book Wake Up America! The Dynamics Of Human Power.) Throughout history, government bureaucrats have been the worst parasites and destroyers. They have developed a host of "bridles," "saddles," and "ropes" to ride and restrict their subjects. They call themselves "Kings" (cowboys) and their victims "subjects" (horses). They call their theft and extortion "taxes." They brainwash their victims into believing that their word is "law" that must be obeyed. The elephant was conditioned or brainwashed to believe that it couldnt break a puny little rope. Humans are brainwashed to believe they must obey the "law" of destructive politicians, lawyers, and bureaucrats. Humans are brainwashed that they are like sheep who need a sheep herder to look after them, tell them what to do, and even feed them. This destructive psychological reversal takes form in government "schools," "welfare," "social security," and occurs almost everywhere government bureaucrats are active. If you make a habit of testing the outer walls of your comfort zone William Blake called them "mind forged manacles" you may discover that theyre pretty imsy A skill that would serve you well is to question limiting concepts which when formed in one context of life may not hold true in another context, such as the puny rope and the grown elephant. To prevent yourself from being unnecessarily limited by your concepts, its important that you question them.

If you habitually test the outer limits of your comfort zone youll continue to expand it. People with the "millionaire-mentality" dont allow their comfort zones to remain constant for long; they constantly test and expand their limits. Be-Do-Have Reversal Many people believe that before they can do something, they must have something. For example: before I can work, I must have a job; before I can make money I must have money see Special Report #TL13B: The Millionaire's Secret (II); before I can get a woman I must have a car; and so on. And then they believe that once they have certain things and theyve done certain things, then theyll be "somebody" the "keepingup-with-the-Joneses" syndrome! In other words, "Before I can be somebody, I must do something, and before I can do something I must have something." This is a form of psychological reversal and implied self-denigration. The psychologically aligned persons says, "I am; therefore I will do; therefore I will have." "I dont need a job to work; I can nd out what others need and want, produce it, and get them to pay me for it. Psychological Reversal and Sports Weve all heard of the tennis player whos ve-love, forty love ahead in the nal set then goes to pieces, repeatedly misses the easiest of shots, and loses. And the golfer whos four shots ahead with three holes left to play then "chokes," hits two balls into the water, and comes second. Or the basketball team that has their opponents on the ropes, then inexplicably hits a "dry spell," and loses. These are all cases of self-sabotage brought on by psychological reversal. Psychological Alignment and Health In their book Remarkable Recovery: What Extraordinary Healings Tell

Us about Getting Well and Staying Well, Caryle Hirschberg and Marc Ian Barasch use the term "congruence" to describe people who had experienced "miracle recoveries" from illnesses diagnosed as "terminal." They write, "[T]hese people, in the midst of crisis, had discovered a way to be deeply true to themselves, manifesting a set of behaviors growing from the roots of their being." Let me suggest that "congruence" is a synonym for psychological alignment and plays a major role in what is usually called "spontaneous remission." Hirschberg and Barasch start chapter one of their book with, "There are no medical journals devoted to the study of remarkable recovery." The question comes to mind: "To what extent are some orthodox physicians psychologically reversed in the area of health?" In his book Spontaneous Healing: How to Discover and Enhance Your Bodys Natural Ability to Maintain and Heal Itself, Andrew Weil, M.D. writes, "Acceptance of illness is often part of a larger acceptance of self that represents a signicant mental shift, a shift that can initiate transformation of personality and with it the healing of disease." [emphasis added] The Origins of Psychological Reversal Dr. Callahan writes: "Any form of psychological reversal appears to be rooted in a deep rejection of self on the part of the individual. Reversed people do not believe they deserve to succeed. They consider themselves unworthy of good things and deserving of failure and unhappiness. Dr. Albert Ellis dubbed this syndrome the "worthless piece of shit" approach to life. A person suffering from this condition considers himself so valueless that he deserves no happiness or success in life.

I have found that this condition can exist in many degrees. One person may feel very positive and deserving in many areas of his life and worthless in only one specic eld. Another individual may be suffering from a negative image of himself in every area of his life. The more extensive the psychological reversal, the more difcult it is to treat and, generally, the more often it needs to be dealt with." I use the term "psychological reversal" to include all the negative programs in the brain and body its a wider sense than that used by Dr. Callahan. So lets examine some of the other sources of psychological reversal as I use the term: 1. Negative Childhood Programming. In his book What to Say When You Talk to Your Self, Dr. Shad Helmstetter describes the negative programming most of us received: "If we grew up in fairly average, reasonably positive homes, we were told "No!," or what we could not do, more than 148,000 times!" Many of us were subjected to overwhelmingly negative programming. By contrast, most of us were told what we could accomplish maybe a dozen times if we were lucky! We "internalized" much of this negativity and used it to a greater or lesser degree to form our self-images. And, of course, being constantly told what you cant do, tends to shrink your comfort zone! 2. Painful or Traumatic Experiences. These are sources of fears and phobias that shrink our comfort zones. In addition, they are sources of negative programming that push our comfort zones down toward greater psychological reversal. Such experiences could include painful accidents, "rejections," and other "failures." Beware of making decisions or drawing conclusions immediately or soon after a painful experience. Nevertheless, take conscious control and use it to your advantage by learning from it.

3. Coercion. If you look up "coercion" in the dictionary, youll nd something like: "the use of force to overwhelm the will." When youre being coerced, somebody else decides for you and tells you what you must do or may not do and if you disagree with that decision and attempt to act contrary to it, force may be used to compel you to obey. The perpetrator of coercion puts himself in the position of master and puts his victim in the position of slave. Submitting to repeated coercion tends to cause "learned helplessness" (see Dr. Seligmans books in the Bibliography). Learned helplessness greatly shrinks your comfort zone. Submitting to coercion also tends to damage your self-image more negative programming. On page 2 I quoted Dr. Callahan: "But even someone who has no builtin tendency toward reversal can become reversed by the stresses of his life, by a relationship that is unsatisfactory, by his work and/or by the people with whom he associates." [emphasis added] My thoughts: In what ways do government bureaucrats impose psychological reversal on individuals through coercion? They can generally make our lives more stressful in negative ways. They force their "unsatisfactory relationships" on us. That is to say, they force us to have relationships with them, and furthermore these relationships tend to be not only unsatisfactory, but downright destructive and in some cases, devastating as in the case of Randy Weaver described in Special Report #TL13D: The Millionaire's Secret (IV), not to speak of the Waco massacre. They try to saddle us with extra work through regulations, telling us we must keep books and records for them, and we must collect all kinds of taxes for them. (This is one reason why so many small businesses and start-ups fail: its not only the regulations and taxes themselves, but the psychological reversal induced by all the extra negative stress resulting from the regulations, taxes and other intrusions.)

The implication of the psychological reversal factor is that government bureaucrats are vastly more destructive than is generally presumed. Not only do they rape us economically, invade our privacy, overpower our wills through coercion, but they transform healthy human beings (with no built-in predisposition toward reversal) into ones who are psychologically reversed. (We are born free and powerful thats our essence but somewhere along the road to maturity, we lose our power and freedom.) Imagine all the self-actualizers, the freedom-practicing equivalents of Bill Gates who would spring up as a result of clearing up this problem of reversal in general and government bureaucrat-imposed reversal. Freedom Technology + implementation of anti-reversal insights and technologies + other personal power insights and technologies = Freedom-practicing equivalents of Bill Gates by the barrelful! Imagine a meter like an Ohm meter or earthquake scale which measures the amount of fear and intimidation resulting from the actions of government bureaucrats! For both the sake of our mental health and our material wealth, we need to dissociate ourselves (as much as possible) from government bureaucrats. The above goes a long way toward answering the question I posed at the beginning of this report: "How come theres only one person who has really applied Freedom Technology in a big way to create a business empire and make a fortune?" But there are more answers! 4. Brainwashing in Government-Controlled Schools. This is described in detail in my book Wake Up America! The Dynamics of Human Power. 5. Religious Brainwashing. Ill leave it to the reader to discern which religious teachings tend to shrink the comfort zone and push it down. 6. Media Brainwashing. In his book From Freedom to Slavery: The Rebirth of Tyranny in America, Gerry Spence indicates that our enemy

is the "New King." And the New King consists of the partnership between government and giant corporations. The media are largely controlled by the New King. The media are the mouths of the New King. The New King wants obedient slaves who are easily controlled. The smaller and lower the slaves comfort zones, the easier they are controlled. (This is also why the New King maintains an iron grip on schools.) So, according to the dictates of the New King, with minor exceptions, the media dish out whatever negativity will shrink and lower the slaves comfort zones. The Aging Process Psychological reversal has its physical counterpart in the form of the aging process. Imagine the comfort zone shrinking and falling. This is essentially what happens during aging. Now consider the immune system. Its purpose is to neutralize certain agents like viruses, germs, bacteria, and cancer cells that pose a threat to the body. If these agents are not neutralized, you get the kind of negative growth depicted in Fig. 4 on page 3. Also consider autoimmune diseases like arthritis. This is where the immune system starts attacking parts of the body itself. Toxins build up in the joints to the extent that some parts look to the immune system like "foreign agents" that must be neutralized. This is the physiological equivalent of people having a problem with drugs, then appointing government bureaucrats to declare "war on drugs," and the end result being that the problem gets worse and additional problems are created. This suggests an important principle: Use positive means to shift from psychological reversal to psychological alignment. (This is why in Build Freedom we dont ght tyranny, we build freedom. Someone recently sent me an article with the headline, "Would You Rather Spend the Rest of Your Life Slaying a Dragon or Planting Fruit Trees?")

Psychological Reversal and Government One way to look at the institution of government is that its the societal manifestation of individual psychological reversal. Looking back at Fig. 1 on page 3, can you see that government laws and agencies tend to threaten and reduce your comfort zone? Consider the IRS, for example. Now compare the hundreds of thousands of pages of government laws, statutes, and regulations to the 148,000 times the average child was told, "No!" What have we here? Negative adult programming? (As Drew Hiatt, executive vice president of the National Business Owners Association, said in Special Report #TL13E: The Millionaire's Secret (V), "There are over 132,000 pages of government regulations on the books. The books themselves" the 202-volume Code of Federal Regulations "take up over 19 feet of shelf space. How is a small business owner with two or three employees supposed to keep track of all that? I worked it out once its like trying to read War and Peace 115 times.") Ayn Rand describes the purpose of all these laws in her classic Atlas Shrugged in a conversation between Dr. Floyd Ferris (a government bureaucrat) and Hank Reardon (an industrialist). Ferris says that honest men like Reardon are a problem and a headache, but the government bureaucrats had gotten the goods on Reardon because hed broken a law. (Ferris is trying to blackmail Reardon into delivering 5,000 tons of steel to the State Science Institute.) Ferris then indicates that the government bureaucrats want laws to be broken, because innocent men cant be ruled. The only power government bureaucrats have is to crack down on criminals. And when there arent enough criminals, the government bureaucrats have to manufacture them. And the way they manufacture criminals is to declare so many things crimes that it becomes impossible for anyone to live without breaking laws. Furthermore, the laws need to be so vague, voluminous, complex, and convoluted that nobody can understand them or interpret them objectively. This is how the government bureaucrats create a nation of lawbreakers they can control

through indoctrination, stultication, stagnation, fossilization, identication, enumeration, classication, accreditation, regulation, complexication, obfuscation, confusion, diversion, deception, misrepresentation, fabrication, falsication, prevarication, perversion, exaggeration, coercion, inspection, compulsion, prohibition, frustration, confrontation, taxation, extortion, ination, destruction, aggravation, humiliation, supplication, addiction, polarization, suppression, oppression, corruption, incorporation, annexation, admonition, condemnation, persecution, prosecution, conviction, conscation, incarceration, extradition, expulsion, decimation, annihilation, termination, and execution! Special Report #TL13C: The Millionaire's Secret (III) showed the relentless collapse of the US$. In Ayn Rands Atlas Shrugged, Francisco dAnconia, during his memorable speech about money says, "Whenever destroyers appear among men, they start by destroying money, for money is mens protection and the base of a moral existence. Destroyers seize gold and leave to its owners a counterfeit pile of paper. This kills all objective standards and delivers men into the arbitrary power of an arbitrary setter of values." (Does this by any chance sound like Americas federal reserve system?) Remember what Nietzsche said about the state in Special Report #TL13D: The Millionaire's Secret (IV)? You need to understand that government with the exception of a small number of good qualities is a collection of the worst human evils, packaged in a huge comfort zone below the line of psychological reversal. How do the viciously negative things I say about government square with the principle of using positive means? The rst step in dealing with an element such as a fear, or phobia, or whatever that shrinks and lowers your comfort zone, is to recognize it. The second step is to describe it. And if its extremely negative and massively psychologically reversed, then part of the recognition is to describe it as

it is. This is what Nietzsche did. This is what Ayn Rand did. This is what Gerry Spence did. Now the third step is to use positive means to handle the element. The kind of means we advocate in Build Freedom include: Increase your personal power, freedom, and wealth; Learn to outwit the government bureaucrats and withdraw your support from their system; Create positive alternatives such as World Trade Clearinghouse. In general, dont ght tyranny build freedom! Prescriptions for Psychological Alignment, Wealth, and Success To increase your chances of building wealth and succeeding in life generally, there are two kinds of things you may need to do: (1) Expand your comfort zone; and (2) Shift your comfort zone up toward psychological alignment by reprogramming your brain more positively. Following are some specic steps for you to consider: Treatment Specically for Psychological Reversal. Refer to the book Five Minute Phobia Cure: Dr. Callahans Treatment for Fears, Phobias and Self-Sabotage by Roger J. Callahan, Ph.D. Unfortunately, this book is out of print. However, if you would like information regarding Dr. Callahan's remarkable techniques, contact Mark Lindsay at feedback@buildfreedom.com. Mark Lindsay is a certied practitioner of the Callahan Techniques and Thought Field Therapy. Curing Fears and Phobias. See above. Developing Self-Acceptance. Dr. Callahan provides a prescription see above. You may also want to study the book Mind Traps: Change Your Mind Change Your Life by Tom Rusk, who identies self-doubt as the root of all evil: "The effects of self-doubt go far deeper than an inability to accept ones talents and attributes. Self-doubt is a mental abscess which can penetrate

to the very essence of your being. Like a slow-growing but highly adaptable fungus, self-doubt is a creeping rot which eats away at your sense of worth. It can be so insidious you may be unaware of its damaging effect on your life. And self-doubt is extremely durable; it is resistant to all but the most sophisticated and determined efforts at eradicating it. Introduced by painful experiences in childhood, self-doubt weaves itself into the fabric of your identity. There, disguised as the truth, utilizing the self-defeating attitudes (Mind Traps) it generates, self-doubt asserts its poisonous inuence over every aspect of life, from work to relationships. Self-doubts and Mind Traps are hardy enough to withstand overwhelming conicting evidence. They are even resistant to good common sense no matter how much some people may love and respect you, you may still doubt yourself. And you may nd yourself sabotaging your own welfare." Recall Dr. Callahans observation that psychological reversal appears to be rooted in a deep rejection of the self. Self-doubt is a particularly vitriolic aspect of self-rejection. You may need to tackle the problem of self-doubt when eliminating psychological reversal in yourself. Apply "The Path of Least Resistance." See Special Report #TL13A: The Millionaire's Secret (I), as well as the book The Path of Least Resistance by Robert Fritz see Bibliography. Handling Guilt Resulting from "Anti-Selshness" Brainwashing. See the books on selshness by Ayn Rand and David Seabury in the Bibliography. Treating Learned Helplessness and Learning Optimism. Refer to the books by Martin E. P. Seligman see Bibliography. Do Things You Dont Normally Do. For some of us our comfort zone is like a safe little cocoon in which we hide and do our little

insignicant, risk-free things. Anything new or different outside the comfort zone tends to be seen as risky, dangerous, uncomfortable, or even unworkable. The very thought of doing something new or different may "kick-in" negativity and drag us down toward psychological reversal. And if we tell our family, friends, and co-workers most of whom are likely to be predominantly negative many of them will automatically put down the idea, and were likely to be dragged down toward psychological reversal. To expand your comfort zone, its vital that you learn to do things outside your comfort zone that you dont normally do and that you learn to overcome the negativity that "kicks in" negativity from your own programs or from other people. The most basic way to deal with the negativity is to simply observe it, let it remain or be there, and continue doing what you need to do despite the negativity. The essential principle here is to stretch your comfort zone by doing those things that you normally wouldnt, and as a result the next time that same thing is easier to do. Theres truth in that old saying that the only way to overcome fear of something is to do the very thing youre afraid of. This is a perfect example of expanding your comfort zone. Theres a saying that goes something like: "Once a man stretches beyond his limits he never quite shrinks back to his former size." The experience that you can do things in the face of negativity is very powerful. It engages the principle of transforming obstacles into power facets of your personality see Special Report #TL13A: The Millionaire's Secret (I). It sets the stage and develops your ability to handle and overcome more and more negativity expanding and raising your comfort zone. As Nietzsche said, "What doesnt destroy me, makes me stronger." Most people only put this principle to work when situations or external circumstances throw an obstacle at them they cant avoid or escape. But

when this happens, theyre more likely to get stuck in what Robert Fritz calls the "reactive-response orientation" (in his book The Path of Least Resistance) as opposed to the "creative orientation." A self-actualizing, conscious decision-maker actively seeks out opportunities to do new and different things. And as you step outside your comfort zone, you could do the following: (a) Recognize the mechanism what happens in your consciousness at work when you apply the Obstacles/Power Facets Principle; (b) Notice how much more effectively you handle the obstacle when you do so from the creative orientation, rather than from the reactiveresponsive orientation. (c) Notice that every time you successfully handle and overcoming negativity, you become more capable of dealing with negativity in general your comfort zone expands and rises. (d) Learn that you can deliberately engage the Obstacles/Power Facets Principle by consciously choosing to do things outside your comfort zone. Mastering Money. I suggest you start with the books on money in the rst part of the Bibliography. Learning Marketing. Many people are to some extent psychologically reversed in the area of selling. They nd it difcult to handle rejection. The negativity associated with selling "failures" tends to shrink and lower their comfort zones to the point that they become so discouraged that they lose the strength and motivation to make further selling attempts. Most ways of making a fortune involve selling. You may have negative programs like, "Im a poor salesperson" or "I hate selling." Consider the

possibility that this is psychological reversal or maybe just lack of competence. To learn marketing, I suggest you start with the marketing books in the Bibliography. Improving Your Decision-Making Ability. See Special Report #TL13E: The Millionaire's Secret (V). Raise Your Consciousness. See Special Report #TL13E: The Millionaire's Secret (V). Forming Power Relationships. See Special Report #TL13E: The Millionaire's Secret (V). Increasing Your "Freedom Quotient." For our purposes here, there are four important dimensions of freedom: (a) Increasing your personal power, wealth, and freedom thats what this report is mostly about; (b) Learning freedom principles or philosophies of freedom see the books in the Bibliography; (c) Acquiring: the practical knowledge, methods, and skills for living free; the street-smart know-how to outwit government bureaucrats; and the practical means to protect your income and assets from thieves and robbers of all kinds contact Build Freedom for more information. (d) Creating real free-enterprise institutions and organizations. To increase your "freedom quotient" which expands and raises your comfort zone youll want to further develop your freedom in all respects

Increasing Your Competence. Implementing the suggestions in these Millionaire reports will most likely increase your competence considerably. See also Bibliography. Increasing Your Intelligence and Creativity. Read report #TL11: How to Increase Your Intelligence. Nutritional Supplements. You can expand and raise your comfort zone by taking certain nutritional supplements. Improving Your Health. Contact us about our health information. Idenics. A most effective and efcient methodology for handling most negative behavior patterns. For more information, call Michael Goldstein at 1-800-IDENICS (1-800-433-6427), or write to him at: Survival Services Intnl., 1670 S. Elkhart St, Aurora, CO 80012. Tell him Wealth Build Freedom referred you. Self-Talk Tapes. See the books by Dr. Shad Helmstetter in the Bibliography. The "Focusing" Technique. A profound yet simple technique developed by Dr. Eugene Gendlin to get in touch with your feelings and to allow your body to help you to free yourself from anything youre stuck in by using a special kind of "inward attention" called the "felt sense." Dr. Gendlin says, "Human problems are by their very nature such that we are each inherently in charge of ourselves. No authority can resolve our problems or tell us how to live. Therefore I and others have been teaching more and more people to help themselves and each other." See Dr. Gendlins book Focusing in the Bibliography. "Rebirthing" Techniques. Includes powerful techniques for handling negativity and increasing self-acceptance. See the book Rebirthing: The Science of Enjoying All of Your Life by Jim Leonard and Phil Laut in the Bibliography.

Note: The more you succeed, the more your comfort zone will expand. The larger your comfort zone becomes, the easier it is for you to succeed. Thus, the more you succeed, the easier it becomes for you to succeed in future. This principle is also an aspect of the Innite Bootstrap Principle described in Special Report #TL13A: The Millionaire's Secret (I). Theres just one problem: If your comfort zone gets too big for your boots and you try to expand too fast, your comfort zone will drop from the sky like a pricked balloon! Personal Power Institutes "So much to do and so little time!", you might explain. All the things you might have to do to expand and raise your comfort zone may seem quite overwhelming. Where do you start? Well, you can start anywhere and apply the Small-Step-Progression Principle see Special Report #TL13A: The Millionaire's Secret (I). We are currently developing plans to open a number of Personal Power Institutes around the world where people receive guidance, assistance, and training on how to quickly and effectively expand and raise their comfort zones to the page 3, Fig. 2 prole or beyond that. Psychological Reversal and the Millionaire Reports When we are psychologically reversed, we tend to undercut our own efforts to achieve something. When we are reversed, we tend to produce results opposite to those we claim to desire. The 'Millionaire reports contain some of the most powerful wealth-producing information to be found anywhere. However, I expect that many readers may nd this concentrated compilation of wealth principles somewhat overwhelming. Its important that when we begin applying this information we dont become discouraged by the enormity of the task and fall into a state of psychological reversal.

For some it may be necessary to read these reports several times. Never underestimate the power of repetition! Also, some of the pieces of the puzzle may only fall into place after the third or fourth reading. In any case, I recommend the following steps as a basic bare-bones plan for implementing the information in the reports: 1. Make a fundamental decision or decisions regarding the results you want to produce. See Special Report #TL13A: The Millionaire's Secret (I) and Robert Fritzs book The Path of Least Resistance. 2. Make an objective and realistic assessment of yourself and your life and determine if there are any areas in which you are psychologically reversed. (This includes an assessment of the results you are currently producing.) 3. Using the Small-Step-Progression Principle, begin eliminating psychological reversal in those areas. 4. Make a special effort to nd at least one person to work with you. Its much easier to do the "work" suggested by these reports, if there are at least two people giving each other mutual support and feedback. 5. Using the Small-Step-Progression Principle, begin implementing the information found in the Millionaire reports. In the course of doing so, you may nd many opportunities to expand and raise your comfort level. Please keep in mind that the best way to expand your comfort zone is to do so intentionally by using the Obstacles/Power Facets Principle discussed above. 6. Continue to monitor yourself for psychological reversal by assessing the results you produce. ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY by Frederick Mann

Included here are books I believe to be of the greatest practical value for expanding and raising your comfort zone, and increasing your personal wealth. No one person can tell you everything you need to know about realizing your potential or how to make a fortune or become a millionaire. Most successful people and/or millionaires dont really know completely why or how they did it much knowledge is tacit or unspoken; and, as Nietzsche said, human consciousness is in its infancy. The more people you learn from, the better. And the more information you have available to you, the more powerful the decisions you make. Even though most millionaires consciously recognize only a few of the success principles they use, they become spectacularly successful anyway. Imagine the results you can achieve if you consciously apply all the principles discussed in these reports and maybe in a few of the books. This Bibliography is divided into three parts. Part 1 contains the books I regard as most important fundamental. Part 2 is important primary. Part 3 is less important secondary. Part 1 Barker, Joel Arthur: Future Edge: Discovering the New Paradigms of Success (William Morrow, NY; 1992). Build Freedom is attempting to bring about a paradigm shift "a change to a new game, a new set of rules" our "Principles for Civilization." Barker provides the dynamics of how such paradigm shifts occur. Who instigates such paradigm shifts? How do they do it? What are the roles of leaders and managers related to paradigm shifts? Who wins big and who loses big and why? This is a seminal book. Beck, Aaron T., M.D.: Cognitive Therapy and the Emotional Disorders (New American Freedomry, NY; 1976). How to get control of your emotions through improved thinking skills. A vitally important selfreprogramming manual.

Beckman, Robert: The Downwave: Surviving the Second Great Depression (Milestone Publications, Portsmouth, England; 1983). Important information on our likely nancial and economic future and how to deal with it. Bloom, Howard: The Lucifer Principle (Atlantic Monthly Press, NY; 1995). A very important analysis of culture, creativity, violence, and self-destruction including "the rise and the fall of the American empire." Botie, tienne de la: The Politics of Obedience: The Discourse of Voluntary Servitude (Free Life Editions, 41 Union Square, NY, NY 10003; 1975 rst published in 1562). De la Botie was a friend of the famous Montaigne. De la Botie can be regarded as the "father of civil disobedience." He had a profound inuence on Tolstoy, Gandhi, and other nonviolent freedom-ghters. 430 years after its writing, his Discourse is still the most advanced political essay I know of. Bovard, James: Lost Rights: The Destruction of American Liberty (St. Martins Press, NY; 1994). If you dont realize that America has become a tyrannical police state comparable to Nazi Germany, then you should read this book. Branden, Nathaniel: The Six Pillars of Self-Esteem (Bantam Books, NY; 1994). Increasing your self-esteem is a most important aspect of psychological alignment this book tells you how. Browne, Harry: How I Found Freedom in an Unfree World (Avon Books, NY; 1973). By far the best book on practical freedom I know of. Had a profound inuence on my life. Has helped me live free in Africa, Europe, and America. "Freedom is living your life as you want to live it."

"You can be free without changing the world. You can live your life as you want to live it no matter what others decide to do with their lives." "Our culture is saturated with philosophical "truths" that are commonly accepted and acted upon and are rarely challenged. I think of these truisms as traps. "Traps are assumptions that are accepted without challenge. As long as they go unchallenged, they can keep you enslaved." Burkett, Larry: The Coming Economic Earthquake (Moody Press, Chicago, IL; 1994). Lessons from the 30s depression, the New Deal, and other economic ascoes; analysis of the present American economy; what to do about it. Callahan, Roger J., Ph.D.: Five Minute Phobia Cure: Dr. Callahans Treatment for Fears, Phobias and Self-Sabotage (Out of print). The physical cause and treatment for fears and phobias works within a few minutes. "Psychological reversal" and how it causes self-sabotage its treatment. Carroll, John: Break-Out from the Crystal Palace The AnarchoPsychological Critique: Stirner, Nietzsche, Dostoevsky (Routledge and Kegan Paul, London; 1974). Brilliant exposition of AnarchoPsychology; profound contribution to the psychology of freedom. Casey, Douglas: Crisis Investing for the Rest of the 90s (Carol Publishing, NY; 1993). Investment advice from the worlds bestselling nancial author. Collier, James M. & Collier, Kenneth F.: Votescam: The Stealing of America (Victoria House Press, NY; 1992). Thrilling and convincing expos of how about 60% of U.S. political elections are rigged.

Davidson, James Dale & Rees-Mogg, Lord William: The Great Reckoning: Protect Yourself in the Coming Depression (Simon & Schuster, NY; 1993). A thorough analysis of major world economies and their likely futures and how to deal with them. Dent, Harry S.: The Great Boom Ahead: Your Comprehensive Guide to Personal and Business Prot in the New Era of Prosperity (Hyperion, NY; 1993). Why there could be a great economic boom in America before the end of the 90s and how you can prot from it. De Ropp, Robert S.: Self Completion (Gateways, PO Box 370, Nevada City, CA 95959). How to complete your self-development by a student of Gurdjieff and Ouspensky. De Ropp, Robert S.: Warriors Way: The Challenging Life Games (Delta, NY; 1979). Important biographical information on how to become more conscious by a student of Gurdjieff and Ouspensky. Dohrman, Bernhard: Living Life as a Super Achiever (IBI Publishing, PO Box 173, Madison, AL 35758). Vital information on decisionmaking and networking (power relationships). Ellis, Albert, Ph.D. & Harper, Robert A., Ph.D.: A New Guide to Rational Living (Wilshire Book Co., 12015 Sherman Rd, N. Hollywood, CA 91605; 1975). Basics of "Rational-Emotive Therapy" (RET). How to improve your rational thinking skills for emotional control and to control your own destiny. A vitally important self-reprogramming manual. Figgie, Harry E., Jr. with Swanson, Gerald J., Ph.D.: The Coming Collapse of America and How to Stop It (Little Brown, Boston, MA; 1992). Why the US$ could be wiped out during a coming nancial crisis. Fritz, Robert: The Path of Least Resistance (Stillpoint Publishing, 27 Congress St, Salem, MA 01970; 1987). Basics of "Rational-Emotive

Therapy" (RET). By far the best book available on setting and achieving goals. Gatto, John Taylor: Dumbing Us Down: The Hidden Curriculum of Compulsory Schooling (New Society Publishers, Philadelphia, PA; 1992). The destruction of thinking skills and the perpetration of psychological reversal in government "schools" by New York State Teacher of the Year. Gendlin, Eugene T., Ph.D.: Focusing (Bantam Books, NY; 1981). A simple yet powerful technique to utilize the "wisdom of the body" to expand and raise your comfort level. Glasser, William, M.D.: Control Theory: A New Explanation of How We Control Our Lives (Harper & Rowe, NY; 1985). Control and power are closely related. A very important book for increasing personal control, hence personal power. Goldberg, Herb, Ph.D. & Lewis, Robert T., Ph.D.: Money Madness: The Psychology of Saving, Spending, Loving, and Hating Money (New American Freedomry, NY; 1979). About 90% of crimes are committed for money. Problems with money are a factor in the breakup of most marriages. An important guide to "money sanity" psychological alignment in the area of money. Gross, Martin L.: A Call for Revolution: How Washington is Strangling America and How to Stop It (Ballantyne Books, NY; 1993). Very good expos of U.S. government politicians and bureaucrats corruption and waste. Gross, Martin L.: The Great Whitewater Fiasco: An American Tale of Money, Power, and Politics (Ballantyne Books, NY; 1994). Very good expos of the Clintons corruption.

Gross, Martin L.: The Government Racket: Washington Waste from A to Z (Bantam Books, NY; 1992). Very good expos of waste by U.S. federal government politicians and bureaucrats. Gross, Martin L.: The Tax Racket: Government Extortion from A to Z (Ballantyne Books, NY; 1995). Very good expos of U.S. taxes in general and the IRS in particular. Hart, Leslie A.: How the Brain Works: A New Understanding of Human Learning, Emotion, and Thinking (Basic Books, NY; 1975). A most important explanation of how your brain works. Hart, Leslie A.: Human Brain and Human Learning (Longman, NY; 1983). Why coercion is incompatible with the way your brain works. Why coercion causes "downshifting" into the primitive parts of the brain. Helmstatter Shad: What to Say When You Talk to Yourself (Pocket Books, NY; 1982). Discover your negative programs and replace them with positive programs. Hewitt-Gleeson, Dr. Michael: Software for the Brain (Wrightbooks, PO Box 2301, North Brighton, Victoria 3186, Australia phone (03) 596-4262; 1993). How to apply the Innite Bootstrap Principle to your brain. Some of the most powerful reprogramming techniques available. Hill, Napoleon: Think and Grow Rich (Combined Registry, Chicago, IL; 1960). A classic on creating wealth. Hirschberg, Caryl & Barasch, Marc Ian: Remarkable Recovery: What Extraordinary Healings Tell Us about Getting Well and Staying Well (Riverhead Books, NY; 1995). Psychological alignment and health. Jaynes, Julian: The Origin of Consciousness in the Breakdown of the Bicameral Mind (Houghton Mifin, Boston; 1990 originally

published in 1976). In my opinion, the most important book on psychology ever written. Explains where human consciousness came from, how it developed, and where it is now why most humans still crave "external authorities." Jeffers, Susan, Ph.D.: Feel the Fear and Do It Anyway (Fawcett Columbine, NY; 1987). Important information and techniques for understanding and handling fear. Kolbe, Kathy: The Conative Connection: Uncovering the Link between Who You Are and How You Perform (Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA; 1990). How to develop your conative mind the part of your mind that determines what you naturally do and dont do, and how you naturally do things. The four "action modes." Crucial for placing people in the right jobs and setting realistic expectations. Lane, Rose Wilder: The Discovery of Freedom: Mans Struggle Against Authority (Arno Press & The New York Times, NY; 1972 rst published in 1943). Must reading for anyone who wants to discover that he or she is free. Lane wrote: "The great majority of human beings on earth believe today that a superhuman Authority controls human beings. Italians call this pagan god Immortal Italy. Germans call it The German Race. Communists begin to believe that History is its name; that history is not a mere record of mens acts, but a power that controls mens acts Experience contradicts this pagan superstition. Whatever the intangible Authority is called, it can not be seen nor felt nor smelled nor heard. When a man musters courage to act against or without its control, it does not strike him dead. It does nothing whatever."

Langer, Ellen J.: Mindfulness (Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA; 1989). Contrasts "mindfulness" with "mindlessness" analogous to the contrast between "conscious" and "unconscious" or "psychological alignment" and "psychological reversal." Lant, Dr. Jeffrey: Cash Copy: How to Offer Your Products and Services So Your Prospects Buy Them NOW! (JLA Publications, PO Box 38-2767, Cambridge, MA 02238 (617) 547-6372; 1994). An excellent book on writing advertising copy. Lant, Dr. Jeffrey: Multi-Level Money: The Complete Guide to Generating, Closing & Working with All the People You Need to Make Real Money Every Month in Network Marketing (JLA Publications, PO Box 38-2767, Cambridge, MA 02238 (617) 547-6372; 1994). Possibly the best book available on MLM or Network Marketing. Leary, Timothy: Exo-Psychology: A Manual on the Use of the Human Nervous System According to the Instructions of the Manufacturers (Starseed/Peace Press, PO Box 188, Culver City, CA 90230; 1977). How to understand and improve your brain and nervous system. Leary, Timothy with Wilson, Robert Anton & Koopman, George A.: Neuropolitics: The Sociobiology of Human Metamorphosis (Starseed/Peace Press, PO Box 188, Culver City, CA 90230; 1977). How to understand politics and transcend it. Le Bon, Gustave: The Crowd: A Study of the Popular Mind (Penguin Books, NY; 1977). How peoples thinking and behavior change when they become part of a crowd in some important respects they go into severe psychological reversal. A most important classic. Leonard, Jim and Laut, Phil: Rebirthing: The Science of Enjoying All Your Life (Trinity Publications, 1636 N. Curson Ave, Hollywood, CA 90046 213-876-6226; 1983). Important information and techniques for understanding and overcoming negativity.

LeBoeuf, Michael, Ph.D.: The Greatest Management Principle in the World (Putnam, NY; 1985). One of the most powerful books on management. It does justice to its title. Down-to-earth. Lewis, Dr. Robert T.: Taking Chances: The Psychology of Losing & How to Prot from It (Houghton Mifin, Boston, MA; 1979). To become a millionaire requires taking risks. There are bound to be many losses on the way. This book tells you how to deal with the losses and use them to best advantage. Limbaugh, Rush: See, I Told You So (Simon & Schuster, NY; 1993). Important freedom and success information. Limbaugh, Rush: The Way Things Ought to Be (Simon & Schuster, NY; 1992). Important freedom and success information. MacPherson, Donald W.: Tax Fraud & Evasion: The War Stories (MacPherson & Sons Publishers, 3404 W. Cheryl Dr #A-250, Phoenix, AZ 85051 1-800-BEAT-IRS). Leading tax attorney writes about a series of tax cases, most of which he won. Very important information for understanding the extent to which you might be at risk from the IRS, and for choosing your tax strategies. Mann, Frederick: The Economic Rape of America: What You Can Do About It (Build Freedom Holdings, 1996). How the Federal Reserve bankers, the politicians and bureaucrats, the IRS, and members of the legal profession "rape" the American economy. The destruction of the U.S. Dollar. Ination and hyperination. The Declaration of Independence and the Constitution. The nature of taxation and government. How to protect your income and assets. How to discover and develop your freedom. Mann, Frederick: Wake Up America! The Dynamics of Human Power (Build Freedom Holdings, 1996). The power of Mahatma Gandhi. Human failure programs and human success programs. The nature and

consequences of government "education." How to overcome helplessness and powerlessness. How to learn creative optimism. How to master money and love. The power that brings happiness. Many people live their lives out of a victim orientation. If they love freedom, they think freedom is something that needs to be given to them or created for them. Reading Wake Up America! is a major step for many toward experiencing their personal power and seizing their freedom. Morgan, George Allan, Jr.: What Nietzsche Means (Greenwood Press, Westport, CT; 1975). Comprehensive exposition of Nietzsches philosophy, psychology, and esthetics. Needleman, Jacob: Money and the Meaning of Life (Doubleday, NY; 1991). A most important book on the psychology of money how to explore money issues for personal growth and development. Nietzsche, Friedrich: Beyond Good and Evil (Penguin Books, London; 1979). Aphorisms to help you question everything. Nietzsche, Friedrich: Twilight of the Idols & The Antichrist (Penguin Books, London; 1978). How to smash your idols false concepts and beliefs. ORourke, P.J.: Parliament of Whores: A Lone Humorist Attempts to Explain the Entire U.S. Government (The Atlantic Monthly Press, 19 Union Square West, NY, NY 10003; 1991). "The American political system is like a gigantic Mexican Christmas esta. Each political party is a huge piata a papier-mch donkey, for example. The donkey is lled with full employment, low interest rates, affordable housing, comprehensive medical benets, a balanced budget and other goodies. The American voter is blindfolded and given a stick. The voter then swings the stick wildly in every direction, trying to hit a political candidate on the head and knock some sense into the silly bastard."

Pugsley, John A.: The Alpha Strategy: The Ultimate Plan of Financial Self-Defense (Harper & Row, NY; 1981). One of the best books available for understanding money, wealth, taxation, ination, and regulation and what you should do to create and conserve your personal wealth. Rand, Ayn: Atlas Shrugged (New American Freedomry, NJ; 1957). U.S. surveys consistently show that Atlas Shrugged is the book that inuences people second-most (The Bible is rst). See in particular Francisco dAnsonias speech on money in the chapter "The Aristocracy of Pull" and the real reason behind most government laws in the chapter "White Blackmail." Rand, Ayn: The Virtue of Selshness (New American Freedomry, NJ; 1964). "It is not a mere semantic issue nor a matter of arbitrary choice. The meaning ascribed in popular usage to the word "selshness" is not merely wrong: it represents a devastating intellectual "package-deal," which is responsible, more than any other single factor, for the arrested moral development of mankind." Ringer, Robert J.: How You Can Find Happiness During the Collapse of Western Civilization (Harper & Row, NY; 1983). Explains why the gradual collapse of Western civilization continues day by day. Why hyperination and complete destruction of the U.S. dollar and nancial system are inevitable. How to survive it all. Ringer, Robert J.: Million Dollar Habits (Wynwood Press, NY; 1990). A systematic formulation of Ringers success principles. Robbins, Anthony: Awaken the Giant Within: How to Take Immediate Control of Your Mental, Emotional, Physical & Financial Destiny (Simon & Schuster, NY; 1992). A powerhouse of information and techniques for reprogramming yourself for success.

Rothbard, Murray N.: For a New Liberty: The Libertarian Manifesto (Collier/Macmillan, NY; 1978). Libertarianism is a synonym for capitalism or free enterprise. A well-written explanation of libertarianism in theory, history, and practice. Had a profound inuence on my own thinking. Says Rothbard: "The libertarian creed rests upon one central axiom: that no man or group of men may aggress against the person or property of anyone else. This may be called the "nonaggression axiom." "Aggression" is dened as the initiation of the use or threat of physical violence against the person or property of anyone else. Aggression is therefore synonymous with invasion." Rusk, Tom, M.D.: Mind Traps: Change Your Mind Change Your Life (Price Stern Sloan, Los Angeles; 1988). The most important key to overcoming personal weaknesses. Identies self-doubt as the root of all evil. Easy to read, understand, and apply. Ruwart, Dr. Mary J.: Healing Our World: The Other Piece of the Puzzle (SunStar Press, PO Box 342, Kalamazoo, MI 49005; 1992). Freedom solutions to personal and societal problems. Especially good on environmental solutions. Very good introduction to freedom. Schiff, Irwin A.: The Biggest Con: How The Government Is Fleecing You (Freedom Books, PO Box 5303, Hamden, CT 06518; 1977). Schiff quotes President Gerald Fords speech before a Joint Session of Congress on October 8, 1974: "Ination, our public enemy no. 1, will, unless whipped, destroy our country, our liberty, our property as surely as any well armed wartime enemy." Schiff says, "Since it is our own government that causes that ination our own government is that enemy. With irrefutable facts and gures, Schiff shows that the federal government: Causes ination; Steals more from the public in a week than the Maa does in a year;

Created the energy crises in the 1970s; Creates unemployment, poverty, and crime through legislation; Fraudulently concealed the national debt of $8 trillion (1976); Unconstitutionally enforces a fraudulently acquired power to tax income; Operates a gigantic fraud called "Social Security." Schiff, Irwin A.: The Federal Maa: How It Illegally Imposes and Unlawfully Collects Income Taxes (Freedom Books, PO Box 5303, Hamden, CT 06518; 1990). Important information on the IRS and how to deal with them. Seabury, David: The Art of Selshness (Simon & Schuster, NY; 1978 rst published in 1937). "The next step in human progress is to dump the load of sanctied idiocy we misscall our moral values, and accept the principles of nature Weve given up superstition in the physical area. But if you mention to a fear-ridden follower of the conventions the thought of discarding the sanctions of the Dark Ages, ideals of conduct that came into being when it was considered a sin to unravel the mysteries of life, you shock his sensibilities This was once the attitude toward matters of science as well. It still dominates in economics and the law." Seligman, Martin E.P.: Helplessness: On Depression, Development, and Death (W.H. Freeman, NY; 1975). Theory of helplessness and depression, and cure for both. Seligman, Martin E.P., Ph.D.: Learned Optimism (Alfred A. Knopf, NY; 1991). Describes the essential differences between optimists and pessimists. Both optimism and pessimism are learned habits of behavior. Contains simple exercises for learning optimism.

Slater, Philip: Wealth Addiction (E.P. Dutton, NY; 1983). How to understand money, and be cause over it, rather than being the effect of it. Spence, Gerry: From Freedom to Slavery: The Rebirth of Tyranny in America (St. Martins Press, NY; 1993). Important aspects of freedom by Americas leading trial attorney. Exposes the oppressive partnership between big government, big corporations, and big media. Spence, Gerry: How to Argue and Win Every Time (St. Martins Press, NY; 1995). A superb manual on how to present and argue your case. Important guidelines for personal growth and increasing your personal power. Spooner, Lysander: No Treason: The Constitution of No Authority (Ralph Myles Publisher, PO Box 1533, Colorado Springs, CO 80901; 1973 rst published in 1870). Convincing arguments by a brilliant attorney that the so-called "U.S. Constitution" never had nor now has any legal validity. All those pretending to act under the "authority" of the supposed "constitution" are imposters and usurpers. Had a profound inuence on my thinking. Snyder, Julian M.: The Way of the Hunter-Warrior: How to Make a Killing in Any Market (Richardson & Snyder Books; 1982). Superb book on strategies, tactics, and decision-making for investors and speculators. Stirner, Max: The Ego & Its Own (Rebel Press, London; 1982). The philosophy of the greatest idol-smasher of all. Tannehill, Morris & Linda: The Market for Liberty (Fox & Wilkes, 938 Howard St #202, San Francisco, CA 94103; 1993). One of the best books available explaining why government is an unnecessary evil, why everything that needs to be done in society can be done better in the absence of government, and how we can advance to a free society.

Wallace, Frank R.: Neo-Tech Cosmic Power (Neo-Tech Publishing, PO Box 906, Boulder City, NV 89005; 1989). The 114 "Neo-Tech Advantages" that could transform your thinking and life. Weil, Andrew, M.D.: Spontaneous Healing: How to Discover and Enhance Your Bodys Natural Ability to Maintain and Heal Itself (Alfred A. Knopf, NY; 1995). Psychological alignment and health.

Special Report #TL13H: THE MILLIONAIRE'S SECRET (VIII)


-- WHAT YOU NEED TO UNDERSTAND ABOUT OUR WORLD IN ORDER TO MAKE AND KEEP YOUR FORTUNE!
Edited by Frederick Mann Copyright 1995, 1996, 1997 Build Freedom Holdings ALL RIGHTS RESERVED http://www.buildfreedom.com

Introduction This is the eighth in our series of 'Millionaire' reports. The rst report dealt mainly with the Most Basic Wealth Principle: Produce more than you consume. The second was primarily devoted to clearing away certain Money Myths and learning the Innite Bootstrap Principle. The third dealt mainly with what you need to know about the danger of a currency collapse and what you can do about it. The fourth described how J. Paul Getty became the richest man in the world and what you can learn from him. The fth dealt basically with how to make 'millionaire' decisions. The sixth introduced, and described in some

detail, the phenomenon of "Psychological Alignment." The seventh covered the "Opportunity Gap" Principle, "Advanced Psychological Alignment," and "Making Money Work for You." This report says some important things about "The World We Live In." THE WORLD WE LIVE IN Compiled by Frederick Mann We live in a world which may be very different in some respects than we think it is. There are three main reason for this: 1. Much of the world we don't experience directly or rst-hand. We watch TV or read a newspaper. We perceive most of our world via the communication of others. Everyone - including myself - tends to want to communicate particular viewpoints or perspectives at the expense of others. All communication tends to be biased, no matter how "objective" communicators attempt to be. 2. Most people are extraordinarily gullible - particularly in certain areas - see Special Report #TL13G: The Millionaire's Secret (VII). 3. Most of were subjected to "compulsory government education." We were forced/coerced into attending so-called "schools" where the so-called "teachers" were forced/coerced into "teaching" us the "ofcial government dogmas." The purpose of this article is to expand your awareness of the degree you are being lied to (sometimes unintentionally) on a daily basis by most communicators. The following article by Thomas Sowell (a black communicator) appeared in The Arizona Republic of May 29, 1996, under the headline: "Media like only bad racial stories": "Everyone seems to have a racial story that ts the spirit of the times. Let me tell you a couple of mine.

One sunny Sunday afternoon many years ago, I was out driving along Ocean Avenue in Santa Monica, enjoying a view of the Pacic. Suddenly a bicycle rider made a left turn in front of me. I slammed on the brakes but it was too late. His body bounced off the hood of the car, hit the windshield and ricocheted off into the street, where he landed in a heap. Horried, I stopped the car and got out to help him. He had only a few minor bruises but I was more shaken up than he was. Soon a police car stopped at the scene and a white policeman got out. He had only one question for me: "Are those your skid marks on the street?" "Yes." He turned immediately to the bicyclist, who was also white, and asked: "What were you doing out there?" "I have every right to be there," the cyclist replied. "No, you don't," the cop said and cited the trafc law that covered the situation. He then turned to me and said, in a reassuring tone: "You guys settle this." Then he got back into his patrol car and drove away. He never asked to see my driver's license nor even checked the license plate on my car. Now, suppose that the racial situation was the other way around - that the cyclist was black and the driver white. How would this episode play in the media? What would "community leaders" and civil rights activists have said? What if someone had videotaped the accident?

I keep reading stuff by deep thinkers - black and white - who tell me that every encounter between a black male and the cops is sheer hostility or humiliation. But I keep thinking back over the years to my various encounters with the police and cannot come up with examples to match theirs. Has it all been just dumb luck on my part? Most of my encounters with the police have involved trafc problems ranging from stop signs I hadn't noticed or speed limits I hadn't observed to an accident that wrecked the car and left me astonished that I was still alive and unhurt. All the policemen and highway patrolmen who became involved were white, but none of these episodes turned into racial incidents. One night, my car was weaving on the highway, often the sign of a drunk driver. When the patrolman pulled me over, I explained that my little daughter had fallen asleep on the seat beside me and was leaning up against me. In wriggling around to try to get comfortable, I caused the car to weave around. He gave me a warning and sent me on my way. None of this proves that there are no racist cops. There are racist everything, including economists and media people. The point is that there is a market for only one kind of story. [emphasis added] My kind of experience is of no interest to anybody. It won't sell newspapers or get a television audience excited. It will not provide any bond of racial solidarity or any claims against "society." A few years ago, a well-known restaurant chain was sued for gross racial discrimination against some black customers. I was surprised because I had eaten in many restaurants in that chain - either by myself, with my wife or with my children - and nothing like that had ever happened. Other blacks I asked could not recall having any such experiences either. My sister remembered having eaten in that chain years ago and being treated so nicely that she left an extra large tip.

Do I just lead a charmed life or what? One of the blacks I asked about the restaurant chain pointed out that, while he had never had any trouble with them, he had also not gone into any of their restaurants in or near a ghetto. He suggested that people who have had bad experiences with black customers may turn around and have some bad attitudes toward other black customers thereafter. Maybe. Sometimes the way you carry yourself has a lot to do with how other people treat you. Over the past 30 years, a more belligerent style has been promoted by minority activists and others who push racial hype. Could this have something to do with the situation? Perhaps there is some other explanation. Or maybe there is just a market for one kind of story and not for others. [emphasis added] Recently I received a solicitation in the mail for a newsletter called "Strategic Investment" in the form of a 32-page brochure. Here are some extracts from it: Accomplice To Murder? Who Really Fired The Gun That Killed Vince Foster? Special Prosecutors, Congressional Inquiries, the Justice Department, and the FBI have all come up empty handed (or else looked the other way!) WHAT'S GOING ON? Obviously, they're not going to see to justice. It's up to us. In this report you'll nd evidence that's been consistently ignored and "overlooked" in this complex cover-up. We'll also give you some of the startling answers we've found, and some actions you should take to protect yourself and prot in this age of crime and treason.

Who Murdered Vince Foster? And Why The Biggest Political Scandal In History Is Also The Biggest Financial Story Of Our Lifetimes. "Based upon the comparisons of the photocopied documents, I have formed the opinion that it is not possible to state that (the so-called Foster suicide note) was written by Vincent Foster. The document appears to be a simulation of Foster's writing resulting in an unsuccessful attempt to produce a credible forgery." That's the conclusion of a handwriting expert who examined Foster's "suicide" note." In this report you'll read the conclusion of two other handwriting experts who agree with him. I'll also show you a mountain of damning evidence, all pointing to crimes committed in very high places. What follows is just a sampling of what you'll nd: Foster allegedly shot himself through the mouth with a .38 caliber revolver having a high-velocity charge. Such a shot would create a bloody mess. Yet no bone and brain fragments were found at the scene, and almost no blood (contrary to what Special Counsel Robert Fiske and CBS's Mike Wallace reported). The condential witness who discovered Foster's body testied that he was not holding a gun when he rst encountered the corpse. "There was nothing in his hands. I didn't look at one and assume the other. I looked at both of them." Later a gun appeared in Foster's hand. How corrupt is the Clinton/Arkansas web that Foster was part of? Our sources tell us Arkansas is a major point of entry for much of the cocaine coming into the United States. It was an open secret for years that the airport in Mena, Arkansas was a center for drug smuggling. Wellinformed sources insist the operation took place with the full knowledge of Bill Clinton and the most powerful people in Arkansas. Keep reading to get the full story.

This scandal is a key event in forces shaping our world that most people can't see. There are dire economic consequences from all this...consequences that I'm going to detail for you in the pages that follow. The good news: there are also great opportunities unfolding opportunities I'll also spell out for you... From the Desk of James Dale Davidson Editor: Strategic Investment Dear Reader, "Drop it, it's hurting your reputation." "It's going nowhere. Nobody cares what happened to Foster. Besides, you're destroying your access to Democratic Party insiders." These are the comments I have lived with for the past two years. From friends. From relatives. From my business associates. And they were right. Before this happened, I counted Bill Clinton as one of my friends. We both went to Oxford. I had dinner with him just before he went to the White House. He even asked me for my recommendations on what to do after he took ofce, including government economic statistics and policies on Eastern Europe. But I can't forget what happened to Foster. Not because I care about him personally any more than the next guy. If I ever met him, he didn't make much of an impression. But there is something I care about very deeply. I'll put it to you straight. Vince Foster was murdered. And his murder was covered up. That much is almost certain. But by whom? Why? And if this can happen to

someone so close to the president...is anyone safe? Is anything we believe in safe? And why doesn't the mainstream press cover this? I'm an economic analyst, not a detective. I'm no Woodward or Bernstein. Why is it up to me to blow the whistle on the biggest scandal in American history...and the even bigger story that lies beneath it? As you read this special report, you will get answers to these questions. You'll also begin to see what's really going on in the world around you. And no, I'm not proposing some wild-eyed conspiracy theory. What I am proposing is a whole new way of understanding world events. There's more at stake here than murder. I believe that what happened to Vince Foster reveals a very important megapolitical event. Ultimately, this event will explode...directly and dramatically affecting the world around you. That's why I've sent you this FREE special report. Partly to warn you about this coming crisis - how it will affect you, your stocks, your pension, the value of your real estate and your dollars. But more importantly, it is because the media will not touch this story. It is too hot for them. And not what they want to hear. They will wait until the volcano actually erupts. Please read this report. And when you have nished, please pass it along to a friend. With your help it is possible...just barely possible...that justice may be done. And some of the worst things I foresee in this report may never happen. Sincerely,

James Dale Davidson .."Given the unanswered questions and the by-now manifest inadequacy of the Fiske report, we're frankly happy to have Christopher Ruddy and James Dale Davidson pushing the envelope." - Wall Street Journal, 11/1/95 Vince Foster - Another "Arkancide?" ("Arkancides" is the name that's been given to a string of murders connected to Whitewater that were ruled "suicides" by compliant Arkansas authorities. Vince Foster was also from Arkansas.) On the afternoon of July 20th, 1993 Patrick Knowlton was driving along the Potomac River near Ft. Marcy Park. Needing a rest, he pulled into the parking lot at about 4:30. He noticed two other cars in the lot, one a brown Honda with Arkansas license plates. The other was a blue sedan he couldn't identify. But in the blue car was a young man who gave him a threatening look. "I was worried about getting mugged, so I left my wallet under the seat," he said. "As I got out I heard his car door open and I thought 'Oh sh*t, this is it. The guy's coming after me.' But he just stood there...watching me...I really thought he might kill me." Knowlton got back in his car and left. Later that day, Knowlton learned along with the rest of the nation that the brown Honda he saw in the park belonged to Vincent Foster, Deputy White House Counsel, personal lawyer and friend to the Clintons, and...at least it was rumored...the secret lover of Hillary Rodham Clinton. Vince Foster was found dead in the park only shortly after Knowlton left it.

None of this is in dispute. But let me ask you a question. If you were the police investigating Foster's death wouldn't you be very eager to talk to Patrick Knowlton and the man in the blue car? I know I would. But guess what: Knowlton thought he might be a key witness in a murder case of national signicance. He immediately called the police to tell what he had seen that day. Strangely, the police seemed almost completely disinterested! They took a few notes over the telephone. They never came to see him. They never asked him for more details. (And Knowlton had some pretty interesting details...as you will see.) The Park Police never called him back. They even spelled his name wrong for the record. It wasn't until nearly a year later that the FBI interviewed him. But instead of following up on the information Knowlton gave them, the FBI agents tried to badger him into changing his story. And the FBI statement concerning the interview Knowlton describes as an "outright lie." What's going on? Well, like Alice in Wonderland, the story gets more and more curious. Two years later, Knowlton thought he once again saw the man he had seen in the blue car the day Foster died. And the circumstances are, in some ways, even stranger. One strange feature is that this information has never been published before by a major news source in America. People in Britain, for example, read about it months ago. But in America there has been a virtual news blackout on this story. While the media and the police have shown little interest in the Foster case, a small band of investigators, journalists, and private citizens all came to the same conclusion: There was something so shy about this matter, someone should get to the bottom of it. This unofcial,

unauthorized, and unorganized group has been gathering information ever since. And recently, there have been some startling developments. But before I tell you more, let me stop here and answer a question you may be asking yourself: Who cares? Or why should I read this? Well, on the simplest level, I can promise you this is an intriguing murder mystery. And a murder it was, not a suicide. I promise to prove that to you in this report. But this is a mystery that you can read for more than just entertainment. More interesting than the Foster murder - people get killed every day - is the fact that almost no one in the establishment wants to nd out what really happened. This case has been covered up and blacked out. Cover-ups are commonplace in the government, and only occasionally get turned up into the light of day. The recent suspension of six FBI agents over the Ruby Ridge asco clearly shows how easily they lie and tamper with evidence. I'll tell you more about that in the pages that follow, too, as I prove the Foster case has been covered up. And then I'll get to the most interesting part. Because I believe that Foster's murder and subsequent cover-up are signs of something much, much bigger - a truth about our government that is so hideous few people dare to look at it. I don't mean just a political scandal, like Watergate or even a conspiracy theory like the many surrounding the death of JFK. Instead, I think Foster's death was a signal of a deep, important change in the power relationships that govern our world. It was like a little ssure in the Earth, opening up...smoking. Beneath the surface, hidden from view and ignored by almost everyone, hot lava is building up pressure. Soon, there will be a huge volcanic eruption.

None of this may mean much to you right now, but I promise to open your eyes to a whole new way of looking at things. Not only that, I also promise to tell you how you personally can actually benet...prot...from the information you are about to receive. The world is about to change in a dramatic way that not one man in a thousand now expects. Those who understand what is going on will have a big advantage. The Strange Death of Vincent Foster On October 22, 1995, London's Sunday Telegraph published the police artist's rendering (reproduced on the right) of the "menacing" man seen by Patrick Knowlton in the parking lot at Fort Marcy at 4:30 the afternoon Foster died. The Telegraph told its readers Knowlton had called the U.S. Park Police after Foster's body was found, believing that he had vital information. But the Park Police seemed uninterested. Later, in the spring of 1994, Knowlton repeated his testimony in an FBI interview. He never saw the ofcial summaries of his testimony. And he never would have seen them if it had been left up to Independent Counsel Kenneth Starr. But after waiting more than a year for the Independent Counsel's ofce to call crucial witnesses who were in Ft. Marcy Park on the afternoon Foster died, the Sunday Telegraph took matters into its own hands; telling readers, "Since the U.S. judicial authorities have failed to take the initiative, we have decided to do it ourselves." When Ambrose Evans-Pritchard of the Sunday Telegraph showed Knowlton the FBI summaries of his testimony, he was stunned, saying his statements had been falsied. The FBI reported that Knowlton, "could not further identify this individual and stated that he would be unable to recognize him in the future." "That's an outright lie," according to Knowlton.

In fact, Knowlton had a vivid recollection of the man he saw, and was able to guide an experienced police artist in making the drawing you see reproduced. On November 1, soon after the Telegraph article appeared, Knowlton was subpoenaed to testify before Starr's Whitewater grand jury in Washington. According to well-informed sources Starr's prosecutor, Brett Kavanagh, treated Knowlton as if he were a trouble-maker, and not a vital witness coming forward with evidence of a probable murder and obstruction of justice. One detail that Knowlton noticed in the parking lot at Fort Marcy strongly suggests that someone other than Foster drove his Honda to the park that afternoon. The driver's seat was forward, which would have made it almost physically impossible for someone of Foster's 6'4" frame to drive. However, rather than explore this crucial evidence and Knowlton's rst hand knowledge that the FBI lied about his witness statement, Kavanagh attempted to discredit Knowlton before the grand jury. Also, very soon after the article appeared, Mr. Knowlton began to think he was being followed. He wasn't sure. Sometimes it seemed by one car. Sometimes by two. He thought maybe he was just imagining it. Nevertheless he revealed his suspicions to the reporter in a follow-up phone call. Evans-Pritchard visited with him and had the same feeling that he was being followed. So, they called us. And we saw an opportunity. If we could nd out who was following Knowlton, it might provide a missing clue to the puzzle. We knew for certain there was a cover-up. But of what? And why? We called our own detective and gave him the assignment: Follow whoever is following Knowlton, and nd out who they are.

It wasn't long before the answer came back to us: "Knowlton is denitely being followed. And guess what, the guy doing the following matches the description of the guy in Fort Marcy Park whom Knowlton had seen." We tracked the stranger's license plates to a home in Vienna, Virginia. Journalists Christopher Ruddy and Ambrose Evans-Pritchard went to the front door, with Knowlton staying in the background, where he could see the men at the door but not be seen himself. He too agreed that the man who came to the door t the description of the same man who was in Fort Marcy Park the day Vince Foster died. "Who is this guy?" I asked the detective. "Bad news," was the answer. "What do you mean?" "He's a 'cipher'." "What's a cipher?" "A guy with a name but I know it's not real. He's got money...but no job, no job history, no source for the funds. He's got an address but the neighbors don't know him. He has no known relatives. No educational background. He says he went to Oxford University, but the school has no record of him. No hometown. No history. No connections. No nothing. Do you understand?" "I'm not sure I do," I said. "My friend, this guy is a member of the intelligence community." "Uh oh."

Ofcial Story Doesn't Add Up If this was the only unexplained item relative to Foster's death, perhaps it could be dismissed. Unfortunately, the list of discrepancies between the ofcial version of what happened on July 20th, 1993, and what subsequent research has revealed probably did happen gets longer and longer. Let me list a few of them for you. Then I'll tell you about the one major aw in the ''ofcial'' version that proves both murder and cover-up. When the lead U.S. Park Police investigator searched Foster's body for identication, no car keys were found. No car keys were found in Foster's 1988 Honda either. To treat Foster's death as a suicide required the police to suppose that he drove his car without keys. Two sets of Foster's keys mysteriously turned up hours later when his pants pockets were searched again in the Fairfax County morgue. No inquiry was undertaken to determine who recovered his keys and placed them in pockets which had been empty hours earlier. Foster allegedly shot himself through the mouth with a .38 caliber revolver having a high-velocity charge. Such a shot would create a bloody mess. Yet no bone and brain fragments were found at the scene, and contrary to what Special Counsel Robert Fiske and CBS's Mike Wallace reported, almost no blood. The Fiske report stated that those present "Observed a large exit wound in the back of the skull." This is a lie. The lead U.S. Park Police Investigator said, "I probed his head, there was no big hole there." There were three types of gunpowder residue on Foster and his clothing. The Fiske report dismissed this as "contamination." Richard Arthur, a trained emergency medical technician who examined Foster at the scene from a distance of 2 to 3 feet, stated that Foster had

been shot on the right side of his neck. "It looked like a small caliber entrance wound." The Fiske report stated that the wound Arthur thought he saw was merely a drop of blood. Yet there is evidence that the photographs used by Fiske in support of this conclusion were doctored. Unbelievably, the FBI took Polaroid shots of the original Polaroids, and then took yet another set of photographs which were copies of the copies. Fred Santucci, a forensic photographer for the New York City Police for 15 years said, "The only thing I can think why this was done is because someone wanted to hide something." Out of a large number of photographs taken at the scene only a small number survive, another obvious hint of obstruction of justice. All the 35mm crime scene photos taken by an experienced evidence technician, both with and without ash, were found unusable, allegedly "underexposed." A number of close-up Polaroid shots of Foster and the area immediately surrounding his body taken by Park Police ofcers Rolla and Ferstl disappeared without explanation. Ofcials claimed that Foster was found lying on a steep berm with an elevation of 45 degrees. If he had sat down to shoot himself there, it is obvious that the bullet would have lodged in the berm behind his head. Yet no bullet was found that might have been red from the gun found with Foster. The Condential Witness who discovered Foster's body testied that he was not holding a gun when he rst encountered the corpse. "There was nothing in his hands. I didn't look at one and assume the other. I looked at both of them." Later a gun appeared in Foster's hand.

Another obvious hint that Foster did not shoot himself is the fact that his ngerprints were not found on the gun. The only prints that were found were determined by the FBI not to be Foster's. Blood tracks on Foster's face and shoulder suggest that his head assumed four different positions after an allegedly instant death. Contrary to the laws of gravity, one of the blood tracks was running uphill. Foster's glasses were found, with powder burns on them, 19 feet from his head. Fiske illogically claimed that the glasses "bounced" through "dense foliage" in the opposite direction from the recoil of his head. Not even a chemical trace of dirt or grass stains was found on Foster's shoes although he allegedly had walked more than 750 feet over a dirt trail during a summertime drought. All three investigations into Foster's death ignored or seriously distorted testimony from eyewitnesses (besides Knowlton) who may have actually seen the men who transported Foster's body to the park. Two eyewitnesses known to have been in Ft. Marcy Park in the afternoon before Foster's body was found testied that they saw two men in and around Foster's 1988 Honda when they arrived at the park. One, with "long blond hair" was described as appearing "unclean and unkempt." Unidentied blond hairs were found on Foster's body. On the Friday before Foster died, he allegedly dialed two local psychiatrists in the Washington area. How does anyone know? Two 30 second local calls were billed to his telephone credit card number, an otherwise preposterous exercise that could only have been undertaken to create a false documentary trail supporting the contention that Foster was deeply depressed. In fact, there is no evidence that Foster was in his ofce at the time the calls were placed. Who was? The Wall Street Journal reported on the "mystery phone number" called by Hillary Rodham Clinton on the evening Foster died. The number,

(202) 628-7087, is a non-working number and, according to phone company records, has been out of use since 1978. Yet, someone at that number spoke with the First Lady for 10 minutes. The number, of course, is like the man in the blue sedan...most likely linked to the intelligence community. Some people could make excuses for some of the discrepancies listed above. Some people who believe everything the government says is true might have excuses for a lot of these items. Maybe Foster rolled around on a carpet somewhere and got a couple of people to carry him to the spot where he supposedly shot himself. I, for one, don't think so. But here's the nal blow to all those who might still believe the government is acting in good faith: the suicide note. A Forged "Suicide" Note Several days after Foster's death, a "suicide note" was found in Foster's briefcase. The briefcase had been examined days before, and no such note discovered. Yet, there it was. Torn into 28 pieces, the note told a story of the despair Foster felt and blamed by name the Wall Street Journal as part of the cause. There was only one problem. It wasn't Foster's handwriting. When Foster left the White House on July 20th, he drove through the gate, smiled at the guard and said, "See you later." According to the ofcial story, he left behind his briefcase with the torn-up note inside. But people who leave suicide notes don't typically tear them up or bury them in a briefcase. Suicide notes are meant to be read. They are important last testaments. We were suspicious of the note and decided to send it to a team of the world's top handwriting analysts. These are the three experts we picked you can judge their credentials for yourself:

Vincent Scalise, formerly a homicide expert with the New York City Police Department, is both an expert in latent ngerprints and a certied Questioned Document Examiner with 22 years experience. He has been consulted on forgery issues by numerous law enforcement agencies and leading corporations, such as Citicorp and Chemical Bank. He was also hired as a forensic consultant by the House of Representatives. It was Mr. Scalise who identied the latent palm print of Lee Harvey Oswald on the rie that killed Kennedy. Mr. Scalise is the current chairman of the Executive Board of Scientic and Technical Advisors for the American Board of Forensic Examiners. Ronald H. Rice is a Board Certied Handwriting Examiner and Board Certied Forensic Examiner with the American Board of Forensic Examiners, currently under contract with the criminal division of the Massachusetts Attorney General's ofce. He has been consulted by numerous law enforcement agencies and corporations, and was recently the handwriting expert selected by CNN to review documents in the O.J. Simpson trial. Mr. Rice has never lost a jury trial in which he testied as an expert witness. Professor Reginald E. Alton of Oxford University is a world-recognized expert on handwriting examination and manuscript authentication, with 30 years experience. He has taught at Oxford, and served as chairman of the English faculty there. Professor Alton has consulted with the British police and numerous civil bodies and testied as an expert witness in British courts. His judgment has been accepted as authoritative in determining the authenticity of some of the more valuable questioned documents in recent years, including manuscripts of such notable historic gures as John Donne, Percy Shelley, C.S. Lewis, and Oscar Wilde. Alton's opinion made the difference between the documents being worth a million dollars or nothing. Professor Alton is currently Dean of Degrees at St. Edmund Hall, Oxford University's oldest institution for undergraduates.

The government "authorities" who examined the Foster note can't hold a candle to those credentials. The primary authentication by a Capitol Policeman (not even a certied document examiner) and a later one by the FBI did not meet federal standards for questioned documents because too few samples of Foster's known writing were employed for comparison. The real issue, however, is whether Mr. Foster wrote the note as claimed. In a slightly devious trick, the man who rst authenticated the note as genuine, now retired, was shown a collection of blow-ups from snipped out letters taken from both known and authenticated handwriting of Foster and the questioned note. He was told that the letters might have been written by two different hands, and asked to identify which were which. In every case but one, he identied the questioned letters as having been written by one hand, and the known letters of Foster by another. No ngerprints on the note Anyone whose eyes are open can see the signicant differences in letter formation pointed out by the experts. Furthermore, the mysterious circumstances under which the Foster note suddenly appeared also suggest forgery. It was found in a briefcase that had been previously searched and found empty. The note was torn to bits, a gesture that is quite characteristic of forgers. Tearing the note helped disguise weaknesses in the forgery. Still another obvious indication of forgery is the fact that no ngerprints were on the note. Are we to believe that Foster sat down in July and put on gloves before writing? But the really telling thing about the note was what the handwriting analysts had to say about it. Handwriting analysis has come a long way. A good analyst can spot a forgery - no matter how meticulously it was done. Because handwriting is not a totally deliberate act. The subconscious mind and habit instinctively form the letters - despite your efforts to stop them.

Here is what Vincent Scalise concluded after detailed examination of the note, compared to genuine examples of Foster's normal handwriting: "Based upon the comparisons of the photocopied documents I have formed the opinion that it is not possible to state that the questioned document was written by Vincent Foster. The document appears to be a simulation of Foster's writing resulting in an unsuccessful attempt to produce a credible forgery." And here is what Reginald E. Alton had to say about it: "In my opinion, [the suicide note] is a forgery... The difculties of this comparative study have been much increased by the fact that [the note] has been torn and apparently crudely and inefciently repaired. This process, whether deliberate or not, has obscured some of the continuities or discontinuities of the handwriting, and especially the lineation and layout which often, in their uncertainties, betray a forger's eye as it wanders from forgery to model." Or consider this, from the third expert, Donald H. Rice: "...[I]t is the opinion of this Examiner, within a reasonable degree of scientic certainty, that: The handwriting/ handprinting on the questioned document [the "suicide" note] was not written/printed by Vincent W. Foster." Last October, we held a press conference in Washington to release their unanimous verdict of forgery. Now, these experts had just delivered what is normally called "a bombshell." Consider this: A top White House lawyer is shot in the head, with many of the circumstances in doubt, and the suicide note - found in his briefcase, in the White House - is revealed as a fraud. Wouldn't you expect the headline in the next day's paper to be: Suicide Note A Forgery - Murder And Cover-up Suspected

Why would anyone go to the trouble of writing a phony suicide note? Only if you wanted people to think a death was a suicide when it really wasn't. And who could have written such a note? Only someone in the White House - that's where the briefcase had been (ofcially, anyway). It doesn't take a Perry Mason to draw the obvious conclusion. Someone, or some group - at the very highest levels of power in our country murdered Vince Foster and covered up his death. Yet, did you see the headline above on Thursday, October 26, 1995 - the day after these shocking new ndings were revealed to the press? I didn't. I checked the Washington Post, a paper that is always eager to write about political scandals. Nothing. Not a word. Nothing in the New York Times either. There was, however, a brief note in USA Today and a fuller write-up in the Washington Times. Of the major news services, only Reuters carried the story. Reuters, by the way, is owned by a British company. Here is the very strange thing about this case: The major American media refuse to cover it. I'm not saying they have to reach beyond the facts to the conclusions that I have reached - that Foster was indeed murdered. That's not their job. Their job is just to report the facts. My partner and co-author, Lord Rees-Mogg, is the former editor of the Times Of London. He too has been astounded by the curious reluctance of the American press to cover the Foster story. Meanwhile, in England, the story has been widely reported - in the Times, The Daily Telegraph, The Sunday Express...Britain's leading newspapers see something in this story that our own newsmen refuse to see. What? In America, people discover the controversy surrounding Foster's death and a whole lot more - only outside of the mainstream media. STRATEGIC INVESTMENT has followed every twist in the case. It's also one of the hottest subjects in Internet discussion groups, and radio

commentators. Rush Limbaugh and Gordon Liddy have bravely helped to keep the story alive. Let me tell you why it's fallen on people like us to call for the truth... The Treason of the Media The establishment media have their own agenda. That's why they report only on things that do not threaten them. On the day after we held our press conference, with the handwriting analysts present, guess what the New York Times considered newsworthy? On the front page was a prominent story, continuing inside, alleging that Senator Alphonse D'Amato, Republican chairman of the Senate banking committee, had some years ago played poker with friends, some of whom were lobbyists! There was no charge that he won anything of note at those games, nor that they were anything but the friendly games they appeared to be. But this was front page news. The same paper could not spare a line to tell the public about what could turn out to be the biggest scandal in American history. You could look at it another way. The Times story may have served as a warning to D'Amato not to look too closely into the Foster death, or risk having hostile reporters dig up stories about his past that he might not wish to see published. Maybe the reason that Congress hasn't investigated the Foster murder is fear on the part of the members of Congress that they would be targeted or framed somehow themselves. At the surface, the motives of the press are easy to see. They lapped up the original "suicide" story without so much as a raised eyebrow. And they labeled those of us who did question it as "nuts," "kooks" or "enemies of Clinton." And rather than examine the evidence, they engaged in the time-honored tradition of attacking the accuser. They

questioned our motives, they questioned our competence, and they questioned our sources. CBS's "60 Minutes" spent almost 20 minutes attacking us on October 8th. This was particularly disturbing because I had sent information to Mike Wallace showing the holes in the ofcial version of things and urging him to do a story on it. Plus, in his determination to show that we were wrong he used material that he knew was false. As reported in Investor's Business Daily, I was so outraged I challenged him to a debate on the subject. Of course, he didn't respond. The mainstream media have staked so much of their credibility on the "suicide" story that they feel they can't back down. They can't let the cat out of the bag now. Rather than acknowledge the controversy, report the facts, and let readers draw their own conclusions, the media pretend that there is no story at all. Nothing worth reporting. Or, as one White House ofcial labeled the whole fuss, "irrelevant and boring." But, there's a deeper reason why the media refuse to touch the Foster story. And it is the real reason for this report. The thinking citizen who reviews the record as documented in 2,726 pages of ofcial testimony and more recent investigative reports will be convinced within a shadow of certainty that Vincent Foster was murdered, and that his murder has been covered-up. Could this happen? One need look no further than recent Congressional testimony on Ruby Ridge, which detailed how high-ranking FBI agents lied, tampered with evidence and covered-up crimes. Dr. Frederic Whiphurst, an FBI Special Agent, has recently revealed that the FBI crime labs fabricate, manipulate and tamper with evidence. Dr. Whiphurst's revelations conrm what STRATEGIC INVESTMENT told readers on October 26, 1994: "Even the highly regarded FBI labs, previously staffed by qualied agents, have also been remodeled. FBI

Director Freeh transferred all agents out, leaving only technicians. One Bureau source told SI that technicians are far more pliable than agents, allowing investigations to be manipulated." Do you remember the Watergate crimes? Do you remember that the FBI testied there was no involvement by White House ofcials in the breakin? That conclusion, based on more than 1,600 interviews and depositions, was advertised as the most thorough investigation the FBI had ever undertaken. Although forcibly stated by the Director of the FBI, it was wrong. The Watergate crimes would never have come to light if everyone had passively accepted the testimony of the FBI. When a high-ranking ofcial of the U.S. government dies under mysterious circumstances, and a series of imsy Banana-Republic-style investigations shufe everything under the rug, you have reason to be concerned about the future of the United States. As we have said before, a system that will wink at murder will wink at anything. In fact it has both eyes closed on the biggest story of our lives. I'm not talking about the Foster murder alone. I'm talking about the breakdown of society and our system of government. Remember, I'm a merchant banker. And an investor. My clients, partners and I have billions of dollars at stake. So, it is not just an academic or casual interest with which I follow world events. In fact, our "intelligence" gathering apparatus is so extensive that at least one leftwing magazine, Mother Jones, branded us as a front for the CIA and others routinely refer to us as the "investor's CIA."

Call our organization what you want. The fact is - it's highly effective. And investors have been nding our predictions and intelligence bulletins extremely protable... But right now let me tell you more of what our organization has discovered...and what it means to you. Organized Crime Inltrates Politics Here's a few items you should think about: Sources tell us that Mexico's ruling party, the PRI, gets a multi-billion dollar cut on the prots of 19 drug gangs smuggling $50 billion (street value) of coke and heroin into the U.S. each year. Even the stodgy World Policy Journal calls Mexico a "narco-democracy." Assassinations and payoffs are already affecting American stocks. We believe they're also affecting our political system. And that Vince Foster was an early victim. Japanese banks admit to $200 billion in bad loans - about the size of the U.S. savings & loan bailout. But U.S. experts say the real gure is anywhere from $400 to $800 billion - enough to bring down the world nancial system. A Japanese newspaper columnist estimates that 40% of the bad loans were made to the Japanese Maa. In Egypt, the radical Islamic organizations are barred from taking part in elections. They would win in a landslide. In fact, they've become a government within a government. They control the universities and the legal and medical professions. Western tourists are murdered on the streets. Government ofcials live in constant fear of assassination. The stage is set for another oil shock that could plunge the world into depression. Much of the Russian economy is run by organized crime, with the former Communist bosses often doing the organizing. After murdering politicians and bankers, these Russian Maas control much of the banking system. They operate an underground economy where business is conducted by bribes, corruption and violence.

It can't happen here? Our sources tell us Arkansas is a major point of entry for much of the cocaine coming into the United States. It was an open secret for years that the airport in Mena, Arkansas was a center for drug smuggling. Well-informed sources insist the operation took place with the full knowledge of Bill Clinton and the most powerful people in Arkansas. Keep reading to get the full story. The world is not turning out the way the "experts" expected. After the Soviet break-up...after Eastern Europe was free...after the Chinese adopted capitalism, the world was supposed to become a wonderful place. These countries were supposed to hold elections, write constitutions, form market economies. We were all supposed to live happily ever after. It's not happening that way at all. Instead, these countries have come unglued. Replacing them is a new, strange brand of criminal anarchy. And these nations aren't alone. The same sort of malignant disease is infecting the wealthy West, including the United States. The world was supposed to become like Switzerland: peaceful, lawabiding, democratic and capitalist. Instead, it's becoming Colombia or Sicily: A corrupt, violent no-man's land dominated by gangs and the politicians they've paid off. Do you see where I'm headed with this? This is the big story the American press refuses to see. The world is changing dramatically - but not in the way they thought...or can even imagine. "Nature will not long tolerate a monopoly." Remember that line from biology class? Whether in business or biology, competitive forces are always at odds...always shifting the balance of power in one direction or another.

Yet, for many decades, big governments have maintained a nearmonopoly on violence. Sure, there were a few two-bit thugs around...and the maa never was completely under control...but otherwise, governments controlled violence. They used it when, where and how they wanted. They suppressed it in nearly all other organized forms. That monopoly is now falling apart. Not just in Russia. But here too. Gangs. Drug-running cartels. Maas. Organized violence is loose in the land. And on July 20th, 1993, it claimed a victim - Vince Foster... If you want to protect and grow your wealth, you can't afford to ignore the global Maas. They represent the way a lot of the world's business is going to get done in the 21st century, and perhaps way beyond. Where We Get Our Information: An Investor's CIA Twenty-seven years ago, I founded a group called the National Taxpayer's Union. We've been sounding the alarm about decits ever since. With 250,000 members, NTU has grown to become one of the most powerful citizens organizations in the United States. Privately, I'm a merchant banker and a principal in Strategic Advisors Overseas Ltd., an asset management group for wealthy individuals. This background has given me access to America's most powerful people. The fact that I went to Oxford enabled me to meet Bill Clinton and other decision-makers. I don't say this to brag, but because I'm going to tell you some things in this report that you'll nd very hard to believe. At rst, I didn't believe some of it myself. The information is that shocking. I've written six books on America's economic and social crisis. My forecasts have earned me frequent invitations on programs like Good Morning America, the Tonight Show, and MacNeil-Lehrer. In 1984, I founded STRATEGIC INVESTMENT with Lord Rees-Mogg. William Rees-Mogg is the former editor-in-chief of The Times of

London, Vice Chairman of the BBC, and condant of powerful British gures like Margaret Thatcher and Lord Rothschild. He is also a director of London's Private Bank and nancial advisor to some of the world's wealthiest families. We are historians and economists... Our studies have convinced us that history does repeat itself in predictable ways. In this letter, I want to show you how it repeats itself and what now lies ahead. You can reap the benet. But we have another way of forecasting the future. We've developed a network of powerful people all over the world to give us and our readers the edge. As I'm sure you know, tips from "friends in high places" can make you huge amounts of money... I want to give you something else: I want to totally change the way you think. By the time you nish this report, you will have a new way of looking at the world. You are going to know things your neighbors and the people you work with don't know. This knowledge is going to give you tremendous power. It can also make you a great deal of money... The technologies of the Information Age are shattering the power of national governments. The people I call the Information Age elite are only a few years behind the global Maas in setting themselves free of the politicians. [emphasis added] These traders move trillions of dollars each and every day. They call the shots. Politicians can't hold computer assets hostage to their demands. That's quite a change from a steel mill, which can't be moved when legislators decide to tax it or regulate it, or when a union surrounds it with a picket line. Computerized assets can be transmitted by modem at the speed of

light anywhere in the world. These days, the rich don't hang around to be ripped off. Most people still think the government is in charge. This creates prot opportunities for those of us who know better... [emphasis added] Like the ten little Indians, the marginal welfare states are going broke one by one. This will create frightening dislocations, as well as lipsmacking prots. In Italy - another corrupt democracy - a major default may set the stage for you to achieve overnight wealth. In the U.S., the stage is set for a big problem: Clinton's Friends Are Right: Whitewater Is Nothing Like Watergate. But It Could Trigger A 45% Drop In The Dow As Nixon's Scandal Did Who's really running America? There's increasing evidence that it's not the people we think. The Latin American drug cartels have stretched their tentacles much deeper into our lives than most people believe. I fear it's possible they are calling the shots at all levels of government. "Drug lords" wield enormous power in places like Colombia, Panama and Mexico. We know they corrupt street-level cops and maybe a judge here and there in the United States. That's old stuff. What I'm talking about now is something totally new - and much more frightening. More than three years ago, STRATEGIC INVESTMENT published one of the rst reports on Whitewater. While Clinton was still dancing at the Inaugural balls, we told readers, "Major scandals are about to engulf the current Administration. Clinton's chances of reelection are zero. Part of the reason is his wife... The stories you hear from the Secret Service people, detailed to guard her, are mind-boggling."

We published this four months before the Clintons' personal friend and attorney Vincent Foster was found dead. At the same time, we predicted that Clinton would be a one-term president. Since then STRATEGIC INVESTMENT has been at the cutting edge of the Whitewater story. As we probed deeper into the scandal, my sources - including former intelligence agents - began to bring me reports that Clinton's Arkansas was a major point of entry for much of the cocaine coming into the United States. Just to check their reports, we hired our own private investigators and sent them to Arkansas. They came back in a state of shock. Their explosive ndings have been compiled into a report called "The Real Whitewater Story." You can receive it free when you subscribe to STRATEGIC INVESTMENT. There's evidence the "Redneck Maa" killed a number of people and had the state police and coroners label them "suicide." In fact, people who know too much about Clinton and the Arkansas mob commit "suicide" at an amazing rate. Vincent Foster was only one of them. "I feel like I live in Russia, waiting for the secret police to pounce down. A government has gotten out of control. Men nd themselves in positions of power and suddenly crimes become legal." - Russell Welch, former Arkansas State Police investigator who was poisoned while trying to investigate drug smuggling in Arkansas - Sunday Telegraph of London, October 9,1994. Let me give you a couple of facts to back up my story. The following is a matter of public record. You can check it out: Dan Lasater was an Arkansas millionaire, one of Clinton's best friends, and a major campaign contributor. Clinton personally steered hundreds of millions of dollars of state bond business to Lasater - the commissions to Lasater's rm may have been in the range of 10 or 15 million dollars.

It's also a fact that Lasater was a party boy who confessed to distributing cocaine and was sentenced to prison. Clinton pardoned him after he served only a few months. This is only a quick gloss on a story that is long and complicated. My colleague Lord Rees-Mogg counts 16 charges against the Clintons supported by serious evidence. But will the whole story about drug-dealing and money-laundering come out? In the course of investigating this story, we've learned there are powerful forces from both parties trying to keep it a secret. Plus, records have been destroyed. Witnesses have been murdered. (Oops! I mean they committed suicide.) Those still alive are scared to death. Based on what we know at STRATEGIC INVESTMENT, the prosecutor or Congress can easily charge Clinton with petty nancial corruption (if you call it petty to loot S&L's). Not a word need be said about the real story. A 45% Plunge in the Dow If Clinton is forced out for any reason it will be serious. The world nancial system is extremely fragile. Clinton's resignation could be the trigger that destroys condence. In the midst of Watergate, a weakened President Nixon was unable to respond to the Arab oil embargo. That in turn led to the deepest recession and worst stock market crash since the 1930s. When Nixon nally resigned in 1974, the Dow plunged 45% from its peak in 1973. (As you'll learn in a moment, the stage is set for another oil crisis.) This is why we've followed every twist and turn in Whitewater. We're investors and money managers. Our clients are wealthy and sophisticated people all over the world. They aren't concerned about titillating details of Clinton's sex life. They are concerned that a weakened President may bring down the world nancial system.

There's another troubling angle here. If Clinton engaged in illegal nancial transactions or, worse yet, accepted bribes and laundered money for drug kingpins, you can bet that foreign intelligence agencies know every detail. Anyone from Saddam Hussein to Boris Yeltsin may be in a position to blackmail Clinton and get favors from him. It's noteworthy that Clinton has drastically slashed the Customs Department and the Coast Guard's budgets for drug interdiction. He has terminated the Pentagon's radars in Colombia and Peru which spot drug ights. Clinton visited Moscow against the advice of his experts and in spite of human rights atrocities in Chechnya. When it comes to Clinton's policies, we have to ask, "Why is he really doing this?" Bigshot politicians like Clinton, Yeltsin or the President of Mexico hold "summits" and earnestly talk about world problems. Then the next day the journalists earnestly chew it over. Can you see it doesn't mean anything? It has nothing to do with what's really going on! Meanwhile, the chaos grows. The Next World War There's a worldwide showdown between two ancient enemies, the Muslim world and the Christian West (which is less Christian these days). The mainstream press has only a dim idea that this confrontation is going on. They report wars in Chechnya and Bosnia. But they don't see the connections and give you no useful advice. We have an advantage over them: better sources. Hardheaded people who want to see the world as it is. It doesn't bother them if their ndings are the opposite of the myths you get from the mainstream news. But our second advantage may be even more important: We perform long-term analysis of the cycles of history that shape events. Our analysis now points to a critical turning point in the 1300-year war between Christian and Muslim.

Slavic peoples (including Serbs and Russians) are facing Islamic peoples along a three thousand mile front from Bosnia to Afghanistan. Chechnya is merely the midpoint in this confrontation. It was the Islam-Slav cold war, not pressure from the West, that destroyed the Soviet Union. Berlin was freed by the guerrillas of Afghanistan. Here in the West, we'd like to stay out of it, but it's doubtful that we'll be able to. The struggle is already destroying hopes for democracy in Russia. The implications for your investments are grave. It could turn into a nuclear war. What's more, we in the West have our own confrontation with Islam. It turned into a hot war in the Persian Gulf. It has made our country a target for terrorists. The Fuse is Lit Iran and Iraq are powerful Islamic countries with huge oil reserves. For all practical purposes, they are at war with the U.S. Both countries are seething with hatred against us. At any time, Iraq may make another dash to seize the Gulf kingdoms of Kuwait, Saudi Arabia and the Emirates. The United States military is much weaker than it was in 1990, and of course we have the weakest President since Nixon at the depths of Watergate. Our sources also tell us that Iran and Iraq could form an alliance. Iran is already helping Iraq to evade the UN embargo and sell its oil. Although the two are ancient enemies, a marriage of convenience would make all kinds of sense. They could humiliate the United States and seize most of the world's oil. Radical Islam would then be in the driver's seat. Japan and Europe would cut any kind of deal to keep the oil coming. Egypt, Algeria and Saudi Arabia are boiling cauldrons of unrest ruled by tiny pro-Western elites. If free elections were held in these countries tomorrow, Islamic radicals would win in a landslide. Iran is nancing

them all over the region. The radicals did win elections in Algeria moving the anti-fundamentalist military to take over. Egypt could be the trigger that sets off a war and oil crisis in the Middle East. The country is a U.S. ally, in return for huge amounts of foreign aid, but it's a basket case. Per capita income is $630 per year and falling. Try living for a year on $600. Egypt is a military dictatorship. The most popular parties - the Islamic radicals - are barred from taking part in elections. They would certainly win. In fact, they've become a sort of government within a government another "Maa." They control the universities and the legal, medical and engineering professions. When there was an earthquake in 1992, it was the Islamic organizations that handed out relief, not the government. The government is incompetent. There are some eight million government employees - in a population of 60 million - and they do almost no work. You can spend hours watching bureaucrats sitting behind their desks doing absolutely nothing. This powder keg could blow at any time. There are armed soldiers all over the place trying to keep order, and even then Western tourists are murdered on the streets. All politicians and Westernized intellectuals live in constant fear of assassination. Tens of thousands of militants are in jail, where torture is common. The Coming Oil Shock It's misleading to call Egypt the ashpoint in the Middle East. The whole region is a ashpoint from Pakistan to Algeria. There's every chance of a major shock to the world economy. If you want odds, I'd say they are on the order of six in ten. How bad could the oil shock get? Most of us blame Mideast politics for the oil shocks of the '70s, but they were just the trigger. What really happened was that world demand for oil outstripped supply. It was easy

for producers to raise prices. When the price went up, more oil was found. It took ten years, but eventually there was a surplus. Right now, if you adjust for ination, the price of oil is the same as it was in 1970. Guess what: With these lousy prices, exploration has fallen off and we're again on the brink of an oil shortage, even without a Mideast war. The world is using about 70 million barrels of oil a day. In a pinch, we might be able to produce three million more, but some experts believe excess capacity could be as little as one million barrels. That's no cushion at all. There's oil out there, at the right price, but it can't be brought on line for several years. Markets don't wait that long. They react at once. Soaring prices, possibly triggered by Mideast events, may quickly send the world into recession or depression. There's a prot opportunity in the coming oil crisis. Armchair investors can make a fortune from the coming price gyrations. For our more adventurous clients, some of the biggest untapped reserves are in the Soviet Union - which of course is one of the world's trouble spots. In spite of the instability, Western investors will make enormous fortunes helping the Russians exploit their oil. ...Now the world is on the cusp of changes more important than any we've described before. More important than the collapse of the Soviet Union. More devastating than the oil crises of the 1970s. In the next eighteen months, more money will be made - and lost - than ever before in world history. Let me tell you how the coming events will directly impact your life. There will be a recession in the U.S. in 1996. U.S. stock market: down. Bonds: volatile. The fall in stocks will undermine real estate prices in North America. Disintegrating Mexico: The Mexican tragedy is not over yet. Armed rebellions are underway not just in Chiapas but in 14 other states. The

party that has ruled the country for most of the century is losing its grip. Many banks and corporations are on the verge of bankruptcy. Shrewd investors will prot from buying Mexican assets at re-sale prices. Look for a foreign blow-up that will trigger a market collapse in the U.S. Two likely candidates are war in the Mideast or the rise of a nationalist, militarist regime in Russia - in effect, a fascist regime. Look for one of the world's biggest banks to fail. Barings, the British investment bank, failed because it lost a billion. That was nothing. France's Credit Lyonnais has lost more than $10 billion. The world's banks have gone all-out for derivatives. One of these days a young trader will trip an even bigger wire and the resulting implosion of wealth will hit home. The crisis will shock nancial markets and touch off a sharp correction - and very possibly the crash I've been expecting. Industrial commodity prices will weaken in the rst half of 1996. Look for the CRB index to sink below 200. South Africa is another ashpoint. Look for the country to erupt in civil war after the cheering stops - a big boost for gold. STRATEGIC INVESTMENT believes President Mandela may be assassinated. Making billions in bonds: Returns have been dreadful for foreign holders of U.S. bonds. A Japanese investor probably lost 30% in 1994 as both bonds and the dollar fell. But this sets up an opportunity, probably in 1997, for alert investors to make a fortune. When you see U.S. bond yields hitting 9% or 10%, ination falling, and the U.S. economy moving into recession, look for a 20% rise in bonds and a rising dollar. The foreign holder could easily make 40% including currency gains... The Biggest Change In 500 Years Right now, the economy is at the turning point of a more-or-less normal sixty year cycle. The ingredients are present for a depression.

But there is something much bigger going on: The birth of a worldwide computer and communications network. It's remaking society in a way that's far more profound than a "normal" depression. You have to reach back 500 years to the birth of the Modern Age to nd anything like it. It is on a par with the biggest transitions in the history of the human species: the transition from hunting and gathering to farming, and the transition from farm to factory. You can reap enormous gains just by acting on the inside tips we get from our "Investor's CIA." But we believe you'll have a lot more fun (and make a lot more money) by joining us on an adventure like Columbus's voyage: the voyage into the Information Age. Life is actually going to be pretty good for the winners in the Information Age - about 20% of the population. If you are reading this, you probably have the brains and ability to be in the 20%. But to get the most out of the opportunity, you need to tune in to facts that most people aren't able or willing to face: Big centralized governments are losing their grip. The nation-state is not part of the order of things. [emphasis added] It arises when technology favors centralized control, and it fades away in times like ours when technology is against it. The Soviet Union has cracked up. Others will follow, including Pakistan, India, and China. All kinds of smaller political units will emerge - think of Hong Kong and Singapore. Or Venice after the fall of Rome. City-states do very well in times like these. We think the wave of the future is smaller jurisdictions where governments have to be more responsive to the people. Meanwhile, another trend is going to rock the U.S... Incomes Will Plunge 59% for Unskilled Workers The standard of living is falling for 70% of the people in the rich countries of Europe and North America. And the natives are restless.

Americans who are paid by the hour now earn less, on average, than they did in 1956! It's hard to believe, but the worst is yet to come. Today's preschoolers will pay 82% of their income in taxes (Bill Clinton's gure, not mine). Or what's more likely, the government will nally have to pare back the benets it has promised. Let's give the politicians the benet of every doubt: Let's say there's no ination during the next 45 years. And let's say the economy will grow faster than it has in the last 20 years. Even if that happens, after tax incomes of American workers will plunge from $19,000 in 1995 to $7,821 in 2040 - a devastating collapse of 59%. The reason? All their income will be taxed away to nance the big entitlement programs. This isn't going to happen. The system will collapse before it gets to that point. I call the coming disaster in America the Plague of the Black Debt - a nancial plague to go along with the physical diseases. I expect that the world will be changed, totally and permanently. Things will never be the same again. Social Security benets will be cut to the bone. They'll probably only go to the most needy. At least 40 million people will be unemployed or in make-work public assistance jobs. Sick and elderly people will be cared for at home. Almost no one will be able to afford nursing home care. Millions of homeowners will be turned "upside down" - with the mortgage bigger than the market value of the home. A lot of them will hand the key to the lender and walk away. There will be a lot of empty buildings with "For Sale" signs.

Banking industry problems will return, much worse than anything we've seen. And much too big next time for the government to bail out. Either your savings will be wiped out or you'll be paid in worthless paper dollars. Picture yourself in a suburban neighborhood where the houses on either side of you are empty and for sale. Windows are broken out. Homeless and squatters break in and sleep there. There are no police to stop them because local government is broke and the tax base has fallen sharply. For the same reason, the streets are full of potholes and streetlights are broken. Power outages are common. In this dark, menacing environment, crime runs wild - fueled by thousands of fatherless boys, black and white. Almost everyone drives a clunker because few people can afford a new car anymore. Mountains of green garbage bags pile up, stinking to heaven, because it's three weeks between trash pick-ups. In short...the suburbs will become slums. This could be your street a few years from now. All it takes is for your community to go broke - and a great many communities will go broke in the near future. Somebody Will Still Be Rich. Will It Be You? It doesn't give me any pleasure to predict a depression. But I want to get this information to as many people as I can...because you can prepare yourself. There's a ip side to the grim fate of unskilled workers who depend on government promises: There's an international Information Age elite enjoying the best life humans have ever known. Most readers of STRATEGIC INVESTMENT are high-income individuals - self-made men and women who know how to look out for

themselves. You don't need to be one of the people stuck in the decaying neighborhood I described. Is this too alarming? Some of our critics would say so. But during the '92 Presidential primaries I ran into one of the Democratic contenders, a very well-known politician. He was jogging on the streets of my neighborhood, a wealthy Washington suburb. His question to me: "You still live here? Are you nuts? This city is going to burn." He couldn't believe I lived near "ground zero" of the coming social disorders. (As it happens, I've moved since then.) You see, the Establishment knows what's going on. Or at least some of its members do... Who Killed Vince Foster? - And How It Will Affect Your Investments Maybe this is a good time for me to tell you what I know about what happened to Vince Foster. There is no doubt that Foster met with foul play - otherwise, why would anyone bother to forge his handwriting on a suicide note? There is no doubt that many people are involved in a cover-up too. Why? Foster knew too much. He was intimately involved with Bill and Hillary Clinton, and through them, with many people for whom murder is an acceptable way to do business. There are two major industries in which murder is common. Drugs and espionage. Foster may have been involved, at least on the edges, in both of them. Allegations of drug usage and drug trafcking among Clinton and his associates have been made for several years. Our sources conrm that

there is evidence to support these chargers. Arkansas became a major drug center when Clinton was governor. Also true are several reports of murder disguised as suicide or accident. Just as petty drug dealers shoot each other on urban street corners, so do big time trafckers stop at nothing to protect their turf and prots. Most likely, it was these "redneck maa" connections that doomed Vince Foster. For one reason or another, we don't know exactly, Foster became a threat to these people. They eliminated him. That is the simplest, and most probable, answer to the "Who killed Vince Foster?" question. But it is not the only answer. And it is probably oversimplied. As our own investigations revealed, the espionage community may also be involved. Maybe the spooks are just keeping their eye on what could become a matter of national security. Or, maybe - as has been charged there are renegade elements of the CIA or other agencies that may have gotten a little too close to the drug trade. As in much of the rest of the world, it could be that some of our national security forces are now working for themselves - not for you and me. Right now, we don't know which theory is true and which is not. We have our sources...and our own beliefs. And we reveal new information as we discover it. But our job is not to x blame for a murder. Instead, it is to gure out what the murder means...and what it says about the way your world works. Why Most Investors Are Dead Wrong Just as most people fail to understand the signicance of Foster's strange death, we believe that most investors fail to understand that the world has changed in a fundamental way.

As a result they get their basic investment decisions backward. Just to take a broad example, they will pay a high price for a major bank stock, because everyone buys it and it is considered "safe." Yet, when you look carefully you realize that the entire asset base of the bank rests on the promises of governments and other major borrowers to pay their I.O.U.s. Yet, because of the changes that are taking place in the world, these big institutions are losing the power to make good on those promises. I have no doubt that the nancial assets these big institutions represent will be downgraded in the years ahead - big time. Much of it will become worthless junk... And now I'd like to close this report with one last prediction. But it's one with dramatic implications for your nancial well-being. Cyber-Cash: The People Are About To Take Over Control Of The Money From The Government A company in Amsterdam has launched the most revolutionary experiment in the history of banking. It has invented a new form of digital money, which allows users to pay for purchases on the Internet in complete privacy. They don't pay in dollars, or marks, or pounds. They pay in E-cash, a new form of private money. This development is in its infancy. But when "cyber-cash" reaches its full potential, the elite of the Information Age will do their business in private, international money, not issued by any government. Transactions will take place electronically in unbreakable code. No one but the buyer and the seller will know what happened. This international money will be backed by gold or other real assets, unit for unit. For example, you may sell a luxury home on a Caribbean island for a million units of cyber-cash. Meaning, the title to a million units worth of gold in a Swiss vault is transferred from the buyer's name to

your name, and you transfer the deed to the vacation home to his name. All by computer, all done internationally, all private, all untraceable. As with many coming developments, this will be a return to the Middle Ages - to the way things were done before big, centralized governments got into the act. Paper money was originally a receipt issued for gold in a vault. Then, the issuers gured out they could issue many receipts for the same bar of gold. Who would know? Modern banking was born - a fraud from start to nish. Naturally, the government got into the game, seeing the prots to be made. The game is about to come crashing down (in every sense of the word "crash"). Governments will resist cyber-cash in every way they can. The IRS already holds that you have to report your prots on cyber-cash transactions, and pay the taxes. But they are going to lose. The thing will be too big for them to control. Cyber-cash will be the next - and nal step - in the government's loss of control. The underground economy will be the economy. There will be no other. It will be global..." [emphasis added] (You can write to Strategic Investment at 1217 St. Paul St, Baltimore, MD 21202.) Comments For several years I've used the term "terrocrats" (short for terrorist bureaucrats) to describe coercive government ofcials. Mr. Davidson's report indicates that "terrocrat" may be an appropriate term. If our friends from the IRS have "leaned" on you, you may agree.

It's highly signicant that Mr. Davidson uses an advertising mailpiece that effectively accuses Clinton of being an accomplice to murder in order to sell his newsletter. (It certainly was persuasive enough to get my subscription!) He has tested this "extremely radical" approach extensively and it obviously works. It also tells us that the marketplace is ready to receive this kind of information. One of the most important implications of Mr. Davidson's report is that the power of the terrocrats is shrinking and could disappear within a few years. Finally, consider shifting - as far as practically prudent for you - as many of your resources and economic activities into the underground economy - what I call the "real free-enterprise sector." (If your nancial wellbeing depends on the terrocrats and their programs, beware!) SUBJECT: CLINTON CONFIDENTIAL - RAPE, DRUGS, CAR THEFT, CASTRATION, FRAMING by Clark Matthews I'm obliged to an acquaintance who called to my attention a story in the New York Post. The story is by Steve Dunleavy - a high-visibility truecrime columnist who goes for the throat. Dunleavy has covered lowprole folks like O.J. Simpson, Roxanne Pulitzer, and William Kennedy Smith. For the last month, under his byline in the NY Post - he's NOW covering Clinton. Bill & Hill should be afraid. Dunleavy takes no prisoners and, whatever his faults, he's one heck of a human-interest writer. And his instincts are damn near infallible, it seems to me. Steve Dunleavy smells blood on this, folks. I think there could be some there...

The following piece is not the most sensational item on Clinton's behavior as governor of Arkansas or president. God knows, there have been more shocking, mysterious, and ominous stories surrounding this man's rise to prominence and power. But having said that, Dunleavy's piece captures some of the details of the milieu the president comes from. How things worked there. Who made them work. What sort of people these are/were. It's repulsive and sordid, but what comes through clearest is that this was business as usual - this was how criminals ran law enforcement in Arkansas and took care of business. I think that's what's so sickening about this piece. There are no homicides here. No "suicides," Arkancides, or any other -cides. No narcotics and guns on hi-tech ights to central America. This is just a little piece about an obviously innocent man in jail for an atrocious crime he didn't commit. About the gangsters who put him there. About his accuser - a 17-yearold cousin of Bill Clinton who may or may not have been RAPED by someone, and who can count on Bill Clinton to keep the blame xed on the (obviously innocent) man she accused. Read this and weep. No, read it and think. HOW GOV. CLINTON DENIED AN INNOCENT MAN HIS FREEDOM By Steve Dunleavy; New York Post; Saturday, June 2, 1996 The bombshell Whitewater convictions that may be President Clinton's darkest hour gave a middle-aged Arkansas housewife her brightest moment.

"Now that the Clinton people are going to jail, maybe my husband will go free," Mary Lou Dumond told me. Her husband, Wayne Dumond, 49, has just spent his 11th year in an Arkansas jail. Many say Dumond is the victim of one of the most bonecrunching and infuriating examples of Clinton-era justice the country has ever seen. And now, because Clinton's alleged bagman, Gov. Jimmy Guy Tucker, is going to jail, Dumond is set to see freedom. "The new governor, Mike Huckabee, has assured me Wayne will be a free man," Mrs. Dumond said Thursday. "He is not one of the Clinton crowd. He is a very fair man. He has always been disturbed about the way the Clinton people never wanted my husband free," she added. And there was a very good reason for the Clinton people not wanting her husband to go free. THE CHARGES The story of Wayne Dumond is not for the innocent eyes of the young but every adult of voting age should read closely. These are the cold facts as an Arkansas court saw it: A 17-year-old girl says she was kidnapped and raped on Sept. 11, 1984, in Forrest City, Ark. Dumond, father of six, Vietnam veteran, churchgoer, was convicted in August 1985 of the rape. He was sentenced to life plus 20 years. An appeal by Dumond, under Gov. Clinton, got a response of "No merit." What the public did not see, while Bill Clinton was governor of Arkansas, were the following very unpretty facts - which Clinton, despite countless personal appeals, ignored:

The victim identied two other men as her rapist but they had ironclad alibis and were set free. She failed to pick Dumond as her rapist when presented with a lineup. A genetic expert stated unequivocally that sperm found on the girl's jeans could not "in a million years" belong to Dumond. The father of the girl is a millionaire and one of Clinton's biggest contributors. But guess what? The girl is Bill Clinton's cousin. And her mother worked as part of Clinton's inner circle when he was governor. The worst was yet to come. THE HORROR On March 7, 1985, while Dumond was awaiting trial, two masked men with guns and knives burst into his house. They hog-tied him. They raped him. And then, with surgical scalpels, they castrated him. The two monsters acted on the orders of local Sheriff Coolidge Conlee. The sheriff retrieved Dumond's testicles from Dumond's blood-spattered house. The sheriff then placed the body parts in a jar that he displayed on his desk with the admonition: "That's what happens to people who fool around in my county." The sheriff actually took that jar to "a good-ol'-boys wedding." That is a fact. No reaction whatsoever from Gov. Clinton. The sheriff would later be nabbed by the FBI for unrelated extortion and drug-dealing and sentenced to 160 years in jail, where he died of natural causes. [sic]

Dumond's attackers were never picked up even though one of them confessed to a state cop. All this and Dumond still rotted away in prison. And Clinton, both as governor and president, ignored facts that surrounded the case of the rape of his cousin. "Bitter? Hell yes, I was at rst," Dumond told me from prison at Varner in Arkansas. "But now, I think, I hope, things will change around. With Jimmy Guy Tucker gone as governor, one of Clinton's men, and Mr. Clinton running for cover, maybe the new man will have another look." "But, strange as it may seem, it hasn't been all that bad these days. I have got a very good education in here. I think I am becoming a computer nut. I just miss my family, my kids." "That girl? Well it's pretty ridiculous. Sad, but ridiculous. She told the police that a man in a new red pickup truck, with no tailgate, drove to her house, burst in, forced her into her car, drove in her car to some woods, tied her up, committed a pretty terrible act, drove her back in her car and took off in her car and dumped it nearby. "Well I drove a very old dirty brown pickup truck with a tailgate. Now, if I took her car, what happened to the pickup I drove to her house in? She changed her story, how many times? I mean, many times. "She was with this guy driving through town and suddenly, out of nowhere, months after, she saw me driving my old pickup truck. She told the guy out of nowhere: 'That's the man that did it.' "She said I had raped her. When it came to the lineup. She couldn't identify me. Suddenly she disappears into a room with her father and a cop who showed her a picture of me. She came out and immediately identied me."

THE CONVICTION This outrageous identifying scam was exposed by a local cop who witnessed it all. Deputy Sheriff Henry Leary had the guts to go against his own and told the world of the scenario. Dumond was still convicted. "Oh, yeah," Dumond said, "she identied two other guys who were the rapists. They had an ironclad alibi. Then it came to me." Dumond was still convicted. Gov. Clinton remained silent. But of course at that time nobody knew that the girl was Clinton's cousin. The governor didn't mention it. After 4-1/2 years, with his freedom gone, his manhood gone, a veperson parole board recommended that Dumond go free for time served. John R. Steer, managing editor of the Arkansas Democrat-Gazette, records the following reaction from then-Gov. Clinton: "Clinton had a romping, stomping t. The victim was a distant cousin and St. Francis County [where all this took place] had a lot of votes and he deeply resented being under pressure to free Dumond." Clinton refused to sign a release. And Dumond rotted. Dumond has since been before the parole board twice. "They ask me: 'Do you have any remorse?' Well, I tell them straight. How can I have remorse for something I didn't do? No sir, I will stay here until I die before I say I am sorry for something I haven't done." The day of the castration is not something that should be dealt with in detail.

"My two boys, Michael and Joey, found me there after coming home from school. They cut me loose and got help," he said. "Sure I remember it, but do you really want to know the details?" Dumond's life was miraculously saved after he lost three-quarters of his blood. As he lay near death, Sheriff Coolidge Conlee displayed Dumond's testicles in a jar. Still no reaction from Gov. Clinton. THE HOPE The Dumonds later won a lawsuit "of outrage." They cleared $20,000 from the settlement with the county. This money came in handy, because someone burned down the Dumond house when they were in hiding from vigilantes. No insurance was paid on the home. Can this story get worse? "Sometimes," said Mrs. Dumond, "I just want to give up. But now, who knows? The new governor has personally assured me that Wayne's case will be the rst thing on his desk after he clears up everything with this Whitewater thing." Dwayne Harris, a spokesman for Huckabee, the Republican lieutenant governor who will succeed Democrat Tucker, told me Friday that Huckabee "has voiced a very special intention to thoroughly review the case of Wayne Dumond."

"I hope so," Dr. Moses Schaneld told me Friday. "This case was a disgrace." Schaneld heads the Analytic Genetic Testing Center in Denver. He was one of the experts dispatched to Bosnia to examine and identify graves after the civil war. He did an independent Allotyping test of sperm on the alleged victim's jeans that supposedly came from Dumond. "No way, zip, nada. Didn't happen. No way Dumond was the donor of that sperm," Schaneld said. "The girl's scenario of the so-called crime couldn't have happened. I don't believe anything she said." WHY IT HAPPENED Fred Odam, a retired Arkansas State Police captain told me: "This was and still is a very bad day for justice." Odam witnessed Sheriff Conlee retrieving Dumond's testicles and later investigated the sheriff for the FBI. "I have been working to get that boy Dumond free for a long time. In all my time this is the one case where I know a man is not guilty." What was the crazed motive behind this disgusting affair? Why Dumond? Gene Wirges, a feisty, 67-year-old publisher of a local weekly who is writing a book on this mess, told me: "Well, a Clinton kin had to be revenged. The sheriff was on a hot seat and young Wayne had been talking to a church group about how cars were suddenly disappearing. "It turned out to be true. The sheriff along with his drugs and turning the sheriff's department into a casino was heading up a car-theft ring," he said.

"When this girl said she was raped, the sheriff wanted to help out the Clinton clan. He would do anything for the girl's father and mother. "The truth, the terrible truth is, that one of the guys she rst identied as the rapist but who had an ironclad alibi had been going out with the girl. "But the new governor has indicated to me on several occasions that he was more than disturbed about Wayne's case and the way Clinton and his boys handled this terrible thing. "You know, this is Arkansas. Right up until now this has been Clinton territory. Maybe not any more." Editor For a thorough expos of Clinton corruption - including involvement in drug dealing, utilizing the Mena airport in Arkansas - I recommend the book Partners in Power by Roger Morris - see Bibliography, Part 1A.

Похожие интересы